Only this pageAll pages
Powered by GitBook
Couldn't generate the PDF for 173 pages, generation stopped at 100.
Extend with 50 more pages.
1 of 100

PROD Technical Library

Start Here

Loading...

Loading...

Zoom Workplace

Loading...

Loading...

Loading...

Loading...

Loading...

Loading...

Loading...

Loading...

Loading...

Loading...

Loading...

Loading...

Loading...

Loading...

Loading...

Loading...

Loading...

Loading...

Loading...

Loading...

Loading...

Loading...

Loading...

Loading...

Loading...

Loading...

Loading...

Loading...

Loading...

Loading...

Loading...

Loading...

Loading...

Loading...

Loading...

Loading...

Loading...

Loading...

Loading...

Loading...

Loading...

Business Services

Loading...

Loading...

Loading...

Loading...

Loading...

Loading...

Loading...

Loading...

Loading...

Loading...

Loading...

Loading...

Loading...

Loading...

Loading...

Loading...

Loading...

Loading...

Loading...

Loading...

Loading...

Loading...

Loading...

Loading...

Loading...

Loading...

Loading...

Loading...

Loading...

Loading...

Loading...

Loading...

Loading...

Loading...

Loading...

Loading...

Loading...

Loading...

Loading...

Loading...

Loading...

Loading...

Loading...

Loading...

Loading...

Loading...

Loading...

Loading...

Loading...

Loading...

Loading...

Loading...

Loading...

Loading...

Security Standards

The following sections outline Zoom’s security standards for the web, real-time media, and supported integrations.

Web

All user connections to the Zoom website use TLS 1.2 or 1.3 encryption, and PKI certificates issued by a trusted commercial certificate authority. The strength of encryption and specific ciphers used for connections to the website depend on the browser used to access the site and the results of the common encryption method negotiated.

Real-Time Media

Zoom Contact Center real-time media (audio, video, and screen sharing) is protected with 256-bit AES-GCM encryption between supported Zoom clients and within Zoom’s data centers. Any calls that traverse the PSTN are subject to the underlying carrier’s discretion and may not be encrypted.

Integrations

All third-party integrations with Zoom Contact Center must support TLS 1.2 or 1.3 encryption.

Zoom Contact Center

Welcome to Zoom Contact Center documentation

Custom AI Companion Explainer

This document serves as an introductory guide designed to help IT Administrators understand Custom AI Companion's key features and navigate both the administrator and user experiences. The following sections provide detailed insights into Custom AI Companion's six core capabilities—Custom Meeting Summary Templates, Custom Dictionary, Custom Avatars, Knowledge Collections, Third-Party Application Skills, and AI Companion for Third-Party Meetings—while offering practical guidance for configuration, deployment, and ongoing usage within organizational environments.

Third-Party Integrations

Introduction

The following articles describe third-party integrations available with Zoom Phone.

Zoom Phone SMS Field Guide

Introduction

Zoom Phone Short Message Service (SMS) allows users to send and receive text messages using the Zoom Workplace desktop application, Zoom Workplace mobile application, or Zoom Web App. This document provides a comprehensive overview of SMS configuration, along with guidance surrounding administrative controls and capabilities.

Zoom's Commitment to Responsible AI

Zoom is committed to developing Al responsibly, with security and privacy at the core of the generative Al capabilities it provides to its customers. Zoom recognizes that generative Al presents an evolving set of risk considerations for its customers, and the company is committed to prioritizing transparency and customer choice as it brings generative Al features to market.

To learn more about Zoom’s responsible AI practices and data handling, see the and the .

Requirements

This section outlines the supported platforms, necessary calling plans, and current limitations for SMS and Multimedia Messaging Service (MMS) functionality.

System Requirements

Zoom Phone SMS is supported on the Zoom Web App, Zoom Workplace desktop application, and the Zoom Workplace mobile application. Desktop users must be on a Windows, Mac, or Linux operating system, and mobile application users must be on an iOS or Android device.

SMS usage requires an assigned Zoom Phone calling plan and a 10-digit phone number

To view step-by-step instructions for assigning Zoom Phone calling plans, please see the support article.

Along with a supported calling plan, users must have a 10-digit phone number assigned to use SMS. To view detailed instructions for assigning phone numbers, please see the support article.

United States and Canada Calling Plans

Users in the US or Canada must have one of the following Zoom Phone Calling Plans assigned to use SMS:

  • Zoom Phone Metered

  • Unlimited, Pro Plus

  • Business Plus (US and Canada numbers)

Australia Calling Plans

Users in Australia must have one of the following Zoom Phone Calling Plans assigned to use SMS:

  • Zoom Phone Regional Calling Plan for AU/NZ

  • Zoom Phone Pro with AU/NZ additional phone numbers

  • Business Plus (AU/NZ numbers)

United Kingdom Calling Plans

Users in the UK must have one of the following Zoom Phone Calling Plans assigned to use SMS:

  • Zoom Phone Regional Calling Plan for UK/IR

  • Zoom Phone Pro with UK/IR phone numbers

  • Business Plus (UK/IR numbers)

SMS Limitations

The following limitations apply to Zoom Phone SMS:

  • SMS is not supported on physical desk phones.

  • SMS is only available in the US, Canada, UK, and Australia. It is not available in New Zealand or Ireland at this time.

  • International SMS is only available for US/CA.

Note

The international SMS capability allows users in the US and Canada to send messages to Zoom Phone users or mobile phone users internationally. International Zoom Phone users cannot respond back to the Zoom Phone users in the US and Canada. International mobile phone users can respond back if they have an international SMS plan with their carrier.

  • MMS is only available for US/CA.

  • Zoom Phone Pro Global Select Unlimited does not support the mobile phone number type.

Zoom Team Chat

Welcome to Zoom Team Chat documentation

Welcome to the Zoom Technical Library

The Zoom Technical Library is your destination for advanced Zoom product documentation and processes! We understand there are many settings, switches, and knobs available across our platform, and we want to support Zoom platform admins with the best resources we can, so we’ve created this library with systems admins and technical folks in mind. Below is a sneak peek at the types of resources you can expect to see added over time:

The Library currently focuses on Zoom Contact Center content, with plans to expand coverage to additional Zoom products soon. So, whether you’re a seasoned Zoom admin or just getting started, there will be something for everyone. Bookmark this site and check back for updates as we grow this space.

When you’re ready to jump in, use the menu on the left to choose a product, expand its documentation options, and select the resource that best fits your needs.

Troubleshooting

Network Connectivity Test Tool

The Zoom Workplace desktop app for Mac and Windows includes a built-in Network Connectivity Test Tool that can confirm a user’s device can successfully communicate with Zoom Phone’s data centers.

Windows Zoom Phone Network Connectivity Test

To perform a Zoom Phone network connectivity test on the Zoom Workplace Windows desktop app, perform the following steps:

  1. Open the Zoom Workplace app on your desktop.

  2. Press Ctrl+Alt+Shift+D to open the Network Diagnostics Tool (requires version 5.13.10 or higher).

  3. Click the Phone Test option.

  1. On the following screen, click Test.

  2. The results will be displayed after completion.

Mac Zoom Phone Network Connectivity Test

To perform a Zoom Phone network connectivity test on the Zoom Workplace Mac desktop app, perform the following steps:

  1. Open the Zoom Workplace app on your desktop.

  2. Press Cmd+Option+Shift+D to open the Network Diagnostics Tool (requires version 5.13.10).

  3. Click the Phone Test option.

  4. On the following screen, click Test.

  5. The results will be displayed after completion.

Frequently Asked Questions

Users are encouraged to refer to Zoom’s support center for a list of .

Troubleshooting Zoom Phone

Users experiencing issues with Zoom Phone error codes or that require general troubleshooting support are encouraged to review Zoom’s support center for . For other issues not found on the support center, feel free to with Zoom support.

AI Companion

Welcome to Zoom AI Companion Documentation.

Zoom Phone

Welcome to Zoom Phone documentation

Overview
Features and Architecture
Admin Experience
User Experience
Limitations
Zoom Phone and Avaya Phone System Integration Field Guide
Zoom and Mitel Phone System Integration Field Guide
Requirements
10DLC Compliance
Admin Controls
Using Zoom Phone SMS
AI Companion Security and Privacy Whitepaper
Zoom Privacy Statement
Managing Phone Users
Number Management
Cover

Explainers

Explainers are scannable resources designed to make Zoom’s products easier to understand. By blending the structure of an FAQ with some elements of a whitepaper, these documents break down technical concepts into short summaries and fuller explanations. Each section header delivers a quick takeaway, while the accompanying content offers clarity for those seeking more depth.

Cover

Field Guides

Field Guides act as navigation tools and deployment guides for Zoom products and features. These documents focus on helping IT admins complete complex tasks or processes, like deploying the Zoom Phone Local Survivability Module or configuring advanced Zoom Contact Center features. Within these documents, you can expect clear, step-by-step instructions and practical tips that streamline implementation and support successful, organization-wide deployments.

Cover

Bluepapers

Bluepapers, named after Zoom’s signature color, serve as in-depth strategic resources that expand on standard whitepapers. These documents explore entire product lines or services—like Zoom Phone and Zoom Contact Center—with comprehensive overviews, key insights, and summaries of essential topics. Ideal for gaining a complete understanding, Bluepapers serve as a go-to resource for deep insight into Zoom's products.

What's New

Stay on top of the latest additions and major updates

July 16, 2025

  • Added the Zoom for Blackberry Field Guide

July 15, 2025

  • Added the SSO Field Guide

July 8, 2025

  • Added the Zoom Customer Experience Bluepaper

  • Added the Zoom Phone Bluepaper

July 7, 2025

  • Added the Quality of Service and Network Best Practices Explainer

July 2, 2025

  • Added the Custom AI Companion Explainer

June 17, 2025

  • Added the Zoom and Mitel Phone System Integration Field Guide

  • Added the Zoom Phone and Avaya Phone System Integration Field Guide

June 16, 2025

  • Added the Zoom Team Chat Migration App Field Guide

June 13, 2025

  • Added the Sub Accounts Field Guide

June 9, 2025

  • Added the VDI Explainer

June 5, 2025

  • Added the Zoom Whiteboard Explainer

  • Added the Microsoft 365 Calendaring Field Guide

Networking

Due to Zoom Contact Center’s cloud-based architecture, configuring your network for the service is relatively simple. Fundamentally, users need two key factors to begin using the service: a working internet connection and open network ports. So long as users can successfully maintain an active connection with Zoom Contact Center data centers and the necessary ports are not blocked, Zoom Contact Center is ready for use within your network.

However, despite the fundamental simplicity, there are additional networking components to consider as business environments may involve more complex components. The following sections outline some of these scenarios.

Firewall

For a list of firewall ports, protocols, and settings, refer to Zoom’s support center.

Network Segments

When planning your Zoom Contact Center environment, be sure to confirm all network segments (e.g., load balancers, firewalls, custom VLANs, etc.) have sufficient network access as defined in our firewall documentation. Failure to grant necessary connectivity from network segments may impact the user, provisioning, or general Zoom Contact Center experience.

Virtual Private Networks (VPNs)

Zoom Contact Center is supported over a Virtual Private Network (VPN) connection; however, it is important to note that these connections can reduce call quality, extend latency time, and significantly impact your VPN’s bandwidth utilization.

Zoom Recommendation

For the best experience and call quality, split tunnel all Zoom-related traffic outside your company’s VPN. Failure to split-tunnel traffic may overwhelm your VPN’s bandwidth and impact quality.

Bandwidth Requirements

The amount of bandwidth required for Zoom Contact Center varies by channel and quality. The following table outlines expected consumption on a per-user basis for video and audio. All values are listed in bits (not bytes) per-second.

Media
Uplink
Downlink

High-Quality Video (<720p)

1.0 mbps

600 kbps

720P HD Video

2.6 mbps

1.8 kbps

1080p HD Video

3.8 mbps

3.0 mbps

Gallery View 25-User (Receiving)

2.6 mbps

4.0 mbps

Screen Sharing Only (No Video)

50-75 kbps

50-75 kbps

Screen Sharing only (Video Thumbnail)

50-150 kbps

50-150 kbps

Audio VoIP

60-100 kbps

60-100 kbps

Refer to Zoom’s support center for more information on bandwidth requirements.

For Wi-Fi-heavy companies, a Wi-Fi site survey might help

Due to the nature of wireless connectivity, factors such as signal interference, coverage limitations, and bandwidth fluctuations can introduce quality issues, leading to potential disruptions or degradation in communication reliability and clarity. For this reason, businesses that are heavily reliant on Wi-Fi connectivity are encouraged to conduct wireless site surveys, as this can help ensure that wireless access points and antennas are optimized for your facilities, reducing the likelihood of quality-related problems.

Limitations

This section describes the current limitations of Custom AI Companion. Information provided within this section is accurate as of this document’s publication date, but may change over time. Customers with questions about these limitations or feature availability are encouraged to speak with their Zoom account team for more information.

Custom AI Companion is currently only available for any customer account hosted on Zoom’s United States-based cluster

Customers hosted on Zoom’s United States-based global infrastructure may currently purchase Custom AI Companion for use. Custom AI Companion is not available for customers with accounts hosted on region-specific infrastructure, such as Australia, Canada, or Europe, etc.

Custom AI Companion currently only supports the English language

Custom AI Companion features currently support English only, however, Zoom expects to expand the list of supported languages over time. This limitation does not apply to the script-translation abilities of Custom Avatar Clips.

Custom AI Companion does not currently support Zoom-hosted Model Only (ZMO) LLM processing

Custom AI Companion is not currently compatible with Zoom-hosted Model Only (ZMO) mode for LLM processing.

Custom AI Companion does not currently support data localization or custom regional storage

Customers currently cannot define the storage location for Custom AI Companion data. By default, all data will be stored within the United States.

Expert Insights
frequently asked questions
troubleshooting assistance
open a ticket
Example Phone Test using the Network Connectivity Tool.
Image of the location of the Phone Test.

Zoom Phone Bluepaper

Introduction

This document is designed to provide readers with a general overview, description, and understanding of Zoom Phone — Zoom’s cloud-based telephony service. Within this document, readers will be presented with a wide range of features available with Zoom Phone, insights into the service's functionality, and information to help set up a new account, including their network environment. While this document aims for thorough coverage, it does not encompass every available feature, as the Zoom Phone team continues to innovate and release new features regularly. Readers with questions are encouraged to speak with their account or sales team for any inquiries related to this product to help ensure a tailored understanding of what Zoom Phone can provide your business.

How to Use this Document

This document is designed to provide you information in bite-size chunks that makes learning a new product easier. Throughout this document, we have done this in two ways:

  1. Summarizing explanatory content within the headers, when possible.

  2. Listing Zoom Phone’s features and experiences categorically, with small, helpful summaries that break content down into simple concepts, complete with links to relevant support articles.

For example, on the Zoom Phone Overview page you will read that, “Zoom Phone offers three primary service offerings: Native, BYOC Cloud Peering, and BYOC Premises Peering.” The purpose of this header is to provide you with the information up front, so you know the general idea of what you’re reading without requiring you to decipher several paragraphs of text.

In other places, we’ve followed a topical approach, because some features are a little too nuanced to easily summarize in a bite-size header of text. For example, Zoom Phone features like “Auto Receptionists,” “Zoom AI Companion,” and “Security Standards” are listed topically in an effort to make locating them and their relevant content easier. Consequently, when you read the next header, “Zoom Phone Native”, you know that you’re reading about that service offering, and any other important distinctions relevant to it.

At the end of the day, we want this document to be clear, helpful, and informative to you, the reader. For that reason, we’ve included illustrations, recommendations, notes, a few cautions, and many, many links to our support center, so you can always have the most recent instructions for each relevant feature. With that said, we hope this document is invaluable to you as you consider and explore Zoom Phone for your business needs.

Zoom Whiteboard

Welcome to Zoom Whiteboard documentation

SIP Zones

A SIP zone is a grouping of voice over IP (VoIP) hardware and resources that is used for managing and routing calls. Zoom Contact Center offers customers hosted on Zoom’s United States-based global service cluster (US01) SIP Zone and PSTN connectivity from the following data centers, enabling users to connect to the most suitable data centers based on their location and needs:

Regional Support

For customers that require data localization and are located in supported regions, Zoom Contact Center supports region-specific accounts. Customers with a region-specific account are forced to initialize all calls from their region’s associated data center and can't utilize SIP zones outside of their account’s region; however, calls and media may continue to connect internationally if required.

The following list details supported regions and region-specific data center locations available with Zoom Contact Center:

Components

This section provides an overview of core components available with Zoom Contact Center. The information provided within this section is designed to introduce concepts from the perspective of the big picture and provide insight into how the various pieces fit together. With that in mind, readers should be aware that while the product is easily understood from the big picture, focusing on larger pieces of infrastructure, those same pieces are typically made up of smaller pieces that must be built first. That is to say, the content of this section introduces the core concepts in a forwards capacity, but these pieces must be practically built backwards for them to work. More information on this is discussed within the Building Your System section.

Overview

The following diagrams provide an overview of Zoom Contact Center’s components. The first diagram provides a high level overview of its components in the broadest terms and is intended for a fundamental understanding of the product. The second diagram provides a detailed view the same components, showcasing how the underlying pieces contribute to the greater structure of the product.

Overview Diagram - High Level

Overview Diagram - Detailed Level

Custom AI Companion Explainer

Zoom Phone Local Survivability

ZPLS is an on-premises virtual appliance that can connect internal phone calls between users in a common Site when Zoom data centers are unreachable

The ZPLS module is an on-premises appliance that allows users within the same Site, connected by a common network, to place phone calls to each other when Zoom data centers are unreachable. This creates a survivability solution for business continuity in the event of a network outage or your network disconnects from Zoom Phone data centers.

ZPLS also supports cross-Site calling when ZPLS appliances for each Site are connected to a common network

On its own, a ZPLS module provides survivability to users within a common Zoom Phone Site. However, multiple ZPLS modules connected through a local, campus, or wide-area network can support cross-Site communication, connecting users from different Sites during a survivability event so long as the internal network remains operational.

Customers can integrate ZPLS with an SBC to make and receive PSTN calls when Zoom data centers are unreachable

Customers can integrate the ZPLS module with a session border controller (SBC) for external public switched telephone network (PSTN) connectivity when Zoom data centers are unreachable. This allows users with PSTN numbers provided by Zoom or third-party BYOC carriers to receive inbound calls from external parties when call forwarding for survivability is enabled in the cloud, and to place external phone calls regardless of local network conditions or Zoom data center availability.

ZPLS supports Survivability Distribution Groups, providing nuanced call routing capabilities during a survivability event

ZPLS modules support Survivability Distribution Groups (SDGs) for nuanced call-routing configurations during a survivability event. With SDGs, a business can route internal and inbound PSTN calls to an individual user, a group of users (similar to a Call Queue or shared group), an IVR menu, another phone number, or, if necessary, another SDG.

Although SDGs do not provide the same full-featured functionality as standard-operation Call Queues, shared line groups, or Auto Receptionists, SDGs can continue to support a business’ critical call routing needs until normal operations are restored.

Overview Diagram

The following diagram demonstrates the network ports and data flows used with a ZPLS module and an SBC configuration.

Refer to Zoom’s support center for more information on .

Overview

This section provides a brief overview of Zoom’s Custom AI Companion add-on. Additional details of these features are available in other sections of this document.

Custom AI Companion Overview

Custom AI Companion enables businesses to customize Zoom AI Companion for their specific operational needs

As AI becomes a deeper part of daily workflows, businesses need solutions that reflect their unique processes, language, and goals. Rather than relying on one-size-fits-all models, Zoom’s Custom AI Companion empowers organizations to expand on Zoom AI Companion’s core capabilities, and tailor its knowledge to fit their specific needs—delivering more relevant insights, smarter automation, and stronger alignment with the way they work.

Custom AI Companion expands the capabilities of Zoom AI Companion through six key features

Custom AI Companion gives businesses tools to tailor their employees' AI Companion experiences to their unique workflows and content. These features are briefly highlighted below, with more exhaustive descriptions further within the document.

Custom Meeting Summary Templates

With Custom Meeting Summary Templates, businesses can create custom post-meeting summaries that align with your organization’s specific style, priorities, and format through customizable templates and prompts.

Custom Dictionary

Custom Dictionary enables AI Companion to recognize and better transcribe unique terms, including company-specific names, industry terminology, and specialized vocabulary. This helps meeting summaries and transcripts reflect the unique language, names, and terms essential to your business operations and industry context.

Custom Avatars

With Custom Avatars, users can create AI-generated video clips using pre-set avatar personas, or create a custom avatar that reflects their likeness. Once created, users can create videos by uploading a transcript in any supported language and watch the avatar come to life.

Knowledge Collections

Knowledge Collections allow organizations to enhance Zoom AI Companion responses with trusted, organization-specific content—such as internal documentation, knowledge bases, or indexed data sources—so that responses are grounded in the context of the business. By integrating these knowledge collections, AI Companion can deliver more relevant and tailored answers.

Third-Party Application Skills

With Third-Party Skills, Zoom AI Companion can interface with external applications to perform actions within those systems, acting as an extension of the user across platforms. Rather than simply surfacing information, AI Companion can now drive execution—helping to initiate tasks, update records, and follow through on next steps—all without requiring the user to leave their current workflow.

AI Companion for Third-Party Meetings

AI Companion for Third-Party Meetings extends Zoom AI Companion’s meeting summary capabilities to meetings hosted on other platforms, such as Microsoft Teams or Google Meet. This allows users to benefit from consistent, high-quality meeting summaries across their entire calendar, when meeting on a supported third-party platform.

Zoom Custom AI Companion is available as a per-user licensed add-on

Zoom Custom AI Companion is available as a per-user licensed add-on, meaning organizations can assign this license on a user by user basis. Those with the license will gain access to Custom AI Companion’s features, while paid license users without the add-on will continue to have access to AI Companion’s standard features.

Custom AI Companion includes the AI Studio, where account admins configure AI Companion for Custom AI Companion license holders

Zoom AI Studio serves as the dedicated configuration hub within the Zoom web portal where account administrators can access Custom AI Companion settings and tailor the AI experience to align with their organization's specific requirements. Within AI Studio, admins can create a custom dictionary to refine outputs, upload knowledge collections for better contextual awareness, and create custom meeting summary templates.

AI Studio is intended for admins, not end users

While all users with Custom AI Companion licenses may benefit from the enhanced AI capabilities, AI Studio serves as the primary environment where account administrators—not end users—configure customizable features. Once the customizations are published, licensed users will have access to Custom AI Companion features consistent with admin permissioning.

The Zoom Assistant

The Zoom Assistant is a lightweight widget that runs on a user's desktop as an extension of the Zoom Workplace app, offering Zoom Phone Pro and Licensed users a consolidated phone interface.

With docking capabilities, the Zoom Assistant remains hidden when not in use, and extends when hovered over with a cursor or when there's an active call. This compact design grants users full use of their desktop space while working, allowing them to minimize the Zoom Assistant panel when it's not in use.

With this always-available tool, users can simplify their workflows and processes in conjunction with virtually any other application, granting flexibility and ease of use. Core features of the Zoom Assistant include:

Zoom Phone
Zoom Phone with Power Pack Add-On
Contact List

*Opens Zoom Workplace app when in use

Refer to Zoom's support center for more information on or the Zoom Assistant.

Things to Note

Zoom Phone is not a cell phone replacement

Zoom Phone Native numbers and numbers that are ported into Zoom Phone are almost always considered Voice over IP (VoIP) phone numbers and may have different capabilities compared to numbers classified as mobile-only within certain countries.

For instance, two-factor authentication providers may not support VoIP phone numbers. Consequently, if a mobile number associated with two-factor authentication is ported into Zoom Phone, the user may no longer be able to approve authentication prompts. Additionally, Zoom Phone requires a data connection, e.g., Wi-Fi or 4G/5G, to make and receive calls from a mobile device. Users cannot make a cellular signal-based phone call without an existing data connection.

Note

Zoom Phone currently exclusively offers mobile-classified numbers for SMS support within Australia and the United Kingdom. All other Zoom Phone numbers offered are classified as VoIP numbers.

Zoom Phone does not offer virtual phone numbers

Zoom Phone does not offer or support dialing with virtual phone numbers. Further, customers cannot port-in virtual numbers, as any number ported into Zoom Phone must meet .

For Wifi-heavy companies, a Wifi Site survey might help

Due to the nature of wireless connectivity, factors such as signal interference, coverage limitations, and bandwidth fluctuations can introduce quality issues, leading to potential disruptions or degradation in communication reliability and clarity. For this reason, businesses that are heavily reliant on Wi-Fi connectivity are encouraged to conduct wireless site surveys, as this can help ensure that wireless access points and antennas are optimized for your facilities, reducing the likelihood of quality-related problems.

Power or internet loss can impact emergency services availability

Because Zoom Phone is a VoIP telephony provider, devices require internet connectivity to make and receive phone calls. Consequently, in the event of an emergency, including the loss of power or local internet, analog telephony adapter-enabled devices may be unable to make outbound calls.

To account for these scenarios, businesses are encouraged to have alternative telephony services for emergency resources—like security, fire, and elevator lines—through an analog telephone line or 4G/5G connectivity from a mobile device.

Phone numbers cannot be easily or dynamically moved between accounts, including sub-accounts

Zoom Phone Native phone numbers and numbers ported into Zoom Phone are not dynamically transferable between accounts, including sub-accounts. For accounts that require transitioning phone numbers between sub accounts, refer to Zoom’s support center for instructions on .

Forwarding calls to external numbers can incur metered rate fees for the duration of the call

In some circumstances, forwarding calls to external numbers across the PSTN may result in additional charges at a metered call rate. This primarily happens when a Call Queue, Auto Receptionist, or user with a metered calling plan forwards a call to an external number, like an after-hours, third-party contact center or a personal cell phone. In these circumstances, the account will incur charges for the duration of the forwarded call.

Users and Zoom Phone admins must agree to the potential charges before saving any PSTN-forwarding capable configuration; however, account admins can ahead of time, including removing this capability altogether.

Bring Your Own Carrier – Premises Peering (BYOC-P)

As an alternative to cloud peering, Zoom Phone also supports a Bring Your Own Carrier (BYOC) premises peering (BYOC-P) service model, where a business connects their on-premises hardware—specifically, a session border controller (SBC) connected to a carrier—with Zoom Phone's cloud PBX system.

With this service model, businesses continue to have access to Zoom Phone's cloud PBX features, like Call Queues, Auto Receptionists, number assignment, etc., while the underlying PSTN connections are handled by the company's chosen provider. This service model is nearly identical to Zoom Phone's Cloud Peering model (BYOC-C), with the exception that the customer provides and maintains their own supported SBC to peer with Zoom Phone's data centers, instead of the underlying carrier.

With premises peering, service areas are determined by the customer's chosen telephony service provider

Unlike the Zoom Phone Native and cloud peering services, which contain general lists of serviceable countries and territories, premises peering service areas are determined by the customer's chosen telephony service provider. Businesses are encouraged to consult with their chosen telephony provider to ensure their coverage will meet their business needs.

Zoom Phone Premises Peering Network Design

Note

Zoom Phone endpoints always initiate connectivity into Zoom data centers; however, BYOC-P SBCs require bi-directional connectivity. If you have questions about port connectivity and scope, speak with your Zoom technical account team for more information on connectivity options.

Architecture

Zoom Contact Center is designed with an active-active architecture for reliability and resiliency.

The following sections provide a general overview of Zoom Contact Center’s architecture.

Zoom Contact Center Data Center SIP Zones

In an active-active architecture, resiliency and redundancy are key. To support the voice channel and telephony needs, each Zoom Contact Center data center features two identical, interconnected SIP zones equipped with dedicated hardware and services for independent resiliency and sustainability.

During normal operations, a load balancer evenly distributes calls between both SIP zones within a data center. Within each SIP zone, calls are equitably distributed among a cluster of call switches, which are responsible for various functions such as call routing, setup, and teardown. From the call switches, calls connect to a Session Border Controller (SBC) within each zone, which either connects to Zoom's underlying network of providers or the customer-provided carrier (BYOC-P) for PSTN routing until the call reaches its final destination.

Within this framework, each integral piece of architecture—i.e., SBCs, load balancers, and call switches—is supplemented with redundant hardware on standby for resiliency. In the event that one SIP zone experiences a service-impacting event, a call’s active media, signaling, and registration will failover to the other zone for uninterrupted service. Further, because Zoom strives for no greater than 50% capacity within each SIP zone at any given time, in the event of a service-impacting event within a SIP zone, calls should failover to the opposing zone without issue until standard operations resume.

The following diagram illustrates a SIP zone’s active-active architecture design at a high level:

Zoom Contact Center Data Centers At Large

From a physical perspective, Zoom's presence in data centers are located within highly secure colocation facilities with physical security, redundant power and cooling systems, and access to leading carrier-neutral internet service providers (ISPs) and peering partners.

From a technological perspective, Zoom’s presence in data centers are built with fault-tolerant architecture, including full redundancy and rapid failover capabilities from a primary data center to a secondary data center, to enhance reliability and minimize downtime across all contact center channels.

In the unlikely event of a complete data center outage or service-impacting event, Zoom Contact Center media, signaling, and registration information may be temporarily lost, requiring a convergence on the standby, secondary data center. In such cases, voice channel sessions will re-register with the secondary data center, directing all incoming calls through the location's backup carrier. Subsequently, all new calls will be processed through the secondary data center and its relevant active-active zones until service is fully restored. Following the restoration of service, a maintenance window will be employed to return operations to normal at the appropriate primary data center.

The following image illustrates Zoom’s data center redundancy design at a high level:

Readers are encouraged to refer to Zoom’s and sites for additional information on service availability.

Zoom Customer Experience Bluepaper

This document is designed to provide readers with a general overview, description, and understanding of Zoom Contact Center and the Zoom Customer Experience product suite, including Zoom AI Expert Assist, , , and Zoom Virtual Agent.

While this document aims to provide thorough coverage, it doesn't encompass every available feature, as the Zoom Contact Center and other product teams continue to innovate and release new features regularly. Readers with questions are encouraged to speak with their account or sales team for any inquiries related to this product to help ensure a tailored understanding of what Zoom Contact Center can provide your business.

Zoom Contact Center

Zoom Contact Center provides businesses with an omnichannel solution designed to meet the demands of modern customer engagement by offering a diverse set of tools that enhance the contact center experience. From comprehensive communication channels to customizable workflows, the platform enables businesses to create efficient, meaningful, and impactful interactions.

Zoom Contact Center’s versatility is further enhanced by powerful add-on solutions including , , AI Expert Assist, and Zoom Virtual Agent, equipping agents and supervisors with the tools needed to streamline operations and deliver exceptional service. With Zoom’s AI Companion, businesses gain access to advanced analytics and intelligent tools that allow them to stay ahead of customer needs and drive satisfaction. Additionally, a robust suite of reporting capabilities provides organizations with actionable insights into performance metrics, supporting data-driven decision-making and fostering continuous improvement.

With its flexible solutions, AI-driven features, and commitment to innovation, Zoom Contact Center helps empower organizations to boost efficiency, enable teams, and build stronger, more meaningful relationships with their customers.

How to Use This Document

This document is designed to provide you information in bite-size chunks that makes learning a new product easier. Throughout this document, we have done this in two ways:

  1. Summarizing explanatory content within the headers, when possible.

  2. Listing Zoom Contact Center’s features and experiences categorically, with small, helpful summaries that break content down into simple concepts, complete with links to relevant support articles when possible.

For example, on the following page you will read that, “Zoom Contact Center supports a native service and Bring Your Own Carrier Premises-Peering (BYOC-P) service model.” The purpose of this header is to provide you with the information up front, so you know the general idea of what you’re reading without requiring you to decipher several paragraphs of text.

In other places, we’ve followed a topical approach because some features are a little too nuanced to easily summarize in a bite-size header of text. Consequently, if you first read the header “Zoom Contact Center supports a native service and BYOC offering,” and then read the next header, “Native Service,” you know that you’re reading about that topical service offering and any other important distinctions relevant to it.

At the end of the day, we realize this document contains a lot of information, and we’ve done our best to organize it in a way that makes it clear, efficient, helpful, and informative to you, the reader. For that reason, we’ve included illustrations, recommendations, notes, a few cautions, and many, many links to our support center, so you have the most recent instructions for each relevant feature. With that said, we hope this document is invaluable to you as you consider and explore Zoom Contact Center for your business needs.

Agent Experience

This section outlines the user experience for getting started and familiar with Zoom Contact Center, Zoom Workforce Management, Zoom Quality Management, Zoom AI Expert Assist, the Zoom web portal, and the Zoom Workplace app. After reading this section, you can expect to be familiar with common in-app and web-based settings and features central to using Zoom Contact Center and its add-ons as an agent.

Admin Experience

This section provides an overview of administering Zoom Contact Center within your company account, including licenses, roles, provisioning, and general Zoom Contact Center settings.

Overview
Configuration
User Experience
Admin Experience
Privacy, Security, and Compliance
Zoom Phone Local Survivability
Migration Strategies
Things to Note
Troubleshooting

North America

  • U.S. West, California

  • U.S. East, Virginia

Europe

  • Netherlands, Amsterdam

  • Germany, Frankfurt

APAC

  • Australia, Sydney

  • Australia, Melbourne

  • Japan, Tokyo

  • Japan, Osaka

Europe

  • Germany, Frankfurt

  • Netherlands, Amsterdam

Kingdom of Saudi Arabia

  • Jeddah

  • Riyadh

Zoom Workforce Management
Zoom Quality Management
Zoom Workforce Management
Zoom Quality Management
Using the Zoom Workplace App
Engagement Handling
Zoom AI Companion Engagement Features
AI Expert Assist Features
Zoom Workforce Management
Zoom Quality Management
Zoom Contact Center Roles
Managing Call Routing and Phone Numbers
Managing and Assigning User Licenses, Entitlements, and Information
SMS and 10DLC
Campaign Management
Preferences
AI Expert Assist
Cobrowse, Integrations, and Address Books
Logs
Data Storage
Zoom Whiteboard Explainer

  • Place a call

  • Receive a call

  • Dialpad

  • Contact lookup

  • Speed Dial

  • Record a call

  • Park Call

  • Transfer Call

  • Merge Call

  • Self-Mute

  • Open call history*

  • Open voicemail*

  • Call Queue visibility

  • Open Call Queue Team Chat*

  • Shared Line Appearance Visibility

  • Shared Line Group Visibility

  • Group Call Pickup

  • Call Queue Opt-In/Out

  • Start meeting from contact card*

  • Start chat from contact card*

  • Start phone call from contact card*

  • Send SMS from contact card*

enabling and disabling
using
Example of the Zoom Assistant widget.
Zoom Phone Local Survivability
Example diagram of ZPLS in a single Site Design while Zoom Phone is inaccessible.
Example diagram of ZPLS in a multi-Site Design while Zoom Phone is inaccessible.
Example diagram of ZPLS in a multi-Site Design with a PSTN while Zoom Phone is inaccessible.
Diagram containing network ports and data flows used within a ZPLS model and an SBC configuration.
certain requirements
how to transfer phone numbers between accounts
restrict this setting
Image of the acknowledgement statement regarding usage billing.
Status
Uptime
Diagram of Zoom Phone Premises Peering Network Design.

Supervisor Experience

This section provides an overview of the supervisor experience within Zoom Contact Center, Zoom Workforce Management, and Zoom Quality Management. After reading this section, you can expect to be familiar with common tools and features central to using these products.

Using the Zoom Workplace App

Similar to agents, to use Zoom Contact Center within the Zoom Workplace app the supervisor must begin a work session. From there, supervisors can transition into custom statuses to avoid skewing metrics for the “Not Ready” status.

Zoom Phone in the Zoom Workplace App

The Phone tab in the Zoom Workplace app serves as the main location to utilize Zoom Phone for both mobile and desktop users. From the Phone tab, users can make and receive calls, view call history, access voicemail, view shared lines, and send SMS/MMS messages.

Zoom Recommendation

For a quick course on Zoom Phone, check out our Zoom Phone Overview on or our .

Making Calls

After opening the Phone tab, users can make outbound calls using the dialpad, searching by name or contact or typing in the phone number. When typing or searching by name, internal and external user contacts will automatically display and filter as the criteria narrows based on user input. Additionally, if a user is assigned more than one line—like they would with Call Delegation, a Shared Line Group, or Call Queue—they can select their outbound caller ID before making the call.

Live Call Menu

While a call is live, users can access a variety of call menu options, including:

  • Mute to silence the speaker's microphone.

  • Keypad for pressing menu options or using DTMF tones.

  • Audio to select or adjust speaker and microphone settings.

  • Add Call to add another user to the call.

  • Hold to place the call on hold.

  • Transfer to send the call to another user.

    • Warm Transfer to speak to the new user before transferring.

    • Direct Transfer to transfer without speaking to the new user.

    • Transfer to Voicemail to send directly to the user's voicemail.

  • Record to record the call.

  • Summarize to enable AI Companion's Call Summary feature.

  • Meet to elevate the call to a Zoom Meeting.

  • More (...) to access additional features and information not shown, including:

    • Call Park

    • End-to-End Encryption

  • Share Call Details

Zoom Workplace App Call History

From the History tab, users can review their recent call history, including the ability to filter their history by several criteria, including missed calls, recorded calls, or calls from a specific line.

Voicemail & Videomail

From the Voicemail tab, users can access their voicemail and videomail messages, including the ability to filter their messages marked as read, for follow up, or messages received on a specific line.

Additionally, when viewing a message, users can see transcriptions, AI-generated tasks (if enabled), and other general call information.

Lines

From the Lines tab, users can see shared phone lines they have access to, such as phone numbers associated with Call Delegation or a Shared Line Group.

SMS / MMS

From the SMS tab, users with a sufficient can send and receive text messages to individuals or up to 10 numbers at once. Users with a Zoom Phone Power Pack add-on can also send text messages from a Call Queues' or Auto Receptionist's phone number if .

Refer to Zoom's support center for more information on .

Privacy, Security, and Compliance

Data Residency

For Zoom Phone-specific data residency, there are two distinct categories of data that cover different components of the service: Diagnostic Data and Customer Content Data. Each of these data types has different rules governing their residency, which are discussed in the following sections.

Diagnostic Data

Diagnostic Data is data automatically generated or collected by Zoom through use of the Zoom service. For Zoom Phone, Diagnostic Data includes phone call, SMS/MMS, voicemail, videomail, and voice recording metadata, telemetry data (e.g., product usage and system configuration), and other service-generated data (e.g., information to provide a service requested by the end user).

Details of how Diagnostic Data and its sub-categories are collected and handled are provided within the and Zoom's . Customers with outstanding questions are encouraged to speak to their Zoom account team for more information.

Customer Content Data

Zoom Phone Customer Content Data is the data your users record or share during a phone call, including voice/video, transcripts, recordings, voicemail, videomail, and SMS/MMS.

Where this data is stored can depend on several factors and may vary depending on account, group, and user settings or call routing tool-specific settings. However, it is important to note that all call recordings will be temporarily stored and processed in the SIP zone region where the user's device is registered before it is moved to its permanent data storage location. For instance, if a user's applicable content storage is set to Germany but they are registered to a SIP zone in the U.S., the call will be recorded and processed within the U.S. data center before being transferred to long-term storage in Germany.

The following table outlines which pieces of data in Zoom Phone are customizable for residency and which are located within the account's provisioned cluster.

Controlled by Customer Content Storage Setting
Stored in the region where account was provisioned

Defining Storage Location Settings

Zoom offers all paid customers regional data storage for applicable types of Customer Content—which is configurable at the account, group, and user levels—and for each unique Auto Receptionist, Call Queue, and Shared Line Group.

For these various groups and call-routing tools, customers can choose to store applicable Zoom Phone Customer Content in the following locations:

  • United States

  • Australia

  • Brazil

  • Canada

  • Germany

  • Japan

  • Singapore

  • Switzerland

Refer to Zoom's support center for more information on .

Data Retention

Zoom Phone Customer Content Data is retained in the cloud indefinitely by default. However, customers can customize their data retention settings to between 1 and 4,000 days (approximately 11 years) for the following items:

  • Call Logs

  • Ad-Hoc Recordings

  • Automatic Call Recordings

  • Voicemail

  • Videomail

  • SMS/MMS

Customers can also define deletion behavior, with the option initially "soft delete" data, leaving it in a recoverable state for up to 30 days before it is permanently deleted. Alternatively, customers can set it to permanently delete after the set time without a "soft delete" period.

Refer to Zoom's support center for more information on customizing the "" Zoom Phone policy.

Information Barriers

Zoom Phone provides features for Information Barriers, assisting customers in managing user communication policies and fulfilling regulatory obligations. This includes preventing specific groups of users with sensitive information from communicating with others unauthorized to access this data.

Within Zoom Phone, users blocked by Information Barriers are unable to search, call, or text other members of affected groups. Attempting these actions will prompt an error message indicating restricted communication between certain groups and users. Furthermore, blocked users cannot invite other members of the affected group into a meeting using Zoom Phone.

Refer to Zoom's support center for more information on .

End-to-End Encrypted Calling

Zoom Phone supports end-to-end encrypted (E2EE) calls between two Zoom Phone users within the same account, so long as both users meet specific requirements. This offers users an extra layer of privacy and confidentiality to their Zoom Phone calls, and can be quickly enabled so long as both users are calling from a supported Zoom app or device.

Refer to Zoom's support center for more information on and end-to-end encrypted calling. For more information on Zoom Phone's end-to-end encryption practices, refer to .

Zoom Phone Privacy Data Sheet

Zoom has provided the , which describes Zoom's process for handling personal data and other data handling practices. Readers are also encouraged to refer to Zoom's .

Certifications, Attestations, and Standards

Zoom maintains a list of Certifications, Attestations, and Standards within our .

Migration Strategies

Zoom’s Professional Services and Certified Channel Partners

Zoom’s Professional Services Organization (PSO) and certified channel partners offer businesses assistance with transitioning to Zoom solutions, including Zoom Phone. These groups can help businesses assess their transitional needs, develop and implement deployment plans, and provide on-site technical services during the Go-Live process.

With multiple tiers of service available, Zoom’s PSO team can help transitioning Zoom Phone customers with the following services:

  • Architecture & Design

  • Use Case Analysis

  • Implementation Support & Strategy

  • Porting & BYOC Migration

  • Implementation Guidance

  • Data Review & Optimization

  • Network Readiness Review

  • Provisioning & Configuration

  • Hypercare: 10 Days of Post Go-live Support

Customers interested in retaining the Professional Services Organization are encouraged to refer to for more information or speak with their Zoom account team.

A Phased Approach

Customers transitioning to Zoom Phone without assistance from third-party companies or Zoom’s Professional Services organization may benefit from a slower, transitional phased approach. This may include moving users over to Zoom Phone in a segmented or percentage-based approach, like moving users over one Site at a time, or moving 5% of their users in daily or weekly increments, depending on the quantity of users. Benefits of a phased approach include:

  1. Minimized Disruption: Gradually transitioning users minimizes disruption to daily operations. Users can adapt to Zoom Phone gradually, reducing the risk of productivity loss associated with sudden changes.

  2. Risk Management: By phasing the migration, your business can identify and address any issues or challenges that arise in each phase before proceeding to the next. This proactive approach reduces the risk of encountering major problems across the organization.

  3. User Adoption: Users are more likely to embrace the new system when they have time to adjust gradually. Training and support resources can be provided incrementally, so users feel comfortable with the new technology.

  4. Resource Allocation: A phased approach allows organizations to allocate resources more efficiently. IT staff can focus on supporting a smaller group of users during each phase, so they receive adequate assistance and troubleshooting support.

  5. Evaluation and Feedback: Each phase of the migration provides an opportunity to evaluate the performance of the new system and gather feedback from users. This feedback can inform adjustments and improvements as the migration progresses.

  6. Flexibility: Phasing the migration provides flexibility to adapt the implementation plan based on real-world experiences and feedback. Organizations can make adjustments as needed to ensure a successful transition for all users.

Overall, a transitional phased approach to adopting Zoom Phone can help organizations manage risk, promote user adoption, and make a smooth transition to the new technology.

Bring Your Own PBX

For customers with existing on-premises PBX systems, utilizing Zoom Phone’s Bring Your Own PBX (BYOP) service model can simplify the transitional period between on-premises and cloud-based users.

With the BYOP service model, customers connect their on-premises PBX with Zoom Phone’s cloud-based PBX through a set of configurable routing rules. Once this integration is configured, users can continue to dial users with consistent workflows, such as dialing their extension or numbers on speed dial. Due to the back-end routing rules connecting the on-premises PBX and Zoom Phone, when a user dials an extension, the relevant PBX will automatically query both the on-premises and Zoom Phone PBX for the user with the dialed extension and will connect the call accordingly if a user is found.

This service model is most commonly used as an intermediary step for customers transitioning from an on-premises system to one of the . Once all users have migrated from the on-premises system to Zoom Phone, the on-premises system can be safely decommissioned or put on standby.

The following example illustrates the benefits of this service model for a transitory period, while an account begins their full conversion process.

Example

The business “Omzo” is preparing to transition 100 users from their on-premises PBX system to Zoom Phone Native. They are currently configured for a Bring Your Own PBX service model to assist with the transition.

On Monday, Alice and Bob are both registered to the on-premises PBX. Alice can easily call Bob at his extension of 100.

On Tuesday, Bob is transitioned to Zoom Phone and keeps his extension number of 100, while Alice remains registered to the on-premises PBX. Because the on-premises PBX is connected to Zoom Phone, if Alice tries to call Bob at extension 100, the query will fail within the on-premises PBX, and failover to Zoom Phone’s PBX. Because Bob retained the same extension, Zoom Phone’s PBX will identify Bob at that extension and connect the call to him through the BYOP connection.

In this scenario, neither Bob nor Alice are required to be aware of the ongoing transition. Calls will continue to connect without an impact to the user experience because the on-premises PBX and Zoom Phone’s PBX are connected and all other factors remain the same.

BYOP Network Design

Note

Zoom Phone endpoints always initiate connectivity into Zoom data centers; however, BYOP SBCs do require bi-directional connectivity. If you have questions about port connectivity and scope, speak with your Zoom technical account team for more information on connectivity options.

Overview

Zoom Contact Center is Zoom’s cloud-based solution designed to meet the customer engagement needs for businesses of any size. Featuring an intuitive, web-based admin interface for managing settings, policies, and Flows, along with a cloud-based architecture that replaces traditional, on-premises telephony systems, Zoom Contact Center simplifies customer interactions.

This section provides an overview of Zoom Contact Center’s services, architecture, design, network requirements, security standards, supported devices, features, licenses, and more. After reading this section, you can expect to gain a high-level understanding of Zoom Contact Center’s fundamental design elements and functionality.

Zoom Contact Center Is an Enterprise-Grade, Omnichannel Contact Center Solution

Zoom Contact Center is an enterprise-grade, omnichannel contact center solution that integrates with Zoom’s unified communications platform. Designed to enhance customer experiences, Zoom Contact Center can deliver prompt and personalized service across a robust suite of channels, including video, voice (phone), email, and messaging (SMS, social media, and web chat). With its user-friendly interface and advanced analytics, Zoom Contact Center enables teams to efficiently manage customer interactions, streamline workflows, and enhance collaboration across the organization.

Zoom Contact Center Includes Native Voice Service and Also Supports a Bring Your Own Carrier Premises-Peering (BYOC-P) Service Model

Zoom Contact Center supports two service models: Zoom Contact Center’s native service utilizing Zoom’s infrastructure, and a Bring Your Own Carrier Premises-Peering (BYOC-P) model utilizing a business’s on-premises SBC (session border controller) in conjunction with parts of Zoom Contact Center’s infrastructure. The details of these services are described in the following sections.

Native Service

Zoom Contact Center’s native service utilizes Zoom’s cloud architecture for engagement routing, handling, and connections between consumers (i.e., your business’s customers) and agents (i.e., your employees) across four distinct channels: voice (phone), video, messaging (SMS, social media), and email. Components of these channels are provided below.

The voice channel provides voice calling capabilities within the Zoom Contact Center environment. Calls are routed through Zoom’s cloud architecture, connecting consumers to agents via the public switched telephone network (PSTN) or directly over the internet when supported. This service helps ensure high-quality audio communication with calls managed securely in the cloud, eliminating the need for businesses to rely on on-premises telephony equipment or systems. Instead, agents require only a working internet connection, a supported Zoom Contact Center client or interface, and a supported license to begin making or receiving calls. The video channel allows consumers to connect face-to-face with support agents, fostering a more personal and engaging experience. Consumers can access video interactions through the Zoom Workplace app or via a Software Development Kit (SDK) embedded in a business’s website or iOS/Android application. This flexibility enables seamless video support without requiring consumers to leave the company’s web environment, creating an integrated support experience that enhances accessibility and convenience.

The messaging channel enables text-based communications over SMS and popular messaging apps, including WhatsApp and Messenger by Meta. By supporting these widely used platforms, Zoom Contact Center helps ensure that consumers can reach out using the apps they’re already comfortable with. Messages sent through these channels are handled directly within the Zoom Contact Center, streamlining customer service processes while providing a versatile, multi-app approach to customer engagement.

The email channel allows businesses to handle consumer inquiries and communications through email (via Google or Office 365), offering a structured and efficient way to manage asynchronous interactions. Consumers can send inquiries, feedback, or service requests to a designated email address, which are then routed to the appropriate agent or team based on predefined criteria.

Together, these channels support a flexible, unified service experience that accommodates diverse consumer preferences and enhances engagement across multiple communication methods.

Zoom Contact Center Native Network Design

Note

Zoom Contact Center endpoints always initiate outbound connectivity into Zoom’s presence in data centers. If you have questions about port connectivity and scope, speak with your Zoom technical account team for more information.

Bring Your Own Carrier—Premises Peering

As an alternative to Zoom Contact Center’s native service, Zoom offers a Bring Your Own Carrier Premises-Peering (BYOC-P) model for the voice and SMS channels. With this model, businesses can connect an SBC with Zoom Contact Center and utilize a separately contracted telephony carrier for PSTN services. Under this model, Zoom is the provider of the non-telephony elements.

Through this setup, organizations can route calls and messages though their established telephony carriers while still accessing Zoom Contact Center’s robust cloud-based features—such as advanced routing, call handling, Flows, Queues, and Campaign management—and maintaining control over PSTN connections through their chosen carrier. Because carrier interactions are managed externally, organizations are responsible for troubleshooting and supporting their telephony systems, as Zoom has limited visibility into the carrier’s network and operations.

Zoom Contact Center and BYOC-P Network Design

Note

Zoom Contact Center endpoints always initiate outbound connectivity into Zoom’s presence in data centers. If you have questions about port connectivity and scope, speak with your Zoom technical account team for more information.

Warning

Zoom Contact Center exclusively supports E.164 routing. Agents can only call out of the BYOC connection to E.164-formatted numbers.

Supported Devices

Zoom Contact Center is supported natively on the following platforms:

  • Zoom Workplace macOS desktop app

  • Zoom Workplace Windows desktop app

  • ​

  • Zoom Workplace VDI App and Plug-In

  • Zoom for Google Chrome

As of the date of this document’s publication, Zoom Contact Center doesn't currently support IP phone compatibility. If this feature is important to your business, speak with your Zoom account team for more information.

Asset Library and Dispositions

This section discusses the Asset Library, including System Assets, Agent Assets, and the Archive; as well as Dispositions.

Asset Library

The Asset Library allows accounts to upload various materials for use with other Zoom Contact Center features, such as Queues, Flows, Campaigns, Waiting Rooms, and more.

Refer to Zoom’s support center for more information on .

System Assets

System Assets are available for use in Campaigns, Flows, Inboxes, Waiting Rooms, preferences, and Queues. The following types of System Assets are supported:

  • Audio Files

  • Email (Template)

  • Images

  • Scripts (JavaScript)

  • Slides (PDF)

  • Text

  • Video (MP4 <100MB)

Agent Assets

Agent Assets can be assigned in Queues for agents to share with consumers. Currently, Agent Assets are limited to Saved Reply templates.

Archive

The Archive is a temporary storage for deleted assets. After 30 days within the Archive, assets will be permanently deleted from your Zoom Account.

Dispositions

Dispositions are how interactions are categorized.

Within Zoom Contact Center, Dispositions are used to categorize and label the outcome of consumer interactions, providing valuable data for reporting and follow-up actions. After a call or interaction, agents select a disposition code that best describes the result, such as “Resolved,” “Follow-Up Needed,” or “Escalated,” and can be automatically selected for agents with the AI Expert Assist add-on. These codes help track performance, identify trends, and streamline next steps.

Refer to Zoom’s support center for more information on .

Disposition Tiers: Used to collect more information

Multi-Tier Dispositions allow for more detailed categorization by enabling agents to select from multiple levels of outcomes. For example, an agent might first choose a broad category like “Technical Support” and then drill down into a more specific outcome such as “Software Issue” or “Hardware Malfunction.” However, while multiple tiers are supported, only one disposition can be selected per engagement.

Disposition Sets: Different dispositions for different contexts

Disposition Sets are predefined collections of disposition codes tailored to specific interaction types, departments, or Campaigns. For instance, a sales Queue may have a different set of dispositions than a customer service Queue, helping ensure that agents have relevant options for their specific workflows.

Waiting Rooms, Voicemail, and Surveys

This section discusses Waiting Rooms, Voicemail Inboxes, and Consumer Engagement Surveys.

Waiting Rooms: Branding for the Video Consumer Experience

Within Zoom Contact Center, the Waiting Room for the video channel provides a virtual space where consumers can wait before connecting with an agent. In this context, the Waiting Room acts as a holding area, offering a branded and customizable experience where businesses can display messages, videos, or other content to engage and inform consumers during their wait. In other situations, the Waiting Room can also be used to communicate with consumers via chat before the interaction begins, such as a nurse asking a patient a question before a doctor joins the session.

The Waiting Room also helps manage consumer Flows by giving agents the ability to admit participants when ready, helping to ensure that interactions are handled smoothly and without overlap. This function enhances customer experience by setting clear expectations for wait times and providing relevant information while consumers wait for service.

Refer to Zoom’s support center for more information on .

Inbox: Voicemail Inboxes for Consumer Follow-Up

Zoom Contact Center offers unlimited voicemail Inboxes, enabling businesses to route consumers to a specific Inbox based on the flow they followed within the system. This allows consumers who are unable to connect with a live agent to leave a voice message in the appropriate Inbox, helping facilitate timely follow-up.

Once an Inbox is created, account admins can to grant access to certain Queue members and using the Flow editor.

Configurable settings for Inboxes include:

  • User Access Lists

  • Customizable Greeting Audio

  • Voicemail Time Limit

  • Automatic Deletion (Days)

    • Soft Delete

    • Hard Delete

  • Inbox Storage Location

  • Voicemail Transcription

  • Voicemail Auto Assignment to:

    • Agents

    • Queues

    • Teams

  • Voicemail Notification

    • Email Notifications

    • Unresolved Email Reminders

Refer to Zoom’s support center for more information on and Zoom Contact Center Inboxes, and .

Consumer Engagement Surveys: Collecting Feedback from Voice, Video, and Messaging Channels

Zoom Contact Center engagement surveys help businesses create and deploy surveys that gather and analyze feedback for action. Administrators can design surveys with various question formats, including multiple-choice or open-ended responses, and link them to voice or video Queues. Admins can also set role-based permissions for accessing survey results through the contact center’s analytics dashboard.

When configured for a Queue, consumers are presented with surveys after the conclusion of a voice, video, or messaging engagement. Once the interaction ends—or after a set time based on Queue settings—consumers will be prompted to respond to survey questions. For voice engagements, they can answer single-choice questions or provide ratings using DTMF or speech, and offer detailed feedback verbally. This seamless integration of feedback collection helps ensure businesses can continually improve their service and the consumer experience.

Refer to Zoom’s support center for more information on .

Zoom Workforce Management

This section provides a brief overview of the agent experience within Zoom Workforce Management.

Note This section assumes that users are assigned a Zoom Workforce Management license and that the product is fully configured within an account, including key features like Forecasts, Schedules, Activities, Shifts, and more. Processes described within this section are not exhaustive, and are intended to provide a general understanding of using the product on a day-to-day basis. Readers with questions are encouraged to refer to the for a comprehensive overview of the product and its fundamental components, or speak with their Zoom Account team for more information.

Viewing the Schedule

From the web portal, Zoom Workforce Management agents can view their published schedules, including their scheduled Activities for the duration of their shifts. If authorized, agents can also use this screen to view the schedules of other agents within the same Scheduling Group.

Schedule Change Requests

If authorized, agents can request to add, change, or delete their scheduled Activity or an Activity’s start/end time from their Schedule. This grants agents flexibility to request ad-hoc changes to their schedule in the event of unforeseen circumstances or to move a break to a different time. If approved by a supervisor, this will automatically apply the modified Activity to the user’s schedule.

Refer to Zoom’s support center for more information on .

Out-of-Office Requests

Similar to Schedule Change Requests, agents can use the Zoom Workforce Management web portal to request time off. If approved by a supervisor, this will automatically apply the relevant out-of-office Activity to the user’s schedule.

Refer to Zoom’s support center for more information on .

Zoom Quality Management

This section provides an overview of the agent experience within Zoom Quality Management.

Note This section assumes that agents are assigned a Zoom Quality Management license. Readers with questions are encouraged to refer to the for a comprehensive overview of the product and its fundamental components, or speak with their Zoom Account team for more information.

Notification of an Evaluation

Based on account settings, agents may receive email notifications when a supervisor evaluates an interaction, with options to require agent acknowledgment or simply inform them.

Responding to an Evaluation

After receiving an evaluation, users can review it for feedback and reflection, with the option to acknowledge or dispute the evaluation.

If an evaluation is disputed, the evaluator will receive an email notification and be provided an opportunity to respond to the agent’s feedback by re-evaluating the interaction or re-affirming the score.

Analytics and Reporting

See the section.

Zoom Contact Center Reporting and Real-Time Analytics

Note

See the section for additional information.

Special Note on Wallboards

Wallboards are digital displays that provide real-time updates on key contact center performance metrics, such as call volume, wait times, and agent availability. Wallboards can give both supervisors and agents a clear view of the center’s status and overall performance, and are often publicly displayed for easy monitoring by the entire team.

Given the significant role wallboards play in supporting operational awareness, this section is devoted to highlighting as an important feature within the Reporting and Real-Time Analytics section.

Refer to Zoom’s support center for more information on .

Note Wallboards require authentication to access and utilize dynamic links, resulting in periodic URL changes.

Zoom Contact Center Roles

Zoom Contact Center supports user roles specific to the service, allowing account administrators to provide users with precise levels of access to Zoom Contact Center features as required, without granting elevated access to other parts of a company’s account.

Important Initially, only the Zoom account owner will have access to Zoom Contact Center settings. Every user must be before they can be granted role access to the product.

By default, there are three roles that are non-customizable with default settings; however, Zoom Contact Center administrators can create custom roles with refined access if necessary. The following table outlines the default roles available with the service:

Role Name
Level of Access

Refer to Zoom’s support center for more information on .

Managing Call Routing and Phone Numbers

This section discusses managing call routing and distribution components, and managing and assigning and phone numbers.

Managing Call Routing and Distribution Components

Account administrators and authorized users with appropriate role permissions can design, edit, and oversee Zoom Contact Center’s call routing and distribution components via the Zoom web portal. These components, along with design and implementation considerations, were previously addressed in the section, along with links to Zoom’s support center containing instructions and procedures for creating, editing, and managing each tool.

Managing and Assigning Phone Numbers

Zoom Contact Center customers have a variety of choices for managing and assigning phone numbers within their account. To assist with these processes, this section explores the administrative tools available for managing and allocating phone numbers within Zoom Contact Center, including number porting, using Zoom-provided numbers, and assigning numbers to Contact Center Services.

Obtaining Zoom-Provided Numbers

Zoom attempts to maintain a list of available numbers for certain regions and area codes for businesses that are not porting numbers into Zoom Contact Center or who may simply need additional phone numbers. Businesses can select these numbers from the available pool and add them to their account at any time. Once selected, numbers from the available pool become exclusively associated with the account unless they are released, removed, or ported out.

Refer to Zoom’s support center for information on .

Phone Number Requests

In circumstances where Zoom doesn't have numbers available for use via the self-service process, businesses can request that Zoom locate numbers for use with the service.

Refer to Zoom’s support center for more information on .

Porting Phone Numbers

Zoom works with telecommunication carriers when possible to port existing numbers into Zoom Contact Center; however, this process may vary depending on the country of origin and the quantity of numbers required to be ported.

Readers are encouraged to review phone number requirements for the , and before submitting a .

Assigning Phone Numbers

Within Zoom Contact Center, account admins can assign phone numbers for multiple purposes, such as serving as entry points for both voice and SMS Flows, enabling consumers to use the same number for calls or texts, a dedicated phone number for video engagement dial-ins, or sending outbound SMS messages.

Refer to Zoom’s support center for instructions on how to for any of these options.

Cobrowse, Integrations, and Address Books

This section discusses how to enable and configure cobrowse, as well as integrations and the address book.

Enabling and Configuring Cobrowse

Zoom Contact Center’s cobrowse feature allows consumers to share their current web screen with an agent, avoiding full-screen sharing and reducing the risk of unintentionally exposing private or sensitive information. Unlike standard screen sharing, which may reveal all apps and programs running on a user’s device, cobrowse limits visibility to the current web screen on a per-URL basis, hiding other operating system or browsing activities beyond the designated pages. This feature is especially helpful for agents assisting consumers with complex forms or navigating web pages, as it includes on-screen annotation tools and privacy-focused features like data masking to prevent sensitive information—such as credit card details or personal health information—from appearing in recordings or being viewed by agents.

Refer to Zoom’s support center for more information on cobrowse for your website and account.

Note Cobrowse exclusively supports the voice channel as of this document’s publication date. Speak with your Zoom account team for more information on additional channel support.

Integrations

The Integrations menu is the central location for managing most integrations with Zoom Contact Center. The following sections describe the various sub-menus available from the Integrations screen.

Applications

The Applications tab is the primary location for integrating Zoom Contact Center with other applications, such as Salesforce, Zendesk, ServiceNow, Zoom Contact Center Smart Embed, and more.

Integration Bots

The Integration Bots tab is where account admins can authorize external bot services like ServiceNow, Google Dialogflow, and Amazon Lex with Zoom Contact Center. Use of this screen is typically prompted by the configuration instructions for each provider.

Messaging

The Messaging tab is where an account admin can integrate their brand’s Meta business account with Zoom Contact Center using Messenger by Meta. Once integrated, consumer engagements can be routed to Zoom Contact Center for agent assignment and handling.

Refer to Zoom’s support center for more information on integrating with Zoom Contact Center.

Address Books

The Address Books menu is the primary location for creating and managing contact lists within Zoom Contact Center. From this screen, account admins can create and manage their address books in two ways: by creating top-level address book collections, which can each hold multiple contact lists, and by creating sub-level address books that contain the contact information for individual users.

Once created, account admins can upload contact lists either through a CSV file upload, or through manual entry. From there, address books can be used in creating Flows, determining a consumer’s Queue priority, or outbound Campaigns.

Refer to Zoom’s support center for more information on .

Data Storage

Zoom Contact Center data storage is applicable towards Zoom Contact Center recordings, voicemails, and assets hosted in the Asset Library. Account admins can determine current Zoom Contact Center storage consumption through the .

Each Zoom Contact Center license includes a base storage capacity, which varies by license type (named or concurrent) and tier (Essentials, Premium, or Elite). The following table details the storage capacity for each license type and tier, scaling with the number of licenses purchased:

Essentials
Premium
Elite

If necessary, Zoom Contact Center customers can also purchase additional storage as an add-on, as overage fees may apply if you exceed your account’s storage allotment. If this is applicable to your business, speak with your Zoom account team for more information on purchasing additional storage.

Warning In addition to overage fees, exceeding an account’s allocated storage space may result in the deletion of recordings on a first-in, first-out basis. This doesn't apply to Voicemail or other recorded assets.

Refer to Zoom’s support center for more information on , including a matrix for estimating storage consumption for each type of media on a per-minute or hour basis.

Zoom Contact Center Real-Time Reports

The following real-time reports provide live details for Zoom Contact Center agents, supervisors, and account admins; however, report availability may be impacted by user role permissions if using customized roles.

Agents Report

The Real-Time Agent Report allows admins to monitor agent information in real time, such as their availability status and opt-in/out settings. Supervisors can also access this data, but only for agents within their specific Queue. Those with the appropriate permissions can view this information through the Zoom web portal or Zoom Workplace desktop app, with both platforms providing the same details.

Refer to Zoom’s support center for more information on the .

Queue Analytics Report

The Real-Time Queue Analytics Report allows account admins and supervisors to track engagement, Queue, and agent activity through a dynamic live dashboard. This report offers a comprehensive view across all configured contact channels, along with detailed insights into specific channels and Queues, including agent availability and opt-in/out status. Authorized users can access this data through either the Zoom web portal or Zoom Workplace desktop app, with both platforms offering the same information.

Refer to Zoom’s support center for more information, including itemized details, on the report.

Wallboards

Zoom Contact Center provides customizable wallboards that allow supervisors, admins, and authorized agents to monitor and visualize key performance metrics and operational data within the contact center. With a flexible interface that lets you choose and arrange widgets to suit your needs, these wallboards offer immediate access to critical information such as call volume, wait times, average handling times, and agent performance. Wallboards display real-time data from the past 24 hours and can also be showcased through Zoom Rooms Digital Signage, adding an extra layer of visibility and accessibility.

Refer to Zoom’s support center for more information on and the .

SMS and 10DLC

Zoom Contact Center supports Short Message Service (SMS) (i.e., text messages) and Multimedia Messaging Service (MMS) (i.e., photo messages) through the Messaging contact channel. However, to use or be eligible for SMS, the business must meet . For more information on this process, refer to the .

Once an account is enabled for SMS, account admins are encouraged to refer to Zoom’s support center for more information on , such as how to set the default outbound SMS number for your account, how to enable or disable outbound SMS for a Queue, and the default outbound SMS Queue for a contact center user.

Note The 10DLC Campaign is only required for businesses utilizing United States and Canada-based phone numbers.

APIs

Zoom offers a large array of API endpoints designed to support a wide range of needs for customers and developers. With these APIs, users can integrate Zoom’s features into their existing workflows, enhance communication capabilities, and create customized solutions tailored to their organization’s requirements.

For more information on Zoom Contact Center’s API offerings and how to get started, refer to .

Call Monitoring
Zoom Workforce Management
Zoom Quality Management
Zoom Contact Center Reporting and Real-Time Analytics
managing the Zoom Contact Center asset library
managing dispositions

Admin

Can access or change all Zoom Contact Center features and settings in the web portal, including Settings, Analytics, Administration, and Role Membership.

Supervisor

Some permissions for accessing and managing Zoom Contact Center; specifically, reduced access to Settings and Analytics, no Administration access except call recordings, and can't change a user’s Role Membership.

Agent

Can access core Zoom Contact Center engagement functions, but do not have permissions for managing, changing, or editing Zoom Contact Center settings.

assigned a Zoom Contact Center license
using Zoom Contact Center role management
Zoom Contact Center Components
obtaining phone numbers from Zoom
requesting phone numbers
U.S. and Canada
all other supported international countries
Zoom Contact Center porting request
view or assign Zoom Contact Center phone numbers

Named License

10GB

20GB

30GB

Concurrent License

15GB

30GB

45GB

Storage Report
managing Zoom Contact Center storage
Real-Time Agents Report
Real-Time Queue Analytics
customizing Zoom Contact Center wallboards
Zoom Contact Center metrics glossary
10 Digit Long Code (10DLC) compliance requirements
10DLC FAQ
configuring SMS for your account
Zoom’s Developer Center

Admin Controls

Zoom Phone SMS includes a variety of administrative controls that allow account owners and admins to control SMS settings based on organizational needs. This section outlines how to enable SMS at different levels and manage available features, including options that require the Power Pack add-on.

Enable SMS

SMS can be enabled by Admins on an account level, group level, site level, or user level. SMS can also be enabled for Call Queue and Auto Receptionist group SMS if Power Pack add-on licenses are implemented. To view step-by-step instructions for how to enable SMS on different levels, please see the Setting Up SMS support article.

Zoom Phone SMS Settings

Below are the SMS settings that can be enabled/disabled by Administrators:

International SMS

To specify allowed countries/regions for SMS:

  1. Sign in to the Zoom web portal as an admin with the privilege to edit account settings.

  2. In the navigation menu, click Account Management then Billing.

  3. In the Zoom Phone row, click View All Plans.

  4. Click View/Edit Countries/Regions.

  5. In the dialog box, select the SMS tab.

  6. Search for or check the countries/regions where users can send SMS.

  7. Click Save.

To allow international SMS:

  1. Ensure SMS is enabled at the level that you want to manage.

  2. Under the SMS setting, select Allow International SMS.

  3. Click Manage Country/Region.

  4. In the dialog box, select the countries/regions that phone users can send SMS messages to, then click Save.

Using Emojis and/or Attachments

Account owners and admins can manage the use of emojis and attachments in SMS messages sent through Zoom Phone. They have the option to enable or disable all emojis completely, or select a specific set of emojis that users can use. Additionally, admins can choose to enable or disable attachments in SMS messages. The Allow Attachments and Allow Emojis setting is only available with Zoom Workplace app version 6.1.10 or later.

  1. Ensure that the SMS feature is enabled at the level that you want to manage.

  2. Under the SMS feature, enable or disable the features that you want:

    1. Select the Allow Emojis checkbox to enable it.

    2. When the Allow Emojis checkbox is enabled, select from the following options:

      1. All emojis: All emojis will be enabled and available for users to send through SMS messages.

      2. Selected emojis: Selected emojis will be enabled and available for users to send through SMS messages.

    3. Select the Allow Attachments checkbox to enable it.

  3. Click Save.

Redact Personal and Sensitive Data (PII)

To use personal and sensitive data reaction with Zoom Phone SMS, perform the following steps:

  1. Ensure that the SMS feature is enabled at the level that you want to manage.

  2. Under the SMS feature, select the Redact Personal and Sensitive data checkbox to enable or disable the feature.

  3. When the Redact Personal and Sensitive data checkbox is enabled, click Edit to select a personal and sensitive data group that will be applied to recordings, then click Save.

  4. Once complete, click Save.

Scheduled Response

Users with a Power Pack license and a Zoom Workplace app version 6.3.0 or later can schedule SMS messages to be sent at a specific date, time, and time zone in the future. They can manage scheduled messages by viewing, editing, and deleting them. As a member in a conversation thread, users can also view scheduled messages and who scheduled the message.

This feature helps users communicate more effectively with recipients in different time zones. To enable this feature:

  1. Ensure that the SMS feature is enabled at the level that you want to manage.

  2. Under the SMS feature, toggle the SMS scheduled response checkbox to enable or disable the feature.

    1. If enabled, SMS users will be able to send messages at a scheduled time.

  3. Click Save.

Data Retention

The retention policy allows account owners and admins to configure rules for what data is retained, the duration of the retention period, and how to delete data after the retention duration. Account owners and admins can allow Zoom to automatically delete data after the retention duration. Please refer to the Managing retention policy for Zoom Phone for more information.

Templates

As an admin, you can maximize SMS message efficiency with the SMS template feature to empower your call queue or auto-receptionist users, or a user with the power pack license to generate or reply to multiple messages rapidly. After setting up your SMS templates, your users can access them directly from their Zoom Workplace app. Please refer to the Managing SMS templates article to enable templates on a site, group, or individual user level.

SMS Etiquette Tool

Admins can use the SMS Etiquette Tool to create policies that identify keywords and text patterns to prevent users from inadvertently sharing unwanted SMS. When a user sends a message that triggers a policy, the message will be blocked, or a warning prompt will be displayed for the user to confirm that they want to send the SMS, depending on what the admin sets. Please refer to the Managing Zoom Phone SMS etiquette tool article to enable this feature.

Auto Reply

Account owners and admins can enable or disable SMS auto-replies and set auto responses for call queues and auto receptionists when no users are available in the call queue or during closed hours.

Additionally, users with the Power Pack add-on can set up an SMS auto responder to automatically respond to incoming SMS messages during specified conditions like out-of-office hours or Do Not Disturb (DND) mode. The auto responder can be configured to send a pre-defined response of up to 500 characters. Please refer to the Managing SMS Auto Reply support article for how to enable this feature.

Licenses, Calling Plans, and Add-ons

Zoom Phone Licenses

Provisioning a user with a Zoom Phone Basic license grants users access to fundamental features of the service. From there, additional features can be granted through calling plans—elevating the user to Licensed or Pro status—and can be further supplemented through add-ons. Alternatively, non-user-specific devices can be provisioned for service with a Common Area License.

Zoom Phone Basic
Zoom Phone Licensed and Pro
Zoom Phone Common Area

  • Extension-to-Extension Dialing

  • Voicemail

  • Mobile Device Support

  • Emergency Calling¹

  • Nomadic E911¹ (U.S. and Canada Only)

  • Receive Inbound Transferred/Forwarded PSTN Call

  • Call Hold

  • Call Transfer / Forwarding (Internal Extensions Only - No PSTN)

  • All Basic features

  • IP Deskphone Registration

  • Call Queue Membership

  • Shared Line Group Membership

  • Auto Receptionist

  • Barge / Monitor / Whisper

  • Hoteling / Hot-Desking

  • Call Recording

  • Call Park

  • Outbound PSTN Dialing

  • SMS / MMS²

  • Searchable in Dial-by-Name Directory

  • Extension-to-Extension Dialing

  • Voicemail

  • Emergency Calling¹

  • Nomadic E911¹ (U.S. and Canada Only)

  • Receive Inbound Transferred/Forwarded PSTN Call

  • Call Hold, Transfer, and Forwarding (Internal Only)

  • IP Deskphone Registration

  • Hoteling / Hot-desking

  • Outbound PSTN Dialing

¹ Requires Emergency Number Pool if a direct inward dial (DID) number is not assigned. ² Availability varies by country. Speak with your Zoom account team for more information.

Note

Common Area Licenses are applicable for the following devices: Common Area Phones, hoteling desk phones, Zoom Phone appliances, Zoom Rooms, fax devices, paging system devices, door release devices, postage machines, and other analog telephone adapter (ATA) ports.

Zoom Phone Calling Plans

Zoom Phone supports the following calling plans with the Native service model:

Metered
Regional Unlimited
Global Select

  • Metered Regional Calling

  • Metered International Calling

  • Unlimited Regional Calling for following plans:

    • U.S. / Canada

    • UK / Ireland

    • Australia / New Zealand

    • Japan

  • Unlimited Regional Calling (within a supported country)

  • Metered International Calling

All calling plans include a direct inward dial (DID) number. Refer to Zoom's website for additional information on metered rates.

Note

Due to Zoom Phone's diverse capabilities and service offerings, identifying which calling plan is best for your business can be difficult. Readers are encouraged to speak with a member of their account's sales team to identify which calling plans are best-suited to meet their needs.

Zoom Phone Add-Ons

Zoom Phone supports the following add-ons for additional functionality:

Direct Inward Dial / Direct Dial-In Numbers:

  • Purchase additional Direct Inward Dial (DID) / Direct Dial-In (DDI) numbers for Main Company Numbers or secondary lines.

Toll-Free Numbers:

  • Purchase additional toll-free numbers, with a range of prefixes available.

International Calling:

  • Unlimited international calling to more than 15 countries and regions.

Hardware as a Service:

  • Lease hardware (e.g., IP phones) monthly for low upfront costs and predictable budgets.

Zoom Phone for Microsoft Teams:

  • Allows Zoom Phone connectivity for users natively within the Microsoft Teams app, as a part of Zoom Phone for Microsoft Teams.

Power Pack:

  • Enhanced Call Queue analytics and historical insights for call center teams.

  • Enables Team SMS from Main Company Numbers, Auto Receptionists, and Call Queues.

  • Enhanced Call Queue capabilities.

  • Additional reports.

  • VIP Delegation.

  • See the section on Power Pack for more information.

Channels

Channels are how consumers connect to your business.

This section offers an overview of the various channels supported by Zoom Contact Center, complete with descriptions and use cases for each channel.

Voice Channel

The voice channel (i.e. phone calls) is a central component of the contact center experience, uniquely suited for delivering real-time, personalized support other contact channels can't provide.

Through the voice channel, agents can actively listen to and evaluate consumer needs, responding with the appropriate levels of urgency and empathy tailored to each situation. This direct communication allows for greater flexibility, making the voice channel particularly effective for guiding consumers through complex processes, troubleshooting technical challenges, and addressing inquiries that require detailed, thoughtful responses.

Moreover, the voice channel is an ideal escalation path from other contact channels, such as when agents can't successfully resolve issues with consumers over instant messaging or SMS.

Video Channel

The video channel is a powerful and transformative tool of the modern contact center, ideal for scenarios that require visual assistance, such as product demonstrations or personalized consultations in sectors like healthcare and finance.

By providing face-to-face interaction, this channel significantly enhances consumer engagement and support, enabling clearer communication and a more interactive experience. During video engagements, agents and consumers can share visual content and conduct interactive sessions, simplifying complex discussions and fostering a more dynamic exchange of information. Additionally, the video channel supports remote control capabilities, allowing agents to assist consumers directly on their devices, streamlining troubleshooting and guiding them through processes or tasks with greater precision and efficiency.

In other scenarios, the video channel also supports a multichannel support strategy, facilitating easy escalation from all other contact channels when in-depth assistance or a robust suite of features is needed.

Messaging Channel

The messaging channel helps businesses facilitate real-time, efficient communication with consumers through their website, social media, or SMS.

This channel supports quick exchanges, making it ideal for resolving straightforward inquiries, troubleshooting issues, and delivering information in a fast-paced environment. With its user-friendly interface, messaging allows consumers to multitask and complete troubleshooting steps asynchronously while receiving support.

Like other contact channels, the messaging channel integrates smoothly into a multichannel support strategy—including escalation to voice or video—helping ensure assistance is available when and where consumers need it most. Through messaging, businesses can meet consumer expectations for fast, responsive service while maintaining a personal touch that helps sustain loyalty and satisfaction.

Supplementing the messaging channel with Zoom Virtual Agent further enhances the experience by providing consumers with immediate assistance for common queries and tasks. Zoom Virtual Agent efficiently manages routine inquiries, freeing human agents to focus on complex issues that require personalized attention. This integration helps improve response times and ensure consumers receive consistent, 24/7 support.

By combining the immediacy of instant messaging with the efficiency of AI-driven chatbots, contact centers can deliver a superior consumer experience that is both responsive and tailored, while maintaining seamless escalation paths to voice or video channels when necessary.

Email Channel

The email channel provides businesses with a reliable, asynchronous communication method for handling consumer inquiries, feedback, and service requests.

Unlike real-time channels, email allows consumers to communicate at their convenience, making it particularly effective for addressing complex issues that require detailed responses or documentation. Agents can review consumer emails, conduct thorough research, and provide comprehensive replies tailored to each inquiry. This structured communication style is ideal for industries where accuracy and clarity are essential, such as finance, healthcare, and legal services.

The email channel also integrates seamlessly into a multichannel support strategy, allowing consumers to transition from email to other channels, such as voice or chat, if immediate assistance is needed. Additionally, with features like automated routing, response templates, and pre-built workflows, contact centers can optimize email handling, reduce response times, and maintain a consistent level of service.

AI Expert Assist

This section describes the administrative process for configuring the following AI Expert Assist features. For general guidance, admins are encouraged to read Zoom’s support center article on configuring AI Expert Assist for your account.

See the user experience for these features for additional information.

Information Retrieval

The Information Retrieval feature lets admins create an instance that can be linked to multiple AI Expert Assist setups. This gives agents access to information within third-party systems at the right time in a conversation based on recognized consumer intents (i.e., the customer’s goal).

When configuring this feature, admins only need to define the intent, API connectors, and display settings once, simplifying the setup process and minimizing repetition when configuring AI Expert Assist with the same knowledge sources.

Note These settings require knowledge of APIs. Zoom doesn't provide support for how to use third-party APIs with this feature. Contact the vendor of the third-party API if you need help using their APIs.

Refer to Zoom’s support center for more information on configuring information retrieval.

Knowledge Base Retrieval

The Knowledge Base Retrieval feature helps agents quickly find relevant information by automatically searching the knowledge base during consumer interactions. As the conversation unfolds, the system scans the transcript and suggests helpful articles, allowing agents to resolve issues more efficiently without needing to manually search for information. If manual search is necessary, the feature includes auto-complete functionality, making it easier for agents to find the right answers quickly. This streamlines the support process, reducing time spent searching and improving the overall consumer experience.

Zoom Contact Center supports four types of knowledge bases:

  • Third-Party Knowledge Bases: For third-party integrations, admins first need to create an API connection through the Integrations page. Once set up, the system will automatically sync and update the knowledge base on a set schedule. Any changes must be made directly within the CRM knowledge base being synced.

  • Manual Knowledge Bases: A manual knowledge base allows admins to upload a CSV file for bulk entries or add articles one by one. After creating the base, new items can be easily added or edited individually.

  • Website Knowledge Bases: Website-based knowledge bases sync with publicly accessible web pages, such as FAQ sections. Like third-party integrations, the system will update the information automatically on a set schedule.

  • Custom Knowledge Bases: For more flexibility, admins can use a custom API connector to create a knowledge base. This method allows them to pull data from external systems, but requires technical expertise to set up and maintain.

Refer to Zoom’s support center for more information on managing and implementing knowledge bases within your account.

Next Best Actions

The Next Best Actions feature delivers personalized, real-time recommendations to agents during consumer interactions, helping address common challenges like uncertainty and inexperience, which can impact consumers satisfaction. By providing targeted suggestions across both voice and messaging channels, this feature can help improve business outcomes and enhance the customer service experience.

In order to use this feature, admins must configure rules that trigger specific actions based on identified intents and variables.

Refer to Zoom’s support center for more information on adding and using Next Best Actions within Zoom Contact Center.

Smart Notes

The Smart Notes feature utilizes generative AI to produce a concise summary of the agent’s interaction with the consumer, streamlining after-call work (ACW) by automatically writing notes about the engagement. With this feature, agents can save time by either accepting the generated summary as-is or making quick edits before finalizing.

This feature doesn't require any advanced configuration, but does require enablement by an account admin for agents to utilize.

Refer to Zoom’s support center for instructions on enabling this feature.

Real-Time Language Translation

Real-time language translation allows agents to have inbound messages automatically translated into their preferred language and outbound messages automatically translated into the consumer’s language, providing continuous translation support for both agents and supervisors.

This feature doesn't require any advanced configuration, but does require enablement by an account admin for agents to be able to utilize it.

Refer to Zoom’s support center for instructions on enabling this feature.

Building Your System Within ZCC (Advice)

The previous sections detailing Zoom Contact Center components have been generally outlined in a forward, logical order; however, when building Flows in Zoom Contact Center, it’s essential to approach the design process in reverse order, beginning with agents and working backwards. This is because each component in a Flow depends on foundational elements that need to be established first. For example, a Flow can’t be fully functional without Queues to direct interactions, and Queues can’t operate without agents assigned to them.

If you are just beginning to set up Zoom Contact Center for your account, approaching the building process in reverse can help ensure that your Flows are both coherent and operationally efficient. By defining agents and their skills first, then creating Queues, optionally creating routing profiles, and finally building out Flows, you can avoid potential issues with incomplete configurations or routing gaps. When each underlying component is set up in advance, the Flow can progress logically and efficiently, matching consumer needs with the right resources and minimizing disruptions or bottlenecks in customer service.

The Recommended Process

We suggest beginning with defining your agent pool. This involves adding agents to Zoom Contact Center through your preferred method. Next, if you’re using routing profiles and skills—which are optional—begin assigning agents their specific skills and proficiency levels. These skills form the basis of your routing options, helping to ensure that agents can handle interactions effectively according to their expertise.

Once agents are defined, the next step is to create Queues that group these agents by skills, departments, or specific interaction types. For example, dedicated Queues might be created for billing inquiries, technical support, or general customer service, helping direct consumers to the right resources quickly.

After Queues are in place, if you’re using routing profiles, begin configuring them to determine how interactions are matched to agents. This step tailors the experience to specific business priorities; for instance, Consumer Routing can prioritize VIP or high-value consumers, moving them up in the Queue, while Agent Routing connects interactions with agents based on their relevant skills and expertise, optimizing the likelihood of efficient problem resolution.

Once agents, Queues, and routing profiles (if being used) are ready, you can then start building the Flow itself. Recall that Flows are a sequence of widgets that guide the consumer interaction from start to finish, so each widget can perform a specific function like gathering consumer information, routing based on specific inputs, or performing actions like automated responses. For example, a Route To widget might redirect the interaction to a specific Queue based on consumer input, while a Collect Input widget gathers details like account numbers or service preferences.

By following this reverse-engineering approach, where each step builds on the previous one, it is easier to ensure that the contact center Flow is comprehensive, logical, and prepared to deliver efficient service from the very first customer touchpoint.

Note

Setting up a contact center can be a nuanced endeavor. If you need professional assistance, Zoom’s Professional Services Organization or certified partners can assist businesses with deploying Zoom Contact Center. For more information, speak with your Zoom account team.

Logs

The Logs menu provides account admins and authorized users with access to detailed log records from agent and consumer engagements and actions within Zoom Contact Center. Details are listed by sub-categories for Engagements, SMS, Voice Calls, Recordings, and Variables, with each of these described in the following sections.

Note

The logs described in this section refer to interaction-specific logs and are separate from Zoom Contact Center Operation logs, which detail settings and feature changes by account admins and authorized users in a report. Refer to Zoom’s support center for more information on Zoom Contact Center Operation logs.

Engagements

Engagement logs in Zoom Contact Center allow admins to review details of completed engagements, including the Routing Queue and the duration of the agent’s wrap-up period, providing insights into past interactions for analysis and performance monitoring.

Refer to Zoom’s support center for more information, including itemized details, on Zoom Contact Center’s engagement logs.

SMS

Zoom Contact Center’s SMS logs give admins the ability to check details on both incoming and outgoing messages, including the phone numbers involved, the engagement history, agents, and the Queues they were routed through.

Refer to Zoom’s support center for more information, including itemized details, on Zoom Contact Center’s SMS logs.

Voice Calls

Zoom Contact Center’s voice call logs let admins access detailed information on both incoming and outgoing calls, including the phone numbers involved, the engagement history, the agents who handled them, and the Queues they were routed through.

Refer to Zoom’s support center for more information, including itemized details, on Zoom Contact Center’s voice call logs.

Recordings

Using the recording report, Zoom Contact Center admins can oversee and manage all recordings from one centralized location. This tool allows for the selection of multiple recordings at once, making it easy to delete them in bulk to free up storage and enable compliance with the organization’s retention policies.

Refer to Zoom’s support center for more information, including itemized details of Zoom Contact Center’s recording logs.

Variables

With Zoom Contact Center’s variables reports, account owners and admins can access a log that tracks variables, showing their values alongside the associated engagement ID, Flow, widget, and timestamp. This allows for easy monitoring of changes in both custom and global variables.

Refer to Zoom’s support center for more information, including itemized details, on Zoom Contact Center’s variables logs.

Zoom Contact Center Account-Level Reports

The following reports provide account-level details for Zoom Contact Center and are typically only available to account admins or other users with sufficient-role based permissions.

Activity Report

With the Activity Report, Zoom Contact Center admins can review logs of both unmetered and metered voice calls or SMS messages. These reports can be used to confirm usage charges for Zoom Contact Center.

Refer to Zoom’s support center for more information, including itemized details, on Zoom Contact Center’s Activity Report.

Access Report

With the Access Report, Zoom Contact Center admins can see which phone users have permission to view voicemail Inboxes or use voice call recording. Additionally, admins can also see a summary of phone user’s’ Queue access and the type of recording access they have permission to.

Refer to Zoom’s support center for more information, including itemized details, on Zoom Contact Center’s Access Report.

Storage Report

With the storage report, Zoom Contact Center admins can see the amount of storage being used by agents for cloud recordings, assets, and Inbox messages. This allows admins to track storage usage over time, view the total storage consumed, and examine user-level details to identify those with high usage.

Refer to Zoom’s support center for more information, including itemized details, on Zoom Contact Center’s Storage Report.

Operation Logs

With the Operation Logs Report, Zoom Contact Center admins can view changes made to contact center settings and features. This is notably helpful when identifying when or if a setting was changed, or for reviewing any changes in recent history.

Refer to Zoom’s support center for more information on viewing Zoom Contact Center operation logs.

This section provides technical implementation details, configuration workflows, and strategic practices designed specifically for administrators deploying Zoom solutions.

You'll find step-by-step procedures that streamline complex configurations, troubleshooting resources that accelerate resolution times, and practical examples that demonstrate real-world application scenarios.

Topics within this section connect technical specifications to measurable business outcomes, enabling you to architect solutions, support client implementations, and identify opportunities for feature expansion. Whether you're conducting initial deployments, optimizing existing environments, or evaluating advanced capabilities for your organization, this documentation serves as your definitive resource for successful Zoom product utilization.

This section provides technical implementation details, configuration workflows, and strategic practices designed specifically for administrators deploying Zoom solutions.

You'll find step-by-step procedures that streamline complex configurations, troubleshooting resources that accelerate resolution times, and practical examples that demonstrate real-world application scenarios.

Topics within this section connect technical specifications to measurable business outcomes, enabling you to architect solutions, support client implementations, and identify opportunities for feature expansion. Whether you're conducting initial deployments, optimizing existing environments, or evaluating advanced capabilities for your organization, this documentation serves as your definitive resource for successful Zoom product utilization.

This section provides technical implementation details, configuration workflows, and strategic practices designed specifically for administrators deploying Zoom solutions.

You'll find step-by-step procedures that streamline complex configurations, troubleshooting resources that accelerate resolution times, and practical examples that demonstrate real-world application scenarios.

Topics within this section connect technical specifications to measurable business outcomes, enabling you to architect solutions, support client implementations, and identify opportunities for feature expansion. Whether you're conducting initial deployments, optimizing existing environments, or evaluating advanced capabilities for your organization, this documentation serves as your definitive resource for successful Zoom product utilization.

This section provides technical implementation details, configuration workflows, and strategic practices designed specifically for administrators deploying Zoom solutions.

You'll find step-by-step procedures that streamline complex configurations, troubleshooting resources that accelerate resolution times, and practical examples that demonstrate real-world application scenarios.

Topics within this section connect technical specifications to measurable business outcomes, enabling you to architect solutions, support client implementations, and identify opportunities for feature expansion. Whether you're conducting initial deployments, optimizing existing environments, or evaluating advanced capabilities for your organization, this documentation serves as your definitive resource for successful Zoom product utilization.

This section provides technical implementation details, configuration workflows, and strategic practices designed specifically for administrators deploying Zoom solutions.

You'll find step-by-step procedures that streamline complex configurations, troubleshooting resources that accelerate resolution times, and practical examples that demonstrate real-world application scenarios.

Topics within this section connect technical specifications to measurable business outcomes, enabling you to architect solutions, support client implementations, and identify opportunities for feature expansion. Whether you're conducting initial deployments, optimizing existing environments, or evaluating advanced capabilities for your organization, this documentation serves as your definitive resource for successful Zoom product utilization.

Migration Strategies

This section is dedicated to providing migration strategies, tips, and information for businesses with an existing contact center provider that are transitioning to Zoom Contact Center. Strategies included within this section may vary in relevance depending on the size of your company and deployment, but are intended to provide a helpful perspective regardless of your business’ size.

Zoom Professional Services and Certified Channel Partners Can Help

Zoom’s Professional Services Organization (PSO) and certified channel partners offer businesses assistance with transitioning to Zoom solutions, including Zoom Contact Center. These groups can help businesses assess their transitional needs, develop and implement deployment plans, and provide on-site technical services during the Go-Live process.

With multiple tiers of service available, Zoom’s PSO team can help transitioning Zoom Contact Center customers with the following services:

  • Architecture & Design

  • Use Case Analysis

  • Implementation Support & Strategy

  • Porting & BYOC Migration

  • Implementation Guidance

  • Data Review & Optimization

  • Network Readiness Review

  • Provisioning & Configuration

  • Hypercare: 10 Days of Post Go-live Support

Before You Go Live, Test Your Flows With New or Unique Numbers

Before going live with Zoom Contact Center, it’s a good idea to test your Flows using new or unique phone numbers. This can help ensure your contact center is set up correctly.

Most issues or errors in the consumer experience tend to stem from Flow configurations, rather than the number of agents available, so having agents ready to test is not often needed. By testing with a separate number from your main contact lines, you can verify that everything is routing and functioning as expected. This way, as your go-live date approaches, you can be confident that your configuration is properly configured.

A Phased Approach: One Department and One Channel at a Time

If you’re transitioning a large number of users to Zoom Contact Center across multiple teams, departments, or channels, taking a phased approach of one department and one channel at a time can help minimize risk and ease the adjustment process.

For instance, you might start by migrating the sales department over the voice channel, followed by messaging, email, and video (or in any order that suits your needs). Once the sales team is fully onboarded, you can repeat the process for the support department—voice, messaging, email, and finally video—and then move on to the next team.

This step-by-step approach gives you the opportunity to ensure that each channel’s workflows are running smoothly and allows you to identify common questions, challenges, or issues, which will be helpful as you prepare to onboard additional departments.

Call recordings

Call logs

Call transcripts

MMS media file

Voicemails

SMS/MMS messages

Voicemail transcripts

SMS/MMS logs

Custom greeting prompts

Zoom Contact Center Privacy Data Sheet
Privacy Statement
managing Customer Content storage locations
Auto Delete Data After Retention Duration
Information Barriers
enabling
using
Zoom's Cryptography Whitepaper
Zoom Phone Privacy Data Sheet
Privacy Statement
Legal Compliance Center
Example image of "Auto-delete data after retention" menu.
YouTube
support center
license type
enabled by an account admin
SMS frequently asked questions
Example of the Phone tab in the Zoom workplace mobile app.
Example of the Phone tab in the Zoom Workplace desktop app.
Example of ways to make calls: searching via name, using the dialpad, and showing the outbound Caller ID for users assigned more than one line.
Example of call menu options displayed when in a call.
Example of call history in the Zoom Workplace app and the Zoom Web Portal.
Example of call transcription.
Example of phone lines available to the user.
Example of SMS messages.
Zoom’s website
previously mentioned service models
Diagram showing BYOP Network design.
Supported CTI-Enabled CRM integrations
Web App
Supported Kiosk Devices
managing Zoom Contact Center Waiting Rooms
change its settings
route to the Inbox
managing
editing
managing messages
accessing, creating, and managing consumer engagement surveys
Zoom Workforce Management Explainer section
requesting schedule changes or time off
requesting schedule changes or time off
Zoom Quality Management Explainer
Analytics and Reporting
Analytics and Reporting
real-time wallboards
customizing wallboards
enabling
Messenger by Meta
managing address books

Zoom Phone Integrations

Zoom Phone supports various integrations for enhanced functionality and user workflow efficiency. Although the following list is not exhaustive, some of Zoom Phone's most popular integrations are briefly outlined in the following sections.

Salesforce

Integrating Zoom Phone with the Salesforce Lightning app provides Zoom Phone users with seamless communication and collaboration natively within the Salesforce environment.

This integration empowers administrators to automate the logging of call activities and details into Salesforce records, providing a comprehensive view of interactions and contact touchpoints. Additionally, users can initiate Zoom Phone calls within the Salesforce application, using features like click-to-dial, call pop-ups, and access to recent call history. Taken holistically, this integration reduces the need for context switching between programs, enhancing user workflows and productivity.

Example of the Zoom Phone integration with Salesforce.

Microsoft Teams

Zoom Phone supports two primary integrations with Microsoft Teams: Zoom's in-app integration for Microsoft Teams and Zoom Phone for Microsoft Teams.

Zoom's in-app integration for Microsoft Teams

Zoom's in-app integration for Microsoft Teams offers users easy access to core features for Zoom Meetings, Zoom Phone, and Zoom Whiteboard within the Teams client. With easy-to-access menus and interfaces that complement existing workflows, users can perform many tasks within the Teams client, with limited dependencies on the Zoom Workplace desktop app running in the background to execute some commands.

Example of the Zoom Phone integration with Microsoft Teams.

Core features of Zoom Phone with Zoom's in-app integration for Microsoft Teams include:

  • Place and receive calls*

  • Transfer/Forward Call

  • View Call History

  • Send and Receive SMS

  • Record call*

  • Access recorded calls and transcripts

  • Hold call

  • Access Voicemail

  • Read Voicemail Transcription

*Requires Zoom Workplace desktop app to execute command

Note

The requirement to run the Zoom Workplace desktop app in the background can be simplified with the Zoom Assistant.

Zoom Phone for Microsoft Teams

Zoom Phone for Microsoft Teams is a direct routing as a service (DRaaS) offering that provides businesses with a strategic collaboration option by integrating Zoom Phone's PSTN services directly into the Teams client and PBX. This allows users to make and receive calls directly through the Teams interface, while utilizing Zoom Phone's telephony infrastructure alongside your company's Teams PBX system.

This service offers businesses flexibility to not only streamline communication workflows within a common application, but additionally provides an option for business continuity and disaster recovery. By offering Zoom Phone’s telephony services natively within the app, without a supplemental application or integration, users can utilize one common workflow whether Zoom Phone is being used as a primary service provider, or a secondary provider for disaster-recovery scenarios.

Slack

Zoom's in-app integration for Slack lets Zoom Phone users place calls easily from within the Slack application. The following two Zoom Phone features are available:

  • Initiate a Zoom Phone Call: Type /zoom call [@contact or phone number] to call another Slack user or any phone number

  • Call a user from a Direct Message: After clicking the Call icon within a direct message, a user can select the Phone: Zoom option. This will directly call the user over Zoom Phone

Note

This integration requires the Zoom Workplace desktop app to run in the background to execute these functions.

Google Workspace

The Zoom for Google Workspace add-on provides Zoom Phone users with convenient access to essential phone features within Gmail and Google Calendar. With the add-on, users can initiate Zoom Phone calls directly from either product, review recent call history, and access Google and Zoom contacts, with the option to conveniently call a contact, provided there is at least one phone number associated with their profile.

Similar to other integrations, the Zoom for Google Workspace add-on extends its features beyond Zoom Phone, with support for Zoom Meetings as well. To explore the full capabilities of both the Zoom Phone for Google Workspace integration and the comprehensive Google Workspace package, readers are encouraged to visit Zoom's support center for more information.

Note

This integration requires the Zoom Workplace desktop app to run in the background to execute these functions.

Zoom Phone Native

Zoom Phone Native

Zoom Phone Native service is a cloud-based telephony system that relies on Zoom's cloud infrastructure for call delivery, handling, and transit through an internet connection and underlying network of carriers around the globe. With this service, calls are routed through the internet to Zoom's data centers, and connect to their destination either through a network of underlying carriers across the PSTN (public switched telephone network) or continue across the internet to another Zoom Phone user.

As a cloud-based service, this offering eliminates the need for customers to host or manage any on-premises hardware—like a session border controller (SBC) or SIP trunk—for telephony connectivity. Instead, users only require a working internet connection, a Zoom app or device, and a supported license to begin dialing.

In addition to simplified call connectivity, the Zoom Phone Native service offering also includes Zoom Phone's cloud-based private branch exchange (PBX), which provides numerous features, including voicemail, Auto Receptionists, Call Queues, phone number assignment, and more.

In simple terms, whether you're a small business with a handful of users or a large enterprise with thousands of users, the Zoom Phone Native service model is a cloud-based telephony solution tailored to meet your business' needs.

Zoom Phone Native offers service within 47 countries through 18 global data centers

The Zoom Phone Native service offers international PSTN connectivity within 47 countries through 18 global data centers.

United States:

  • California

  • Colorado

  • New Jersey

  • Virginia

Canada:

  • Ontario

  • British Columbia

Mexico:

  • Querétaro

Brazil:

  • São Paulo

Netherlands:

  • Amsterdam

China:

  • Tianjin

Hong Kong:

  • Hong Kong

Germany:

  • Frankfurt

  • Beire

Singapore:

  • Singapore

Japan:

  • Tokyo

  • Osaka

Australia:

  • Melbourne

  • Sydney

From the following data centers, the Zoom Phone Native service provides PSTN connectivity within the following countries:

North America:

  • United States

  • Canada

  • Puerto Rico

Latin America:

  • Argentina

  • Brazil

  • Chile

  • Colombia

  • Costa Rica

  • Ecuador

  • Mexico

  • Panama

  • Peru

Asia-Pacific:

  • Australia

  • China* †

  • Hong Kong SAR

  • New Zealand

  • Singapore

  • Japan

EMEA:

  • Austria

  • Belgium

  • Bulgaria

  • Croatia

  • Cyprus

  • Czech Republic

  • Denmark

  • Estonia

  • Finland

  • France

  • Germany

  • Greece

  • Hungary

  • Ireland

  • Israel

  • Italy

  • Latvia

  • Lithuania

  • Luxembourg

  • Netherlands

  • Norway

  • Poland

  • Portugal

  • Romania

  • Slovakia

  • Slovenia

  • South Africa

  • Spain

  • Sweden

  • Switzerland

  • United Kingdom

*Metered Calling Only †Emergency Services not Available

Zoom Phone Native Service Network Design

Diagram showing data flow and secure port connections.

Note Zoom Phone endpoints always initiate connectivity into Zoom data centers. If you have questions about port connectivity and scope, speak with your Zoom technical account team for more information.

The Zoom Phone Dashboard

The Zoom Phone Dashboard, a subsection of the Dashboard, offers account admins and authorized users with sufficient role permissions access to insightful Zoom Phone data and analytics. Information available within the Dashboard includes Zoom Phone Quality of Service (QoS) data, Mean Opinion Scores (MOS), usage reports, call data and metrics, and more. The following sections outline different features and data available through the Zoom Phone dashboard.

Quality of Service

The Quality of Service tab within the Zoom Phone dashboard provides data concerning and insights into the overall quality of voice calls for any Zoom Phone extension, including users, common area phones, Call Queues, Auto Receptionists, and Zoom Rooms.

Using a Mean Opinion Score (MOS) as the main measurement, the MOS scores call quality on a scale of 1 to 5. In this scale, a score of 1 indicates unacceptable voice quality for all users, while a score of 5 is the best voice quality, equivalent to speaking directly into a person's ear. As a general baseline, the dashboard utilizes a standard MOS of 3.5 for the average call, with a score of 3.5 or higher indicating good quality, and a score of 3.5 or lower indicating poor quality.

Example of the Quality of Service tab in the Zoom Phone dashboard.

Note

Calls that are less than 30 seconds in length may have a lower MOS than other calls. This is due to the short duration of the call, in which momentary packet loss, jitter, or network irregularities may significantly skew the overall score.

Additional information available within the Quality of Service tab includes:

List of Calls:
Call Data, including:

  • Caller

  • Callee

  • Call Direction

  • Call Duration

  • Call Date and Time

  • MOS

  • Bitrate

  • Packet Loss (Average and Max)

  • Jitter

  • Network Delay

  • Codec Used

  • Headset Used

  • Microphone Used

  • ISP Used

  • Caller

Example call data.

Refer to Zoom's support center for more information on viewing the Quality of Service dashboard.

Usage & Adoption

The Usage & Adoption tab within the Zoom Phone dashboard provides call and SMS and MMS usage data for the entire account or a specific Site. With this data, an account admin or authorized user can view the total number of inbound and outbound calls and SMS messages for the account within a chosen time frame, providing insight into usage and adoption rates within the account.

Example of the Usage and Adoption tab in the Zoom Phone Dashboard.

Refer to Zoom's support center for more information on viewing the Usage & Adoption dashboard.

Phones & Devices

The Phones & Devices tab within the Zoom Phone dashboard provides a global heatmap and graph of phones and devices that are online or offline for the entire account or specific Site, including desk phones, Zoom Phone appliances, and Zoom software (e.g., the Zoom Workplace app).

Example of the Phones and Devices tab in the Zoom Phone Dashboard.
Example heatmap pf devices.

Refer to Zoom's support center for more information on viewing the Phones & devices dashboard.

SBCs (Session Border Controllers)

The SBCs (Session Border Controllers) tab in the Zoom Phone dashboard offers a global heatmap displaying near real-time and historical data for your SBCs. Real-time insights include active SBCs, and their locations and statuses, while historical data covers inbound, outbound, and normal call attempts for previous periods.

Example SBC tab in the Zoom Phone Dashboard.

Refer to Zoom's support center for more information on viewing the SBCs dashboard.

Emergency Tracking

The Emergency Tracking tab within the Zoom Phone dashboard provides emergency location tracking data for the entire account or specific Sites. With this data, account admins or users with sufficient role permissions can view metrics to see the number of phone users who have chosen to opt in or out for location sharing in emergency situations. Authorized users can also use this dashboard to re-trigger the in-app pop-up that asks for permission to track the locations for some or all users who have not opted-in.

Example Emergency Tracking tab in the Zoom Phone Dashboard.

Refer to Zoom's support center for more information on viewing the emergency tracking dashboard.

Spam

The Spam tab within the Zoom Phone dashboard provides spam summaries for all inbound calls to your Zoom Phone account. With this data, account admins or users with sufficient role permissions can view spam detection metrics based on the account's Spam Protection settings, providing insight into how spam calls may impact a specific user or how many times a number is spam-dialing users within the account.

Example Spam tab in the Zoom Phone Dashboard.

Refer to Zoom's support center for more information on the spam protection setting.

Integrations

Zoom Contact Center supports numerous integrations for a wide range of business needs, workflows, and systems. Some of these are highlighted in the following sections.

CTI-Enabled CRM Integrations

Zoom Contact Center’s Computer Telephony Integrations (CTI) connects the platform with supported customer relationship management (CRM) systems, allowing agents to manage calls directly within a CRM without a physical phone or a supported Zoom Workplace app. This affords agents a lightweight experience that consolidates the contact center experience wholly within a single app, reducing the need to context switch between various applications or programs.

The following sections describe various CTI-enabled CRM integrations available with Zoom Contact Center.

Salesforce

The Zoom for Salesforce Lightning app provides Zoom Contact Center agents with seamless communication and collaboration natively within the Salesforce environment.

This integration empowers administrators to automate the logging of call activities and details into Salesforce records, providing a comprehensive view of interactions and contact touchpoints. Additionally, users can initiate Zoom Contact Center calls within the Salesforce application, using features like click-to-dial, call pop-ups, and access to recent call history. Taken holistically, this integration reduces the need for context switching between programs, enhancing user workflows and productivity.

Zendesk

Integrating Zoom Contact Center with Zendesk brings powerful contact center capabilities directly into Zendesk’s customer service environment.

This integration streamlines workflows by allowing agents to handle both inbound and outbound calls, view customer details through on-screen pop-ups, and update tickets—all within the Zendesk platform. With automatic interaction logging and easy access to customer records, agents can deliver faster, more accurate service, enabling higher customer satisfaction and improved overall performance.

ServiceNow

The Zoom Contact Center ServiceNow integration creates a seamless workflow for customer service teams by embedding advanced communication tools directly into the ServiceNow platform. This integration allows agents to manage inbound and outbound calls seamlessly within ServiceNow, with features like instant caller identification, screen pops displaying customer information, and click-to-dial functionality. It also automatically logs all interactions within the ServiceNow platform, including agent notes and dispositions, helping ensure that everything stays in one place. By eliminating the need to switch between systems, this integration enables agents to focus on delivering prompt, personalized support, leading to faster issue resolution and higher customer satisfaction.

Microsoft Dynamics 365

The Zoom Contact Center integration for Microsoft Dynamics 365 brings contact center functionality directly into the Dynamics environment, streamlining workflows for agents.

This integration supports the voice, video, and messaging channels, and allows agents to manage engagements natively within Dynamics 365. Within the app, agents can take notes, log disposition codes, and rely on automatic logging so all engagement details are effortlessly stored.

Note

The Microsoft Dynamics 365 integration currently doesn't support the email channel. Agents supporting the email channel must use a supported device or application.

HubSpot

The Zoom Contact Center HubSpot integration brings the Zoom Contact Center voice channel directly into the HubSpot platform, offering agents a streamlined and intuitive experience.

With this integration, agents benefit from a unified interface that helps improve efficiency, reduce handle time, and simplify after-call work by automatically synchronizing customer data and interaction history within HubSpot, while minimizing effort and context switching.

Note

The HubSpot integration currently exclusively supports the voice channel through the CTI Integration. Agents supporting other contact channels must use a supported device or application.

Zoom App Marketplace

The Zoom App Marketplace is a hub where businesses can access a variety of apps, SDKs, and APIs designed to enhance the functionality of Zoom products, including Zoom Contact Center. Within it, admins can explore apps specifically supporting Zoom Contact Center, while developers can leverage SDKs to embed its capabilities into their own applications. Additionally, APIs offer the flexibility to automate workflows, create custom solutions, and integrate Zoom Contact Center with other essential platforms, delivering a tailored and efficient user experience.

Payment Processing with PCI Pal

Zoom Contact Center supports live call payment processing through PCI Pal via our ISV program. With this integration, agents can securely facilitate payments in real time without being exposed to sensitive data, while keeping the customer’s data security and experience a priority. More information on this integration, including data security and attestations, is available on Zoom’s website.

Engagement Handling

This section provides details for engagement handling within Zoom Contact Center’s various channels. Depending on the Queues and contact channels an agent is assigned to, engagements will begin differently and are differentiated between live and asynchronous engagements in the following sections.

Live Engagements

The following sections outline the procedures for managing live consumer interactions, including live messaging engagements, as well as voice and video calls.

Beginning the Engagement

When a Queue is configured for manual engagement acceptance—as opposed to automatic— agents will receive a ringing prompt within the Zoom Workplace app. Depending on the Flows you’ve created, details of the consumer may be included in the notification pop-up. For example, the following image displays a transfer from a chat bot to a live agent for assistance, with Flow-driven custom variables noted on the right side, and includes an AI Companion-generated summary of the user’s conversation with the bot.

Alternatively, the following image displays a voice Queue ring for a user, without any previous conversational context.

If an engagement is accepted by the agent, the conversation will begin. If it’s declined, it will continue processing through the Queue to the next agent.

Working the Engagement

After a live engagement is accepted, users will have access to multiple tabs within the conversation.

The Profile tab provides a list of user information, as determined by the account’s address book and information collected through the applicable Flow processes.

From the Profile tab, agents can pivot to the Engagement tab, where they can input notes from the conversation.

Additionally, when live transcription is enabled, agents can access and search a live transcript of the conversation, offering valuable context from earlier parts of the discussion without having to ask the consumer to repeat themselves.

Completing the Engagement

Once the engagement has ended, agents will have the opportunity to wrap up their final notes and fill out their disposition(s) if enabled. After completing the call wrap-up, the agent will be placed back in the Queue, ready for the next engagement.

Asynchronous Engagements

When an agent is assigned an asynchronous engagement, like an email, users do not receive an automated pop-up. Instead, agents will see the email assigned to them in their Open Engagements list and Engagements tab.

After opening the engagement, agents can begin and continue correspondence until resolution, or, if necessary, transfer or release the conversation to the Queue or another agent if the current agent can't complete the consumer’s concern.

AI Expert Assist Features

This section describes the features available through the AI Expert Assist add-on for Zoom Contact Center, which is distinct from the previously detailed AI Companion capabilities. Access to these features requires the agent to be assigned either an AI Expert Assist add-on license or a Zoom Contact Center Elite License.

In addition to the below sections, refer to Zoom’s support center for more information on using AI Expert Assist features.

Note This section assumes that agents are assigned an AI Expert Assist license and that the product is fully configured within an account.

Information Retrieval

The Information Retrieval feature helps agents retrieve consumer information from third-party systems within the Zoom Workplace app, eliminating the need for the agent to access multiple systems.

For instance, if a consumer has a concern about an order number, the agent doesn't need to open your business’ order management system; instead, the agent can use the information retrieval function to query the third-party system, and retrieve the information natively within the app.

Knowledge Base Retrieval

Knowledge Base (KB) Retrieval automatically analyzes a conversation’s transcript and queries the account’s integrated knowledge base during the conversation, presenting relevant articles to the agent without the need for a manual search. This can substantially reduce the manual labor required to help resolve consumer concerns by providing relevant information faster, without requiring manual information lookups.

However, if the suggested KB articles don’t align with the issue at hand, agents can choose to perform a manual search, with the search bar’s auto-complete feature helping them quickly find the relevant information.

Next Best Actions

The Next Best Actions feature delivers personalized, real-time recommendations to agents during consumer interactions, helping address common challenges like uncertainty and inexperience, which can impact consumer satisfaction. By providing targeted suggestions across both voice and messaging channels, this feature can help improve business outcomes and enhance the customer service experience.

The following image provides an example of a recommended action based on the consumer calling in to discuss a potential recall.

Smart Notes

The Smart Notes feature utilizes generative AI to produce a concise summary of the agent’s interaction with the consumer, streamlining after-call work (ACW) by automatically writing notes about the engagement. With this feature, agents can save time by either accepting the generated summary as-is or making quick edits before finalizing.

Real-Time Language Translation

Real-time language translation allows agents to have inbound messages automatically translated into their preferred supported language and outbound messages automatically translated into the consumer’s preferred supported language, providing continuous translation support for both agents and supervisors. With this feature, when a consumer sends their first message, the system will automatically detect the language of the consumer's message. If the consumer's message language is different from the agent’s preferred language, a banner notification will appear at the top of your chat window.

From there, the agent can click the Start Translation button to initiate the translation of incoming messages into their preferred language, and the system will automatically translate the agent’s outbound message into the consumer's language.

The first image below provides an example of an inbound message in Spanish with the corresponding banner message, with the second image showing the translation service in effect.

Call Monitoring

The following sections describe call monitoring features available to Zoom Contact Center supervisors. Call Monitoring is included with Zoom Contact Center and doesn't require additional licenses or add-ons.

Note

Each engagement can only be monitored by one supervisor at a time. While two supervisors can monitor separate conversations, they can't monitor the same conversation simultaneously.

Refer to Zoom’s support center for more information on monitoring an engagement.

Selecting a Conversation to Monitor

Supervisors with an active working session in the Zoom Workplace app can view all open engagements by navigating to the Open Engagements tab within the Engagements menu.

From there, all active engagements are available within the respective channel tabs for Voice, Video, Messaging, and Email.

From there, a supervisor can monitor the conversation by reading the live transcript, listening, whispering, or barging in.

Listen

Listening to a conversation provides a supervisor with one-way audio of the conversation, allowing them to read or hear the agent and consumer’s engagement depending on the channel of the engagement.

When listening to an engagement, the agent will receive an in-app notification the call that is being listened to if the notification is enabled; otherwise, agents are not notified.

Whisper

Whispering within a conversation allows a supervisor to provide one-way audio to the engagement’s agent without the consumer listening. This can be helpful for providing guidance or feedback to agents during an engagement, without impacting the consumer’s experience.

When whispering in a conversation, the agent will receive an in-app notification the supervisor is whispering if the notification is enabled; otherwise, agents are not notified.

Barge

Barging into a conversation allows both the agent and supervisor to speak directly to a consumer within an engagement. This can be helpful when an agent escalates an engagement to a supervisor, or if the supervisor needs to speak directly with the consumer.

When barging into a conversation, the agent’s call display will update to show the inclusion of the supervisor.

Takeover

Taking Over a conversation allows a supervisor to step in and take control of an ongoing consumer engagement, removing the previous agent from the conversation and sending them back to the ready status. This can help prevent agents from eavesdropping within a conversation they are no longer actively involved in, while the supervisor continues the conversation.

Supervisors can't take over a conversation without first either listening, whispering, or barging into the conversation.

Zoom Contact Center Dashboard

The Zoom Contact Center Dashboard, a subsection of the Dashboard, offers account admins and authorized users with sufficient role permissions access to insightful Zoom Contact Center data and analytics for voice and video engagements. The following two sections outline the data available for the voice and video channels within the Dashboard.

Voice Calls

The Voice Calls tab provides detailed insights into the quality of voice interactions by utilizing Mean Opinion Scores (MOS) as the primary measurement tool. This score rates call quality on a scale from 1 to 5, where 1 represents unacceptable voice quality and 5 indicates the best possible quality, equivalent to speaking directly into someone’s ear. In addition to MOS, the tab offers further insights into the total number of calls for a given timeframe, call quality by region, device usage, and audio codecs, and includes a list of low-quality calls. The dashboard typically uses a standard MOS of 3.5 as a baseline, with scores of 3.5 or higher reflecting good quality and scores below 3.5 indicating poor quality. In the event of a low-quality call, viewers can drill down and view call-specific Quality of Service (QoS) reports for more details.

Video Calls

The Video Calls tab provides insights into the quality of video interactions, covering metrics such as average latency, jitter, and packet loss for typical calls, in addition to a list of low-quality calls that exhibit significant performance issues.

Analytics and Reporting

This section provides an overview of reporting capabilities available with Zoom Contact Center, Zoom Workforce Management, Zoom Quality Management, and Zoom Virtual Agent.

Several of these reports are also available natively within the Zoom Workspace app.

Network Configuration

Due to Zoom Phone's cloud-based architecture, configuring Zoom Phone for your network is substantially easier in comparison to legacy, on-premises phone systems. From the simplest of perspectives, users need two key factors to begin successful calling: a working internet connection and open network ports. So long as users can successfully maintain an active connection with Zoom Phone data centers and the necessary ports are not blocked, Zoom Phone is ready for use within your network.

However, despite the fundamental simplicity, there are additional networking components to consider as customer environments become increasingly complex.

Firewall

For a list of firewall ports, protocols, and settings, refer to .

For customers using zero-touch provisioning, also refer to the and support sites to confirm your devices can communicate with the manufacturer's provisioning servers.

Network Segments

When planning your Zoom Phone environment, be sure to confirm all network segments (e.g., load balancers, firewalls, custom VLANs, etc.) have sufficient network access as defined in our . Failure to grant necessary connectivity from network segments may impact the user, provisioning, or general Zoom Phone experience.

Quality of Service (QoS)

For Quality of Service (QoS) configurations, Zoom supports two approaches for DSCP tagging: Zoom's built-in application-layer DSCP marking and manual DSCP marking.

Zoom's Application-Layer DSCP Marking

Customers can enable Zoom's built-in DSCP marking feature from the Zoom web portal. Once enabled, Zoom Workplace desktop, mobile, and Zoom Rooms apps (version 6.0+), and most Zoom-certified Cisco, Yealink, and Poly IP phones will transmit Zoom Phone audio packets with configured DSCP markings at the application-layer.

Refer to Zoom’s support center for more information on .

Manual DSCP Markings

For customers using manual DSCP markings, Zoom recommends the following settings, depending on your organization's QoS strategy.

4-Queue QoS Strategy:

Type
DSCP Name
DSCP Value

12-Queue QoS Strategy:

Type
DSCP Name
DSCP Value

Virtual Private Networks (VPNs)

Zoom Phone is supported over a Virtual Private Network (VPN) connection; however, it is important to note that these connections can reduce call quality, extend latency time, and significantly impact your VPN's bandwidth utilization.

Zoom Recommendation

For the best user experience and call quality, split tunnel all Zoom-related traffic outside your company's VPN. Failure to split-tunnel traffic may overwhelm your VPN's bandwidth and impact the user experience.

DHCP Options

DHCP options 66 and 161, if enabled, can interfere with (ZTP) on some devices. Customers are encouraged to leave these options unconfigured if using ZTP extensively, or if using multiple phone device manufacturers within the network.

Features

The following list outlines core features available with Zoom Contact Center and is not intended to be exhaustive. Additional feature lists are included below under the section. If you do not see a feature that is important to your organization listed, speak with your Zoom account team for more information.

  • Address Book / Contact List

  • Agent Computer Telephony Integration

  • Agent Statuses

    • Opt-In/Out

    • Reason Codes

  • AI Companion

  • AI Expert Assist

  • Asset Library

    • System Assets

    • Agent Assets

    • Support Asset Types:

      • Audio

      • Email

      • Image

      • Script

      • Slides

      • Text

      • Video

  • Call Logs

  • Call Recording

    • Ad-hoc

    • Automatic

  • Campaign Management

  • Cobrowse

  • Consumer Authentication

  • Data Privacy Controls

    • Customer Managed Key Support

    • Data Masking (Role-Based)

    • Data Redaction

    • PII Redaction

    • Retention Period

    • Storage Location

  • Default Outbound Caller ID

  • Default SMS Phone Number

  • Dispositions

    • Single-Tier

    • Multi-Tier

    • Sets

  • Flow Editor (Routing Designs)

    • Bot

    • Collect Input

    • Condition

    • Connector

    • HTTP call

    • Route to:

      • Queue

      • Flow

      • Agent

    • Script

    • Send Media

    • Set Variables

    • Survey

  • Omnichannel Support

    • Email

    • Messaging/Chat/SMS

    • Voice (Phone)

    • Video

  • Operating Hours

    • Closed Hours

  • Outbound Dialers

  • Zoom Quality Management (Add-On)

  • Real-Time Transcription

  • Remote Control

  • Routing Profiles

    • Agent Profiles

    • Consumer Profiles

  • Service Level Agreement Targets

  • Skill-Based Routing

    • Proficiency-Based

    • Text-Based

  • Supervisor Monitoring

    • Listening

    • Whispering

  • Surveys

  • Third-Party Integration Support

    • Bots

    • Customer Relationship Manager (CRM)

    • Messaging Apps

  • Voicemail Inbox

  • Waiting Room (Video Channel)

  • Wallboards

  • Zoom Workforce Management (Add-On)

  • Zoom Virtual Agent (Add-On)

Language Support

Zoom Contact Center and some add-ons support multiple languages and dialects for Campaigns and language translation for various features. Currently, Zoom Contact Center supports English and 17 additional languages in beta for most products, with supported languages including:

  • Chinese (Mandarin input; Simplified Chinese output)

  • Danish

  • Dutch

  • Finnish

  • French

  • German

  • Hindi

  • Italian

  • Japanese

  • Korean

  • Polish

  • Portuguese

  • Russian

  • Spanish

  • Swedish

  • Ukrainian

  • Vietnamese

Note

The above list of languages is largely supported across the Zoom Contact Center platform; however, some features may not support all listed languages. Over time, additional languages and regional dialects for Campaigns and other features are expected to be added to Zoom Contact Center. Readers are encouraged to refer to Zoom’s support center for additional information on . If you do not see a language that is important to your business, speak with your Zoom account team for more information.

Routing Profiles

Routing Profiles are how consumers are routed and matched to agents.

Routing Profiles is an optional tool used to define and prioritize how incoming interactions are directed to agents. Routing profiles combine various criteria, such as agent skills, availability, and interaction type, to ensure that each consumer is matched with the most suitable agent. Zoom Contact Center supports two different types of routing profiles: Consumer Routing and Agent Routing, which can be used separately or in combination. Each of these are described below.

Consumer Routing

Zoom Contact Center’s Consumer Routing function determines the order in which consumers’ interactions are assigned to agents within a Queue.

By default, consumers are routed on a first-in, first-out (FIFO) basis, where interactions are handled in the order they arrive. The following image represents this logic, with consumers being assigned and maintaining Queue positions that align with their Queue entry time.

However, Consumer Routing can also be configured with more advanced options, allowing businesses to prioritize interactions based on specific business needs through Top Priority and/or Accumulated Priority Routing. These additional routing options—discussed in the following two sections—allow businesses to align their customer service strategy with specific goals, whether that’s helping ensure priority support for high-value customers or balancing service across all inquiries.

Although these features are described below, readers are encouraged to refer to Zoom’s support center for more information on .

Top Priority Routing: Specific consumers can skip to the front

Top Priority Routing assigns certain interactions the highest importance based on consumer-defined attributes, allowing critical or VIP consumers to be moved to the front of the Queue, bypassing others regardless of connection time.

For example, in the following image, a non-prioritized consumer enters the queue at 12:10 and is placed in the first position. At 12:20, a second non-prioritized consumer enters and takes the second position. At 12:25, another consumer joins the queue, designated with top priority due to a previous call, moving to the first position and pushing the earlier consumers down. At 12:30, a VIP customer enters, also given top priority, but is placed behind the previously prioritized consumer, pushing the first two consumers further back in the queue.

Accumulated Priority Routing: The longer consumers wait, the faster they get to the front

Accumulated Priority Routing addresses a common challenge in customer service queues: ensuring fairness while prioritizing high-value consumers. In cases where numerous customers qualify for Top Priority Routing, non-prioritized customers may face extended wait times or, in extreme cases, never receive assistance, leading to negative experiences. Accumulated Priority Routing resolves this issue by allowing all consumers to accumulate priority—also referred to as rating—over time based on how long they remain in the queue, while still enabling certain consumers—like VIPs or those meeting specific criteria—to gain priority faster.

This feature also allows businesses to configure consumer-specific attributes that influence priority levels. For example, priority can be adjusted for VIPs, customers with recent interactions, or those matching custom variables defined in the Flow process. By striking a balance between fairness and prioritization, Accumulated Priority Routing ensures that all customers are eventually served while providing faster assistance to those who need it most.

Example

Consider a tech support queue where customers are classified into three categories: Gold, Silver, and Bronze. Gold customers earn 6 priority points per minute, Silver customers earn 3, and Bronze customers earn 1. Although Gold customers accumulate points faster, Bronze customers will still gain enough priority over time to eventually be served, even if new Gold and Silver customers continue to join the queue.

The image below illustrates this concept: At 12:30 PM, Gold and Silver customers, having just entered the queue, occupy Positions 3 and 2 with zero accumulated priority, while the Bronze customer, having waited longer, has already accumulated a priority score of 2. However, since Gold and Silver customers are prioritized, they earn points more quickly based on their category. By 12:32 PM, the Gold and Silver customers have advanced to Positions 1 and 2 with priority scores of 12 and 6, respectively, due to their faster accumulation rates. Despite this temporary shift in queue position, the Bronze customer will continue to accumulate points steadily and, as calls are answered, will eventually reach the front of the queue, ensuring they are served even with higher-priority customers present.

Agent Routing

Zoom Contact Center’s Agent Routing function is designed to intelligently match consumer interactions with the most suitable agents based on specific criteria within a Queue related to agent Skills. For example, if a consumer speaks a foreign language, they will be best-served by speaking with an agent that speaks the same language.

Agent Routing can be applied through two methods: Proficiency-Based Routing and Text-Based Routing, described in the following two sections. Although these features are described below, readers are encouraged to refer to Zoom’s support center for more information on .

Proficiency-Based Routing

Proficiency-Based Routing prioritizes agents based on their assigned skill levels (potentially ranging from 1 to 25), directing interactions to those with the highest expertise in a particular area. For example, if an agent with a skill level of 5 will be chosen before an agent with a skill level of 1.

Text-Based Routing

Text-Based Routing uses keyword analysis or language detection to match consumers with agents who have relevant knowledge or language capabilities. Unlike Proficiency-Based routing, Text-Based routing doesn't utilize a Skill-rating system but instead assigns interactions to agents based on their availability.

Zoom Contact Center Historical Reports

The following reports provide historical details for Zoom Contact Center agents, supervisors, and account admins; however, report availability may be impacted by user role permissions if using customized roles.

Agent Report

The Historical Agent Report is very similar to the real-time agent report, but instead reflects historical data for agents such as their availability status, opt-in/out settings, utilization, and numerous durations for various actions.

Refer to Zoom’s support center for more information, including itemized details, on the and the .

Queue Chart Report

The historical Queue Chart Report provides values and trendlines on service levels, call handling and wait times, call volume, Queue statistics, and more. With this report, account admins and supervisors can make effective data-driven decisions by viewing metrics in various chart formats like bar and line charts. This report offers a comprehensive view across all configured contact channels, or can be viewed by specific channels and/or Queues.

Refer to Zoom’s support center for more information, including itemized details, on the .

Queue Detail Report

The Queue Detail Report is designed to assist account admins and supervisors in making informed, data-driven decisions by presenting metrics in a detailed table format. Unlike the Queue Chart Report, which primarily provides graphical representations, the detail report offers a comprehensive breakdown of each engagement with itemized details.

Refer to Zoom’s support center for more information, including itemized details, on the .

Interval Report

The Interval Report provides a summary of Queue activity by breaking down results into specific time intervals, such as 15 minutes, 30 minutes, hourly, daily, weekly, or monthly. This report is available for all channels—voice, video, web chat, in-app chat, and SMS—and organizes data into a tabular format and can be exported as a CSV file. For instance, you can use this report to analyze the Service Level metric over a one-hour interval for the past week, helping you pinpoint times when performance may be lagging.

Refer to Zoom’s support center for more information on the .

Flow Chart Report

The historical Flow Chart report aids account admins and supervisors in making data-driven decisions by presenting voice Flow metrics in various chart formats, such as bar and line charts. This report visually represents common consumer Flow paths and highlights frequently used skills for matching with consumers, providing valuable insights into usage patterns and performance.

Refer to Zoom’s support center for more information, including itemized details, on the .

Flow Detail Report

The Flow Detail Report enables Zoom Contact Center admins to make informed, data-driven decisions by presenting Flow metrics in a detailed table format. Unlike the Queue Chart Report, which focuses on graphical representations, the Flow detail report delivers an in-depth breakdown of each engagement with itemized details, offering a more granular view of performance.

Refer to Zoom’s support center for more information, including itemized details, on the .

Consumer Engagement Surveys

If your account is using engagement surveys, account admins or users with sufficient role-based permissions can review the results from the Zoom web portal.

Refer to Zoom’s support center for more information on the .

Subscriptions

Zoom Contact Center admins can subscribe to receive periodic notifications via email containing metrics for voice, video, chat, and SMS from historical reports, as well as Queue and availability metrics from agent reports. When subscribed, each notification includes a ZIP file attachment with the relevant reports in CSV format.

Refer to Zoom’s support center for more information on .

Zoom Contact Center Account-Level Reports
Zoom Contact Center Real-Time Reports
Zoom Contact Center Historical Reports
Zoom Contact Center Dashboard
Zoom Workforce Management Reports
Zoom Quality Management Reports
Zoom Virtual Agent Reports

Real-Time Flows

EF

46

Transactional / Mission-Critical Data

AF41

26

Signaling (for Real-Time Flows)

CS3

24

Best Effort

DF

0

Network Control

CS6

48

Real-Time Telephony

EF

46

Broadcast Video

CS5

40

Multimedia Conferencing

AF41

34

Real-Time Interactive

CS4

32

Multimedia Streaming

AF31

26

Signaling (for Real-Time Flows)

CS3

24

Transactional / Mission-Critical Data

AF21

18

Management / OAM Traffic

CS2

16

Bulk Data

AF11

10

Scavenger Class

CS1

8

Best Effort

DF

0

Zoom's support center
Poly
Yealink
firewall documentation
using QoS DSCP markings
zero-touch provisioning
Preferences
multi-language support
Historical Agent Report
Zoom Contact Center metrics glossary
Queue Chart Report
Queue Detail Report
interval report
Flow Chart Report
Flow Detail Report
viewing engagement survey results
subscribing to Zoom Contact Center reports
managing consumer routing profiles
managing agent routing profiles

Zoom Phone and Avaya Phone System Integration Field Guide

Overview

In March 2024, Zoom announced a strategic partnership with Avaya in order to support customers who are running Avaya Aura (R10+) or Avaya Enterprise Cloud. This integration allows customers to have the Zoom Workplace application, while registering the Phone tab to Avaya.

This document will help you understand the requirements, limitations, and Zoom integration process with Avaya hardware.

Requirements

This integration is supported on Windows, Mac, iOS and Android mobile devices, and VDI platforms running Zoom client version 6.3.10 or later.

During the early phases of our partnership, we suggest that customers have the following:

  • Avaya Workplace with Session Initiation Protocol (SIP) support

  • Avaya Aura (R10+) or Avaya Enterprise Cloud

  • Avaya Aura Device Services (AADS), Session Manager (SM), and Remote Worker with Avaya Session Border Controller for Enterprise (ASBCE) deployed

See the Avaya Support Note for additional details.

If your customer doesn’t meet all of these requirements, contact a pre-sales resource, Zoom account team member, or Avaya partner to discuss your options.

Limitations

The Phone tab in the Zoom Workplace application is a SIP softphone registered directly to Avaya. Since this setup doesn’t connect to Zoom Phone, there are a few limitations:

  • AI Companion for Phone features. Since the audio doesn’t cross the Zoom cloud, we can’t provide any AI functions on live voice, recorded voice, or voicemail at this time.

  • Zoom Phone integrations aren’t supported. This includes Salesforce, ServiceNow, ZenDesk, and Microsoft Teams, among others.

  • Call Recording. All call recording is handled on the Avaya side.

  • Call Logs. All call logs are handled on the Avaya side.

  • Conference Calling. Conference calls are hosted on the Zoom Workplace application, with a limit of four total participants.

The following items aren’t available:

  • Avaya Contact Center. We don’t support Avaya Contact Center agent-related features and functions with the phone system integration.

  • Avaya IP Office. This is a different private branch exchange (PBX) solution from Avaya. It isn’t included in this integration.

  • Bridged Appearances. This popular Avaya Communication Manager feature isn’t currently supported.

See the Avaya Support Note for additional limitations from the Avaya perspective.

Architecture and Design

Important It is your responsibility to provide technical details about Zoom to customers, partners, or Avaya.

It is not your responsibility to configure or help configure Avaya components.

The following chart shows a high-level representation of the integration between Zoom and Avaya.

The integration between Zoom and Avaya hardware is straightforward to set up from the Zoom side, averaging between 10 and 30 minutes from start to finish. Your Avaya partner will have a more involved process, which you can see here.

Configuring the Integration

The following sections detail how to complete your initial setup.

Before You Begin

Before configuring the integration, consider the following:

  • Remote access, including Session Border Controller (SBC) and edge capacity, as well as certificates and security.

  • Current versions and any upgrade plans.

  • Aura design. For example, single, multiple, centrally managed, or multiple AADS.

Setup

See the Configuring the Zoom-Avaya Aura integration support article for step-by-step procedures.

Troubleshooting

Troubleshooting can be performed after the integration is deployed.

  • Sync failures: Confirm Zoom is getting the SIP login credentials for the user. In Phone System Integration, look at the status of the user. The status options are:

    • Sync failed: Zoom can’t get the credentials from the customer’s Avaya Aura Device Services (AADS). Work with your Avaya partner to review the AAS logs and configuration from their side. If the customer contacts Zoom Support, be sure to bring in the Avaya partner to review.

    • Registered: The user has logged in to Zoom and the phone shows registered to Avaya.

    • Idle: The user has never logged in to Zoom.

  • Failing calls: Since Avaya handles the call routing, review the Avaya call logs. Zoom Workplace application logs are also available to provide any SIP error codes received from the Avaya Session Border Controller when trying to place a call. The PSI logs are available for both desktop and mobile. See the Sending meeting or webinar problem report and client logs article for more information.

Frequently Asked Questions

The following are a few commonly asked questions that we have received since launching our partnership with Avaya. For more information, reach out to your Zoom account team.

There is no specific support guide for BYOC/P with ASBCEs

Zoom is actively collaborating with Avaya to develop comprehensive documentation for this configuration. In the meantime, customers should consult their Avaya representative or existing Avaya documentation for ASBCE-related support. Zoom's standard BYOC/P documentation remains applicable for the Zoom-side configuration.

You must upgrade the Avaya system to version 10.X or later for the Zoom integration

This integration will not function with earlier versions of Avaya systems. Customers should plan for an upgrade to Avaya version 10.X or later to ensure compatibility with the Zoom integration. Please consult with your Avaya representative for specific upgrade requirements and procedures for your environment.

Avaya Aura 8.x isn’t currently supported for the Zoom integration

Zoom is collaborating with Avaya to expand compatibility to include Aura 8.x versions in future releases. At present, customers using Aura 8.x can’t implement the Zoom integration. For the most up-to-date information on supported Avaya versions, contact your Zoom account representative.

SMS support isn’t currently available for the Zoom integration

Zoom is considering the possibility of incorporating SMS functionality in the future. Customers requiring SMS features should talk to their Zoom account representative.

The Zoom Network Connectivity Tool can’t analyze or check Avaya-connected phones

Admins should use Avaya-based tools for monitoring and troubleshooting any telephony issues. The Zoom Network Connectivity Tool will continue to work for all other Zoom components, but it cannot perform checks against Avaya-provided telephony services.

Customers are responsible for deploying Avaya certificates for the Zoom-Avaya integration

Customers must distribute the Avaya certificate to all devices where users will access Zoom with the Avaya phone system integration (PSI). This is a crucial step for enabling the Zoom-Avaya integration. While Zoom manages certificates for its own components automatically, Avaya-specific certificates remain the customer's responsibility to deploy and manage across their environment.

For details on how Avaya will handle this integration, see the Avaya Support Notes

See Avaya Support Notes for details about how they will handle the integration on their side.

No specific Professional Services Organization (PSO) offering exists for the Zoom-Avaya integration

This integration requires minimal configuration on Zoom's side and is expected to be partner-led. Most setup and configuration work takes place within the Avaya environment. Customers should work with their Avaya partners or internal IT teams to implement the integration.

The Zoom-Avaya integration supports Windows, macOS, iOS, Android, and virtual desktop infrastructure (VDI) clients

The integration is compatible with Windows, Mac, iOS and Android mobile devices, and virtual desktop infrastructure (VDI) platforms running Zoom client version 6.3.10 or later. The Zoom for Web (Progressive Web App) is not supported.

Additional Resources

  • Configuring the Zoom-Avaya Aura Integration Procedures

  • Avaya Support Notes

  • Zoom/Avaya Marketing Page

  • Zoom Phone Certified Hardware

Using Zoom Phone SMS

This section outlines how to use Zoom Phone SMS features. The following instructions assume that you are signed in to a compatible Zoom Workplace app or the Zoom Web App.

SMS Features and Capabilities

Below is a list of capabilities available with Zoom Phone SMS.

Compose a New SMS Message

To send a new SMS Message:

  1. Click the Phone tab, then click the SMS tab.

  2. Click the compose icon below the SMS tab.

  1. In the To field at the top, enter a name or phone number to search through your contacts directory, or manually enter a phone number. If the recipient is in your contacts directory, the number will be replaced by the contact’s name, otherwise, it will remain a phone number.

  2. You can add up to 10 contacts/phone numbers.

  3. If the contact has several phone numbers, click the right arrow icon to view and select the number to send the SMS to.

  4. Enter a message and press Enter or click the send icon.

Reply to an Existing SMS Conversation

To reply to an existing SMS conversation:

  1. Click the Phone tab, then click the SMS tab.

  2. Select an SMS conversation.

  3. Enter a message, then press Enter or click the send icon.

Send Multimedia (MMS, JPG, PNG, GIF)

To attach multimedia to an SMS (MMS):

  1. Open an SMS conversation.

  2. Above the chat compose box, click the File button to select an image.

  3. To send the image, press Enter or click the send icon.

Call an SMS Participant

To call an SMS participant from a thread:

  1. Select an SMS conversation.

  2. In the top-left corner of the SMS conversation, click the Phone call button.

  1. View phone numbers and details involved in the SMS conversation.

View Conversation Details

To view a conversation’s details:

  1. Select an SMS conservation.

  2. In the top-right corner of the SMS conversation, click the info button.

  3. The dropdown will display details such as members, images, files, push notifications, and the ability to block the participant’s number.

Team SMS

If Team SMS is enabled by an administrator, phone users can send or receive SMS messages using Zoom Phone numbers associated with call queues or auto receptionists. This allows you to view SMS messages that are sent to a group of users. You can then reply to the conversation, which prevents other users from replying to the same conversation, and transfer a thread to another user to share information that might have been missed. You can also release a conversation to allow other members to reply.

Important

Team SMS requires that each user has a Power Pack add-on assigned to their Zoom account.

Receive Team SMS Messages

Team SMS messages will appear in the SMS tab, just like your regular SMS messages. To access SMS:

  1. Sign in to the Zoom Workplace desktop app, Zoom Workplace mobile app, or Zoom Web App.

  2. Click or tap the Phone tab, then click or tap SMS.

If you’ve enabled notifications at the system level (Windows, MacOS, Linux, Android, or iOS) and in the SMS conversation settings, you will receive a notification depending on the status of the SMS conversation.

  • You will see notifications if no members have clicked Reply to claim the conversation or you’ve clicked Reply.

  • You will not see notifications if another member has clicked Reply to claim the conversation.

Reply to a Message and Claim the Conversation

Users can reply to messages received by the call queue or auto receptionist to claim the conversation. This prevents other members from replying to the same conversation, while other members can still see the conversation.

To claim a conversation:

  1. Open an SMS conversation that belongs to a call queue or auto receptionist. The call queue or auto receptionist display name will appear below the caller ID of the sender.

  2. Click Reply at the bottom of the conversation thread. You will see a pop-up notification to confirm.

    1. Note: You will see a notification in the conversation thread if another phone user has chosen to reply, which prevents you from replying.

  3. Click Reply to confirm.

  4. Enter and send the message.

Note

Claimed conversations are automatically released after 5 minutes of inactivity.

Release a Conversation

Users can release a conversion to allow other members to reply to the conversation and claim it. To release a conversation:

  1. Open an SMS conversation that belongs to a call queue or auto receptionist. The call queue or auto receptionist display name will appear below the caller ID of the sender.

  2. Click Release at the top of the conversation thread.

    1. You will see a pop-up notification to confirm.

  3. Click Release to confirm.

  4. Once complete, other members will be able to reply to the conversation. If another member replies to the conversation to claim it, there is no effect on the caller ID displayed to the other SMS participant.

Team SMS Thread Summary with AI Companion

If you have a Power Pack add-on license, you can summarize an SMS team thread with AI Companion using the following steps:

  1. Open an SMS conversation.

  2. In the text box, click the Summarize with AI Companion icon.

    1. The summary will display within a few seconds after clicking the icon.

  3. (Optional) In the dialog box, click Copy to copy the summary to paste it where you need.

  4. (Optional) Click the Summarize with AI Companion icon again to regenerate the summary if you are not satisfied with what was generated.

Note

You can generate a summary for an SMS thread that happened in the last 24 hours.

Using the Zoom Workplace App

The Zoom Workplace App is the central location for agents and supervisors to use and interact with Zoom Contact Center.

Shift Management

Beginning a Work Session

To formally begin a work session, agents must navigate to the Contact Center tab within the Zoom Workplace app and click Start. After clicking, the user will be immediately moved to the Not Ready (Forced) status, and they will have access to their Contact Center’s information, including engagements, team, address books, Inboxes, and analytics.

Managing Agent Status

Once an agent is ready, they can opt in to their Queues by clicking their current status in the bottom-left corner and changing to the Ready status. Once in this status, the system will begin incorporating the agent into the call routing logic for the agent’s associated Queues.

To opt out or end a work shift, click the status in the bottom-left corner again. From there, they can change their status to Not Ready with an associated reason or choose End Work Session to finish their shift.

The Engagements Tabs

Once an agent has started a work session, they will have access to the central Contact Center screen, where they can view their currently assigned engagements, or other engagements from the company account. Engagements can be separated by My Engagements for a personal view, or All Engagements for a company-wide view.

Refer to Zoom’s support center for more information on using the Engagements tab.

The Teams Tab: Agent Statuses

The Teams tab allows agents to see the status of agents across the contact center account. From this view, agents and supervisors can filter agent statuses by the following criteria:

  • Agents (All)

    • Agents (Specific)

  • Queue (All)

    • Queues (Specific)

  • Opt Status

    • Queue Opt-In/Out

    • Fully Opted-In

    • Partially Opted-In

    • Fully Opted-Out

  • Status (All)

    • Offline

    • Ready

      • Sub-Statuses Included

    • Not Ready

      • Sub-Statuses Included

    • Occupied

      • Sub-Statuses Included

The Address Book: Known Contacts

The Address Book tab provides a list of all configured contacts for the account, as configured by an admin within the web portal. During an active engagement, the Zoom Workplace desktop app will display information from the address book if the consumer is listed within the address book. If the consumer is not in the address book, agents can add a new contact and choose which address book the contact belongs to.

Note

Businesses can mass-import Address Book contacts through Zoom Contact Center APIs.

Refer to Zoom’s support center for more information on using the Address Book.

The Inbox Tab: Consumer Voicemails

The Inbox tab displays voice messages for Inboxes that agents or supervisors have permission to access. From this screen, authorized users can assign messages to agents for follow-up, and agents can view their assigned items. Once an issue is resolved, agents can mark the Inbox item as complete.

Refer to Zoom’s support center for more information on managing inboxes.

The Analytics Tab: In-App Reporting

Many of Zoom Contact Center’s analytics are accessible through both the web portal and Zoom Workplace app. See real-time and historical reports for additional information.

Zoom AI Companion Engagement Features

This section describes Zoom AI Companion features available for contact center agents that can help improve the agent experience. Zoom AI Companion features are included at no additional cost with the paid services in Zoom user accounts, but may not be available for all regions or industry verticals.

Heads Up

Learn more about how Zoom uses data to provide Zoom AI Companion features.

Consumer Sentiment Analysis

When Zoom AI Companion features are enabled, Zoom Contact Center can analyze conversation transcripts in real time as the engagement unfolds, providing ongoing consumer sentiment insights for both messaging and voice interactions. By utilizing Zoom’s AI and machine learning models, the system continuously gauges consumer sentiment throughout the engagement.

Zoom Contact Center’s default sentiment analysis model—distinct from the one used in Zoom Quality Management—evaluates sentiment based on the consumer’s last three sentences. The model focuses on word choice, so phrases like “I’m very upset” or “This is so annoying” are likely to receive a negative sentiment rating, while positive expressions like “This is awesome!” or “Great!” tend to result in a positive rating. Neutral language like “ok” typically yields a neutral rating.

This real-time sentiment tracking helps agents grasp consumer concerns or nuances as conversations evolve to improve the overall engagement.

Refer to Zoom’s support center for more information on using Sentiment Analysis with AI Companion.

Agent Talk Metrics

In addition to Sentiment Analysis, Zoom Contact Center can provide agent talk metrics during an engagement when necessary Zoom AI Companion features are enabled. Details provided include an agent’s current talking speed and speech length, helping agents recognize when they are speaking too long or too quickly, possibly affecting the consumer experience.

Benchmarks for these analytics are as follows:

Too Slow
Good
Too Fast

Talk Speed (Words Per Minute)

1-110

110-160

160+

Positive
Negative

Speech Length (Time)

< 3:30

> 3:30

Refer to Zoom’s support center for more information on using Agent Talk Metrics.

Conversation Summary

When Conversation Summary is enabled, agents can preview a summary of the consumer’s previous conversation when receiving a transferred engagement either from a chatbot or from another agent.

For example, the following image displays a transfer from a chat bot to a live agent for assistance and includes a brief, AI-generated summary of the user’s conversation with the bot.

Alternatively, the following image provides an example of the AI-generated summary when preparing to transfer an engagement to another agent.

Refer to Zoom’s support center for more information on viewing engagement summaries.

Follow-Up Tasks

AI Companion can automatically generate and suggest follow up tasks for an agent based on the conversation.

For example, if a consumer has a complaint about the user experience of the website and the agent discusses their willingness to investigate the issue with the web team, AI Companion can automatically generate this as a suggested follow-up task for the agent.

Note

Currently, Follow-Up Tasks are only generative and do not send notifications or prompts for any created or saved tasks. Agents are encouraged to use this feature to identify tasks for follow-up and manage them independently.

Refer to Zoom’s support center for more information on using Follow-Up Tasks with AI Companion.

Smart Responses

AI Companion Smart Responses assist agents in crafting replies within the Messaging channel during an engagement. This feature allows for copyediting, rephrasing, or adjusting the tone of a message to suit a specific audience and can help agents produce professional responses that align with a company’s standards within a conversation.

Refer to Zoom’s support center for more information on using smart responses with AI Companion.

Zoom Quality Management

The following sections describe features available to Zoom Contact Center and Zoom Quality Management supervisors.

Note

This section assumes that supervisors are assigned a Zoom Quality Management license and that the product is fully configured within an account, including key features like Topics, Indicators, Evaluators, Scorecards, and more. Processes described within this section are not exhaustive and are intended to provide a general understanding of using the product on a day-to-day basis. Readers with questions are encouraged to refer to the Zoom Quality Management Explainer section for a comprehensive overview of the product and its fundamental components, or speak with their Zoom Account team for more information.

Scoring or Evaluating an Interaction

With Zoom Quality Management, contact center supervisors can evaluate interactions with Scorecards to help ensure compliance with company practices and identify agent areas for improvement. Interactions can be evaluated by a supervisor on an assignment or as-needed basis, with automated tools that can identify interactions with low scores for immediate review.

Refer to Zoom’s support center and the Zoom Quality Management Explainer section on Scorecards for more information on evaluating interactions.

Comments

In addition to objective feedback through scorecards, supervisors can provide direct feedback to agents or other evaluators through comments, drawing attention to specific elements of an interaction that are noteworthy.

Depending on the supervisor’s discretion, comments can be restricted to anyone or only @mentioned users.

Moments

While scoring or reviewing an interaction, a supervisor may encounter situations where an agent handles a situation notably well. With Zoom Quality Management, supervisors can easily create highlights of a recording as a Moment—a short clip within an interaction—to share as an example for others.

Refer to Zoom’s support center for more information on creating, editing, and sharing Moments.

Reviewing Agent Analytics and Performance

Zoom Quality Management provides numerous details and analytics about agent performance within each interaction, including:

  • Engagement Scores

  • Consumer Sentiment

  • Identified Next Steps

  • Indicator Call Outs

  • Topic Highlights

  • Speech Events

Supervisors are encouraged to use Zoom Quality Management reports to track agent performance and key metrics, offering coaching and feedback to develop and improve agents over time. These reports can help supervisors identify which agents are consistently performing well, which agents may require attention, and which are demonstrating improvement over time.

Refer to Zoom’s support center and the Zoom Quality Management Explainer section on analytics for more information on Zoom Quality Management’s agent analytics.

Using Topics and Indicators

Supervisors can use Topics and Indicators to identify interactions that highlight key themes or discussion points relevant to their organization.

For example, if a company is releasing a new product, like a smart watch, they can automatically identify which conversations included discussion about the new product to gauge consumer interest and common discussion points. Alternatively, these features can be used to identify other important concerns like returns, recalls, or refunds that may require additional oversight or attention.

Refer to Zoom’s support center and the Zoom Quality Management Explainer sections on topics and indicators for more information on these subjects.

Notes

This section provides guidance on important considerations businesses should note when deploying Zoom Contact Center.

Zoom Contact Center doesn't support data migration from other Contact Center solutions

Most contact center service providers do not support data migration between platforms. Consequently, businesses with an existing contact center provider should not expect to import any significant data from their previous provider. For example, previous Flows, Queues, routing options, agent profiles, configurations, and settings outside of Zoom Contact Center can't transfer over and must be rebuilt within the product.

There are exceptions to this, such as Zoom Workforce Management (a Zoom Contact Center add-on product) supporting historical data importing for Forecasting, but data migration is otherwise not common within Zoom Contact Center.

Zoom Contact Center doesn't natively support E911 Dialing and requires Zoom Phone or another telephony service provider

At this time, Zoom Contact Center doesn't natively support E911 dialing. To dial 911, agents must call through an alternative telephony solution such as Zoom Phone or another telephony service provider.

The Queue Callback feature doesn't support custom voice prompts

Zoom Contact Center’s Queue Callback feature utilizes text-to-speech to give consumers prompts to remain on the line or be put in-queue for an automatic callback when an agent is available. This feature can't be mixed with other custom voice prompts at this time. Consequently, Queues with this feature can only loop a single text-to-speech menu prompt once a Queued Callback is offered.

Numbers can't be freely transferred between Zoom Contact Center and Zoom Phone without a porting request

Customer-owned phone numbers within Zoom Phone or Zoom Contact Center can't be interchangeably used between services at this time. Zoom customers must submit a request to Zoom to move any number(s) between the two services before they can be used.

Certain settings must be enabled to transfer calls from Zoom Contact Center to Zoom Phone users

If your business has purchased Zoom Contact Center and Zoom Phone, certain settings must be configured for agents to call Zoom Phone users that are not assigned a Zoom Contact Center license. Failure to configure these settings will prevent agents from transferring calls to Zoom Phone users.

Within the Zoom Contact Center Preferences > Account > General Settings > Contacts subsection, an admin must enable the setting to Allow users to search for people in the Zoom Phone Contacts directory when placing or transferring voice calls.

Keep up with our release notes and technical library

Be sure to keep an eye out for Zoom Contact Center’s release notes, featuring new or enhanced features and changes to the product. Zoom additionally has a technical library featuring more advanced configurations for Zoom Contact Center, in addition to other resource documents.

The Zoom Learning Center is an excellent resource

Zoom provides an online learning center that includes numerous courses for Zoom Contact Center and Zoom Virtual Agent. Admins are encouraged to refer to this resource for additional learning opportunities within Zoom Contact Center.

Licenses

Zoom Contact Center provides a range of licenses and add-on options to fit various business needs and requirements. Fundamentally, every Zoom Contact User requires at minimum a Zoom Contact Center license to use the service in any capacity; however, feature access and availability will depend on the type of license and add-ons provisioned to each user. The following sections detail Zoom Contact Center’s licensing and add-ons.

Licenses

The following Zoom Contact Center features and add-ons are available with the following licenses:

Essentials
Premium
Elite

Named Licenses

Named licenses function on a one-license-per-user basis. Users must be individually assigned or unassigned licenses to gain or lose access to the service.

Example

If your organization has 100 named Zoom Contact Center licenses, you can assign them to 100 users to grant access to the service. If an additional user—let’s say a new team member—requires access, you would need to unassign a license from one of the existing 100 users and reassign it to the new user, as the total number of licenses can't exceed 100.

Concurrent Licenses

Concurrent licenses function on a shared occupancy basis, allowing groups of users to collectively share and borrow Zoom Contact Center licenses, up to the account’s maximum. This affords contact centers flexibility and can reduce the need to actively manage license assignments.

Example

Suppose your organization has 100 concurrent Zoom Contact Center licenses. These licenses can be shared among a larger pool of users—say, over 250 employees—provided no more than 100 users are actively utilizing the licenses simultaneously. For instance, if 100 users are logged in and actively working in the contact center, and five users clock out at the end of their shift, those five licenses become available for other users to log in and begin working.

If the number of active users exceeds the 100-license limit—such as 105 users logging in simultaneously—the account might* incur overage charges, which will be reflected in the next billing cycle. This shared occupancy model provides flexibility and minimizes the need for individual license management.

*Note: Zoom Contact Center includes a 30 minute “grace period” for concurrent license usage that will not incur a charge. This is designed to prevent unintended overages during a shift change where agents may briefly oversubscribe an account’s license allotment.

Add-Ons

In addition to the core licenses for Zoom Contact Center, the following add-on licenses are available for purchase.

  • Zoom Workforce Management

    • Grants users access to the Zoom Workforce Management product.

    • Included with Elite license.

  • Zoom Quality Management

    • Grants users access to the Zoom Quality Management product.

    • Included with Elite license.

  • AI Expert Assist

    • Grants users access to Zoom’s AI-powered tool to more efficiently resolve consumer issues.

    • Included with Elite license.

  • Zoom Virtual Agent

    • Zoom’s AI-powered chatbot, designed for self-service and agent hand-offs when necessary.

    • Account-wide license; doesn't require individual user assignments.

  • Toll-Free Numbers

    • Toll-free numbers for consumers to contact you, free of tolling charges.

  • Cloud Storage

    • Provides additional cloud storage for assets, transcripts, and recordings.

  • Global Phone Numbers

    • Additional local, toll-free, virtual, or international phone numbers.

Note

Most add-on licenses are based on a per-seat licensing model. Typically, businesses will require one license per-user they intend to provision for each add-on product.

The exception to this rule can apply to Zoom Contact Center Elite licenses under a concurrent license plan. An Elite license automatically grants assigned users access to AI Expert Assist, Zoom Workforce Management, and Zoom Quality Management; however, if an account is using the concurrent licensing model, the account must purchase additional add-on licenses for Zoom Workforce Management and Zoom Quality Management to account for the total amount of users that will use the services. AI Expert Assist doesn't require additional licenses with bundled, concurrent licensing.

For example, if an account has 100 call center agents, and 25 Elite concurrent licenses, the account should purchase 75 add-on licenses for Zoom Workforce Management and Zoom Quality Management. If an account doesn't purchase supplemental licenses to cover all agents, some agents will not have access to these products or their relevant features.

Zoom Phone on the Web Portal

After completing the initial setup process, users can access most of their Zoom Phone settings and features from the tab on the web portal. By default, clicking the Phone tab will open the Settings screen; however, users can also switch to the History, Voicemail, and Recording tabs, which are also available within the Zoom Workplace app.

Settings

From the Settings tab on the web portal, users can edit the following settings and features:

Note

Some settings in the following sections may not appear or be configurable unless the setting is enabled or unlocked on the account, Site, or group level. Refer to Zoom's support center for more information on from the web portal.

Call Handling

Call handling settings determine how calls are routed or handled, and can be specified to operate differently during a user's defined business, closed, or holiday hours. For example, users can customize settings so that they will receive calls on the Zoom Workplace desktop and mobile apps during their defined business hours, but during closed hours, all calls will go straight to their voicemail.

Configurable settings for call handling include:

  • Business Hours

    • Holiday Hours

  • Apps used with Zoom Phone

    • Zoom Phone Appliance Apps

    • Zoom Phone Desktop Apps

    • Zoom Mobile Apps

  • Call Handling Ring Mode

    • Simultaneous

    • Sequential

  • Max Wait Time

  • When Busy on Another Call:

    • Call Waiting

    • Forward to:

      • Voicemail / Videomail

      • Another Extension

      • External Contact

      • External Number

    • Play Message and Disconnect

    • Play Busy Signal

  • When a Call is Not Answered:

    • Forward to:

      • Voicemail / Videomail

      • Another Extension

      • External Contact

      • External Number

    • Play Message and Disconnect

    • Disconnect

  • Allow Callers to Reach an Operator:

    • User

    • Zoom Room

    • Common Area Phone

    • Cisco/Polycom Room

    • Auto Receptionist

    • Call Queue

    • Shared Line Group

  • Greeting and Voicemail Instruction

Refer to Zoom's support center for more information on .

Call Delegation

Call delegation (also known as shared line appearance) provides an easy way for phone users to assign others to handle calls on their behalf. This is commonly utilized when an executive assigns calling privileges to an assistant, allowing the assistant to make, answer, or hand off calls on the executive's behalf; however, this feature can apply to other scenarios where line sharing is beneficial as well.

Refer to Zoom's support center for more information on .

Membership

The Membership subsection of a user's settings screen displays the user's association with the following features:

  • Call Queues

  • Shared Line Groups

  • Group Call Pickup

  • Agents They Can Monitor

  • Agents That Can Monitor Them

Users can additionally opt in or opt out of receiving calls from their associated Call Queues and Shared Line Groups from this page, as well as from the ; however, these opt-in/out privileges do not affect the user's membership status for those groups.

Intercom

For accounts utilizing the Intercom feature, users have the option to assign a common area phone or another Zoom Phone user for sending or receiving audio intercom calls. Additionally, users must utilize this section to allocate a line key on their desk phone specifically for the intercom feature.

Refer to Zoom's support center for more information on .

Desk Phone

From the Desk Phone subsection, users can configure the following settings for a provisioned and associated IP desk phone:

  • Line Keys & Positions

  • Phone Screen Lock

  • Hot Desking

  • Zoom Phone PIN

Others

From the Others subsection, users can configure the following settings:

  • Voicemail & Video Mail

    • Set Access (to other users)

  • Call Screening

  • Block List

  • Subscription Confirmation (Reports)

  • Hold Music

  • Audio Prompt Language

  • Default Voicemail Transcript Language

Recording

From the tab, users can access their own recordings and other recordings they have been granted access to, such as from a Call Queue or another user. From this screen, users can also search for or filter their recordings by date, name, extension and number.

Refer to Zoom's support center for more information on .

Note

Zoom Phone users can only access shared call recordings through the Zoom web portal. Shared recordings are not available within the Zoom Workplace app.

Web Portal Call History

From the tab, users can access their personal call history, including the ability to filter their calls by date, name, extension, phone number, missed calls, or calls with a special designation, like if it was marked as spam or blocked due to certain conditions. Users can also use this screen to export their call history into a CSV file, block numbers from calling them, or add a client code for tracking.

Refer to Zoom's support center for more information on .

Voicemail & Videomail

From the tab, users can access their personal and shared voicemail messages, including the ability to filter their messages by date, name, extension, and phone number. Users can also filter messages marked as read, unread, and follow up, in addition to messages with a special designation, including circumstances where a call may be marked as spam or blocked due to certain conditions.

Note

If Videomail is not enabled for your account, the tab will be titled Voicemail.

Bring Your Own Carrier – Cloud Peering (BYOC-C)

Bring Your Own Carrier – Cloud Peering (BYOC-C)

In addition to the Zoom Phone Native service offering, Zoom Phone also supports a Bring Your Own Carrier (BYOC) service with cloud peering (BYOC-C). With this service model, a business can choose one or more underlying telephony carriers to connect (i.e., cloud peer) with Zoom Phone's data centers, without requiring any on-premises hardware, like a session border controller (SBC).

BYOC-C deployments give businesses continued access to Zoom Phone cloud-based PBX features like Call Queues, Auto Receptionists, number assignment, etc., while the underlying telephony connections are handled by the chosen provider(s) without the maintenance costs of on-premises hardware.

With BYOC-C, customers can choose an already-approved telephony service provider from Zoom's Provider Exchange network

With Zoom Phone's cloud peering service model (BYOC-C), Zoom Phone customers are free to choose which underlying telephony providers they will work with to meet their coverage needs. To simplify this process, Zoom offers the , which offers a list of telephony service providers pre-configured and pre-approved to cloud peer with Zoom Phone; all a business needs to do is independently set up their billing and contracts with the provider.

Note

Instructions for are available on Zoom's support center.

Customers should also be aware that the BYOC-C service will require a separate bill for their chosen provider(s), in addition to their Zoom Phone bill.

Customers can combine a cloud peering provider with the Zoom Phone Native service model for greater international coverage

Companies that require broader international coverage beyond what the Zoom Phone Native service model offers can enhance their connectivity by integrating a cloud peering service provider with Zoom Phone Native. This combination can grant access to PSTN services within countries that are not readily available through the Native service model.

Zoom Phone's Provider Exchange network collectively covers over 90 countries with PSTN connectivity

Cloud Peering service providers on Zoom's Provider Exchange can support PSTN connectivity within the following countries:

North America:

  • United States

  • Canada

  • Puerto Rico

Latin America:

  • Argentina

  • Belize

  • Brazil

  • Chile

  • Colombia

  • Costa Rica

  • Dominican Republic

  • Ecuador

  • El Salvador

  • Guatemala

  • Jamaica

  • Mexico

  • Nicaragua

  • Panama

  • Peru

  • U.S. Virgin Islands

  • Uruguay

  • Venezuela

Asia-Pacific:

  • Australia

  • Brunei Darussalam

  • Cambodia

  • China

  • Hong Kong

  • Indonesia

  • Jamaica

  • Kazakhstan

  • Kyrgyzstan

  • Macau

  • Malaysia

  • Nauru

  • New Zealand

  • Philippines

  • Singapore

  • South Korea

  • Taiwan

  • Thailand

  • Timor (East)

  • Uzbekistan

  • Vietnam

EMEA:

  • Albania

  • Angola

  • Austria

  • Bahrain

  • Belgium

  • Bosnia

  • Bulgaria

  • Croatia

  • Cyprus

  • Czech Republic

  • Denmark

  • Estonia

  • Finland

  • France

  • Georgia

  • Germany

  • Greece

  • Hungary

  • Iceland

  • Ireland

  • Israel

  • Italy

  • Japan

  • Kenya

  • Latvia

  • Lithuania

  • Luxembourg

  • Macedonia

  • Malta

  • Moldova

  • Monaco

  • Netherlands

  • Norway

  • Poland

  • Portugal

  • Romania

  • Russia

  • Serbia

  • Slovakia

  • Slovenia

  • South Africa

  • Spain

  • Sweden

  • Switzerland

  • Turkey

  • Uganda

  • Ukraine

  • United Kingdom

Note

Zoom Phone endpoints always initiate connectivity into Zoom data centers. If you have questions about port connectivity and scope, speak with your Zoom technical account team for more information.

Zoom Phone Cloud Peering Network Design

Flows

Flows are a sequence of steps that guide how consumer interactions are handled through widgets.

Within Zoom Contact Center, a Flow refers to a series of steps or actions that guide how consumer interactions are handled. Through the Zoom web portal or via a , businesses can design Flows using interconnected widgets to map out consumer interaction paths. These Flows can include collecting consumer input, routing calls based on specific criteria, triggering automated actions, and integrating with third-party systems, providing a seamless and customizable experience.

Flows are highly customizable and can be designed to dynamically route users based on factors like consumers’ responses, identified data (e.g., account numbers), or predefined business rules. By stringing together these widgets, businesses can ensure that consumers are directed to the right resources, whether that’s a live agent, a virtual assistant, or a specific self-service option, leading to more efficient and personalized customer support.

Refer to Zoom’s Support Center for more information on and Flows.

Widgets

Widgets are the building blocks of a contact center engagement’s Flow.

Each widget serves a specific function, such as collecting user input, routing calls, sending automated messages, or initiating integrations with other systems. Widgets are typically pre-configured components that can be dragged and dropped into a Flow designer, allowing users to easily customize how consumers’ interactions are handled.

In practice, widgets can represent tasks like playing an audio message, capturing consumer responses via keypad inputs, making an HTTP call to external services, or triggering a survey. By linking multiple widgets together, users can create sophisticated workflows that address a wide range of consumer needs, helping ensure that interactions are directed efficiently and appropriately.

Within Zoom Contact Center, the following widgets are available:

Widget
Description

Settings

Settings are used to configure a widget’s behavior.

The Settings option for a contact center widget allows users to configure the specific behavior and parameters of that widget within a Flow. These settings typically include options to customize inputs, define actions, set conditions, and integrate external data sources. Users can adjust various aspects such as timing, triggers, thresholds, and other key variables to tailor the widget’s functionality to meet specific business requirements.

For example, in a routing widget, the Settings option might allow you to specify which department or agent group receives calls based on predefined criteria. In a message widget, settings could include customizing the text, audio, or language options. The Settings option is critical for fine-tuning how each widget operates within the broader Flow, helping ensure that consumers’ interactions are managed according to desired outcomes.

Exits

Exits are how and when a widget proceeds.

The Exit option in a contact center widget determines how and when an interaction leaves the current widget and proceeds to the next step in the Flow. It specifies the conditions or triggers that cause the Flow to move forward, such as completing a specific task, receiving input, or reaching a time limit.

For instance, in a menu selection widget, the Exit option might direct the interaction to a different widget based on the user’s choice (e.g., pressing “1” routes to billing, while pressing “2” routes to technical support). The Exit settings help ensure that the Flow progresses logically, guiding consumers through the appropriate steps or directing them to the correct resource based on predefined criteria.

Zoom Workforce Management Reports

The following sections outline different reports and data available within Zoom Workforce Management.

Real-Time Adherence Report

See the section for more information about this report.

Historical Adherence Report

Similar to the Real-Time Adherence report, the Historical Adherence Report provides a summary of agent adherence performance for a specific timeframe, with up to 30 days in a single report.

When viewing a historical report with multiple days, the report will first display the user’s average adherence for the specified timeframe; however, supervisors can extend the user’s average report and review their adherence for each day.

Refer to Zoom’s support center for more information on .

Schedule Activity Report

The Schedule Activity Report provides a detailed summary of scheduled agent Activities for both past and future dates, visualizing how much time each Activity is allotted each day. Supervisors can filter the report by individual or multiple agents, specific Activities, and Scheduling Groups to help ensure proper staffing and maintain service levels. This report can also be exported into a CSV, facilitating collaboration and thorough examination of work schedules, and enabling better resource management and planning.

Intraday Report

Administrators and supervisors can view an intraday report to compare a Schedule’s Forecast accuracy against a previous or current day’s engagement volume. This empowers supervisors to identify Forecast variances and make dynamic staffing decisions if a day’s engagement volume notably deviates from the Forecast.

Audit Logs

Zoom Workforce Management admins and supervisors with sufficient permissions can access the audit log report containing a robust list of actions taken by admins, supervisors, and users within the product. Users with access to the audit logs can filter the logs by date or by specific actions taken. Logs included within the report include:

  • Cancel Agent Schedule Change Request

  • Cancel Time Off Request

  • Create Activity

  • Create Agent Schedule Change Request

  • Create Forecast

  • Create Queue

  • Create Scheduling Group

  • Create Shift

  • Create Time Off Request

  • Delete Activity

  • Delete Forecast

  • Delete Queue

  • Delete Scheduling Group

  • Delete Shift

  • Delete Unpublished Schedule

  • Duplicate Schedule

  • Change First Day of Week

  • Generate Scheduling

  • Inactive Schedule

  • Publish Schedule

  • Republish Schedule

  • Update Activity

  • Update Agent Schedule Change Request Status

  • Update Queue

  • Update Scheduling Group

  • Update Scheduling Group Agents

  • Update Scheduling Group Queues

  • Update Shift

  • Update Shift Agents

  • Update Status Mapping

  • Update Time Off Request Status

Voice**, Video, Chat, SMS Channels **See Rates for Metered Outbound Dialing.

Yes

Yes

Yes

Flow Editor

Yes

Yes

Yes

Interactive Voice Receptionist

Yes

Yes

Yes

Real-Time Transcription

Yes

Yes

Yes

Remote Control

Yes

Yes

Yes

Agent CTI Integration

Yes

Yes

Yes

Surveys

Yes

Yes

Yes

PII Redaction

Yes

Yes

Yes

Customer Managed Key Encryption Support

Yes

Yes

Yes

Zoom AI Companion

Yes

Yes

Yes

Reporting and Analytics

Yes

Yes

Yes

Email Contact Channel

No

Yes

Yes

Social Media Support (Messaging Channel)

No

Yes

Yes

Automated Outbound Dialers

No

Yes

Yes

Cobrowse

No

Yes

Yes

AI Expert Assist

*Add-On

*Add-On

Yes

Zoom Quality Management

*Add-On

*Add-On

Yes

Zoom Workforce Management

*Add-On

*Add-On

Yes

Start Widget

The Start widget serves as the entry point to a Flow. For example, you can assign a phone number as the entry point for the start widget. This means that the Flow is started when an inbound call is made to the associated phone number, which you can select in the widget settings. After setting up the Start widget, admins can connect it to other widgets.

Send Media

Used to route to custom text, image, or audio files. Also supports videos or slides (PDF) for video Flows.

For example, this widget can play a pre-recorded message while waiting in a voice Queue, or present slides while in a video Waiting Room.

Collect Input

Used to collect input from consumers through speech, interacting with menus, or pressing digits in their phones.

For example, this widget can be used for an interactive voice response (IVR) menu that routes to a certain Queue when consumers press 1.

Route To

Used to route voice calls to another Flow, Queue, Inbox, agent, or outgoing call, or to disconnect a call. For example, if you’ve already set up a Flow to route inbound calls using a Collect Input widget, you can use the Route To widget as a final step to route to a Queue.

Condition

Used to set destination widgets based on preset variables like time, date or operating hours; Variables from other widgets; and/or data from other Queues. For example, if you already set up a Collect Input widget to collect digit inputs, you can customize the Condition widget to route to a destination widget when the variable equals a specific number.

HTTP Call

Used to request information from an external data source using HTTP. Supports standard HTTP call request types (GET, POST, PUT, DELETE) and pass query parameters as part of HTTP call requests. Keys, secrets, and other credentials are hidden by default in HTTP Call widgets.

Script

Uses JavaScript to perform specific actions in the Flow so that you don't need to rely on the UI to build Flows. For example, an account can develop a robust JavaScript that queries a user’s phone number, looks it up in a database, and provides a greeting based on a match. This process would otherwise involve combining several widgets together to achieve the same result.

Set Variables

Used to set a global or custom variable by manually entering a value or passing a variable from another widget. For example, this widget can store a consumer’s account number after they enter it, which can then be used later in the Flow for personalized routing, displaying specific information, or validating the consumer’s identity.

Survey

Used to send a survey to consumers at the end of a Flow. Choose from the active consumer engagement surveys created in Survey Management, either text or voice, depending on the channel. This survey will override a Queue-level survey.

Bot

The Bot widget allows you to use a bot to provide interactive conversational assistance. Note: Requires Zoom Virtual Agent.

JSON import
managing
using
Phone
changing phone settings
configuring call handling settings
setting up call delegation
Zoom Workplace app
setting up and using audio intercom
Recording
Accessing Recordings From the Web Portal
History
Accessing Call History From the Web Portal
Voicemail & Videomail
Example image of the tabs in Zoom Phone settings on the web portal.
Example image of the Recording tab in the Zoom Phone settings in the Web Portal.
Example of the History tab in Zoom Phone settings on the Web Portal.
Example of the Voicemail and Videomail tab in Zoome Phone Settings on the Web Portal.
Provider Exchange
finding a provider from the Provider Exchange
Diagram of Zoom Phone Cloud Peering Network Design.
Supervisor Experience
viewing the historical adherence report

User Experience

This section outlines the user experience for using Custom AI Companion features, including key considerations for use.

Knowledge Collection Queries

This section covers the user experience for a licensed Custom AI Companion user with access to Knowledge Collections configured by the admin.

If your account is using a third-party indexing service, users must have an account within the third-party index and be authorized to connect it for use

To use Custom AI Companion’s third-party indexing services functionality, users must first have an active account with the third-party index provider. They must also have the necessary permissions to authorize that account for integration with their Zoom account, enabling secure access to indexed content during AI interactions.

AI Companion queries will automatically attempt to match against the configured Knowledge Collections, and may also include information from third-party resources

When a user submits a query through Zoom AI Companion, the service performs a dual-pathway information retrieval process:

  1. Querying accessible documents within the Knowledge Collection for relevant content matches.

  2. Leveraging third-party AI models and services.

When Knowledge Collection matches are identified, the system extracts only the specific relevant text portions from the matched documents and ingests these targeted text segments into the model processing pipeline. The model then analyzes, synthesizes, and reformulates these selected document excerpts alongside its base knowledge to generate a comprehensive response that incorporates the pertinent textual information from your organizational documents.

For example, if a user asks AI Companion "How long of a break am I entitled to?", the system will attempt to match this query against any relevant human resource documents uploaded to the account or connected through the third-party index. When a match is identified, the system extracts only the specific relevant text portions from the matched HR documents—such as the particular policy section addressing break entitlements—and ingests these targeted text segments into the model processing pipeline. The model then processes these selected document excerpts in conjunction with model capabilities to analyze and synthesize the information. When responding, AI Companion is designed to provide the most relevant response to the user's query, incorporating the pertinent information from your organizational documents.

Users can also instruct AI Companion to exclusively search an account’s uploaded documents or integrated index

To obtain AI Companion responses based on specific account resources instead of general model responses in a query, users can instruct AI Companion to look for answers within an account’s knowledge collection by clicking the + button and specifying the knowledge collection they intend to search.

Alternatively, users can also instruct AI Companion to look for answers within an account’s index collection by clicking the + button and specifying their index.

Custom Avatar Clips

This section covers the user experience for generating a Custom Avatar and Avatar Clips.

Users can generate a clip by picking a default avatar or creating their own, and customize the background for a relevant context

The Custom Avatar Clips feature lets users generate video clips using a selection of over 15 default avatars and seven virtual backgrounds. These avatars and backgrounds can be easily combined to match the scene or style a user prefers. For a more personalized experience, users can also create a custom avatar in their own likeness and apply any available background.

To create a custom avatar in a user’s likeness, the user must record a short clip of themselves reading a script

To create a custom avatar in a user’s own likeness, they must record a clip of them reading a short script. This clip is used to capture the user’s voice and appearance that will be used in future clips that feature the user’s likeness.

Heads Up

The quality of the user’s recorded clip will impact the quality of their custom avatar’s clips. If a user records their sample clip in a dry, monotonous tone, their custom avatar’s clips will reflect these similarities. For best results, users should record clips in a tone and manner that reflect their natural speaking voice and with natural eye contact to the best of their abilities.

After visual choices are made, users finalize the clip by submitting a transcript

After a user selects their preferred avatar and background, users can input their transcript and click the Create Clip button to generate their video. After several minutes, varying by the length of the transcript, their clip will be available.

Custom clips can also be translated into up to two additional languages when being submitted

Prior to submitting a clip, users can also select two additional languages to translate the clip into. This will result in three separate clips being created.

Multiple translations will consume additional time per-language

When users generate clips in multiple languages at once, each clip will consume additional time per requested language. This may fluctuate between languages, as some languages may take longer or shorter to process through the content.

For example, if a user creates an approximately two-minute clip in three languages, they will consume approximately six minutes of content.

Custom Dictionary

This section covers the user experience for using the Custom Dictionary feature.

All users on an account with Custom Dictionary will receive its benefits when hosting meetings

Custom Dictionary, once configured by an account admin, automatically applies to all users when hosting meetings on the account, regardless of individual license types. AI Companion will automatically reference the Custom Dictionary as part of the transcript generation process for any hosted meeting, helping ensure consistent terminology recognition and transcription accuracy across the organization without requiring users to perform any specific actions or configuration steps.

Custom Dictionary will not apply to meetings hosted by external users

If a user joins a meeting hosted by an external account (i.e., outside the company account), their organization's Custom Dictionary will not apply to the meeting transcript.

Custom Meeting Templates

This section covers the user experience for using the Custom Meeting Templates feature.

Before using Custom Meeting Summary Templates, meetings must have AI Companion’s summary feature enabled

To use a Custom Meeting Summary Template, AI Companion’s Meeting Summary feature must be enabled during the meeting—either by pre-configuring it in advance or by turning it on after the meeting begins.

Refer to Zoom’s support center for more information on enabling AI Companion’s Meeting Summary feature.

After the meeting summary completes, users can apply their custom meeting summary template

After a meeting with AI Companion’s Meeting Summary concludes, licensed Custom AI Companion users can apply their custom meeting summary template by locating the summarized meeting from the Zoom web portal’s Meeting Summaries section, or through the meeting’s “meeting card” screen within the Zoom Workplace app.

Once located, users can select their preferred meeting template from the drop-down menu.

Note

Custom meeting summary templates cannot be used for meetings that occurred before the user was assigned a Custom AI Companion license or for meetings with deleted transcripts.

Third-Party Meetings with AI Companion

This section covers the user experience for using AI Companion with third-party meetings.

AI Companion uses the Zoom calendar integration to identify third-party meetings from a user’s calendar

Zoom AI Companion identifies third-party meetings by scanning a user’s calendar through Zoom’s calendar integration service. By analyzing scheduled events, AI Companion can recognize when a meeting is hosted on a third-party platform, such as Microsoft Teams or Google Meet, and proactively prepare to join and assist, provided the feature allow AI Companion assistant to join third-party meeting is enabled.

Users can set AI Companion to automatically join third-party meetings, or enable it on a per-meeting basis

Users have the flexibility to control how AI Companion joins third-party meetings, either by setting it to automatically join all eligible external meetings identified through their integrated calendar or by choosing to enable it manually for individual meetings when needed.

Users can manually invite AI Companion to third-party meetings by opening the calendar event within the Zoom Workspace client, clicking the AI Companion dropdown, and enabling Invite AI Companion.

AI Companion will only join a meeting at the scheduled started time

Zoom AI Companion will only join a third-party meeting at its scheduled start time according to the user’s calendar. For instance, if a meeting is postponed or moved up by 30 minutes and this change is not reflected within the calendar event, AI Companion may not be in attendance at the start of the meeting unless the calendar event is updated to reflect the new start time.

If no one joins the meeting, AI Companion will automatically disconnect after 20 minutes of no transcription

In the event participants don’t join a scheduled third-party meeting, AI Companion will still join the scheduled meeting as-intended. However, if no audio data is transmitted for 20 minutes, AI Companion will automatically disconnect from the meeting.

Users can configure AI Companion to notify the upcoming meeting host and/or participants of its scheduled presence

Users can configure AI Companion in the Zoom web portal to automatically notify the meeting host and participants when it’s scheduled to join an upcoming meeting. This helps provide additional transparency by letting everyone know ahead of time that AI Companion will be present, offering support like note-taking or summarization during the session. Alternatively, users can leave the setting off and it will automatically join the meeting at the designated start time.

If a third-party meeting host or attendee does not want AI Companion present, it must be manually removed

In the event a meeting host or attendee does not want AI Companion present within a third-party meeting, the meeting host or a similarly-authorized user may manually remove it from the meeting using the third-party platform's meeting participant management tools. Alternatively, the user that invited AI Companion to the meeting via the Zoom Workplace calendar interface can untoggle the same option to remove it from the meeting.

Third-Party Skills

This section covers the user experience for using AI Companion with third-party applications.

Account admins must authorize a third-party app before users can integrate their account

Before users can utilize any third-party application or connector skills, an account administrator must authorize the application for use on the account level.

After account admin approval, users must individually authorize third-party skills to use the feature

Once a third-party skill application is approved for use within an account, each user must individually authorize the third-party application for use with their Zoom account. After authorizing, users may begin using third-party skills through the AI Companion side panel.

Once the app is authorized by the user, users may begin using the third-party service

After a user successfully integrates their Zoom account with a third-party skill application, they may begin using the service through the AI Companion side panel by using the in-menu options, or through casual conversation.

Add-Ons

The following sections provide overviews of Zoom Contact Center’s add-ons, including Zoom Workforce Management, Zoom Quality Management, AI Expert Assist, and Zoom Virtual Agent.

Zoom Workforce Management

Zoom Workforce Management is a transformative, AI-powered add-on for Zoom Contact Center, designed for both supervisors and agents. With Zoom Workforce Management, supervisors have access to tools that forecast future contact volumes across multiple channels, create dynamic or fixed schedules, assist with intraday agent management, and facilitate shift swaps. Alternatively, agents have access to published schedules that include their assigned channels and responsibilities, and can easily request shift swaps, time off, and schedule changes. In other words, Zoom Workforce Management is an enhancement that helps you schedule and run the day-to-day operations of your contact center.

Zoom Workforce Management also predicts agent workloads and provides a real-time adherence dashboard, enabling supervisors to track schedule compliance effortlessly.

Key features available with Zoom Workforce Management include:

  • Real-Time Adherence Dashboard

  • Scheduling Groups

  • Fixed Scheduling

  • Dynamic Scheduling

  • Shift Scheduling

  • Shift Bidding

  • Omnichannel Support

  • Engagement Forecasting

  • Intraday Schedule Management

  • Service Level Agreement Targets

  • Agent-Initiated Schedule Change Requests

  • Additional Reporting

For a robust description of Zoom Workforce Management and its features, see the Zoom Workforce Management Explainer.

Zoom Workforce Management supports forecasting for all Zoom Contact Center channels

Zoom Workforce Management currently supports forecasting for the voice, video, messaging (SMS, social media, etc.), and email contact channels.

Zoom Workforce Management is available globally from Zoom’s U.S. cluster and locally within Zoom’s European-specific cluster

Zoom Workforce Management is globally available to all customers hosted on Zoom’s United States-based cluster. Zoom Workforce Management is also available locally within Europe for customers hosted on Zoom’s European-based cluster. If you are not sure which cluster is applicable to your account, speak to your account team for more information.

Zoom Quality Management

Zoom Quality Management is a contact center add-on specifically designed to enhance operational and agent performance, and improve consumer satisfaction. Zoom Quality Management accomplishes this through various AI-powered tools and features that monitor and analyze consumer interactions, evaluate agent performance, offer actionable insights, and proactively identify areas for improvement.

Key features available with Zoom Quality Management include:

  • Interaction Transcripts

  • Transcript Translations in 18 Languages

  • AI-Generated Insights

  • Speech Analytics

  • Scorecards and Evaluations

  • Agent Summaries

  • Topics

  • Indicators

  • Shareable Moments

  • Sentiment Tracking

  • Video and Voice Channel Support

  • Additional Reporting

For a robust description of Zoom Quality Management and its features, see the Zoom Quality Management Explainer.

Zoom Quality Management is powered through transcription analysis

At its core, Zoom Quality Management uses artificial intelligence (AI) algorithms to analyze transcripts of contact center engagements and provide insights that contact center teams can use to provide better consumer experiences.

Zoom Quality Management includes speech analytics at no additional cost

While some quality management solutions charge extra for speech analytics, Zoom Quality Management includes these features at no additional cost for Zoom Contact Center customers with a paid Zoom Quality Management license.

Zoom Quality Management currently supports the voice and video contact channels

Zoom Quality Management currently supports functionality with the voice and video contact channels. Zoom Quality Management plans to expand support for additional channels in future releases.

Zoom AI Expert Assist

Zoom AI Expert Assist is a Zoom Contact Center add-on that equips agents with additional AI-powered tools—outside of Zoom AI Companion—to efficiently resolve consumers’ issues in real time across all communication channels.

Key features currently available with AI Expert Assist include:

  • Information Retrieval: Based on the conversation transcript and identified consumer concerns, agents may be prompted to access consumer information—such as order numbers or account details—directly within the Zoom Workplace app, provided your Zoom Contact Center is integrated with a third-party system.

  • Knowledge Base (KB) Retrieval: If a consumer’s complaint matches information within an integrated knowledge base, agents will automatically receive relevant articles that may be helpful in resolving the consumer’s concern.

  • Next Best Actions: Depending on the issue, agents may receive real-time recommendations on next steps during consumer interactions. For example, if a consumer would like a refund, the agent may be suggested information on beginning the refund process.

  • Recommended dispositions: Based on the conversation’s transcript, Zoom AI Expert Assist can automatically select a disposition for the agent based on the engagement context, speeding up after-call work, with the ability to review and edit the suggestion selection before saving.

  • Smart Notes: Agents can auto-generate a concise and accurate summary of their interaction with the consumer, eliminating the need to manually take notes.

  • Real-time language translation: Automatically translate incoming messages to an agents' preferred language and outgoing messages to the consumer’s preferred language, with support for up to 18 languages.

Zoom Virtual Agent

Zoom Virtual Agent is an AI-powered, conversational chatbot that engages with your consumers, partners, and employees through your website or app. With conversational, intelligent dialogue, Zoom Virtual Agent can automate processes that drive self-service resolution and reduce agent-assisted points of contact.

Key features currently available with Zoom Virtual Agent include:

  • Third-Party Integrations

    • Customer Relationship Management (CRM)

    • E-Commerce

    • Customer Data Platforms

  • Knowledge Base Integrations

  • Knowledge Base Lookups

  • Intent-based training

  • Automatic Intent Discovery

  • AI-Generated Training Phrases, Intents, and Flows

  • Customizable Bot Flows

  • Agent Hand Off

  • Customizable Aesthetics

  • Custom Campaigns

  • Supports 18 Languages

  • Natural Language Processing Conversations

For a robust description of Zoom Virtual Agent and its features, see the Zoom Virtual Agent Explainer.

Zoom Virtual Agent uses a combination of natural language processing and machine learning techniques to understand and resolve issues

Zoom Virtual Agent's native artificial intelligence capabilities—namely, natural language processing (NLP) and machine learning (ML) techniques—enable it to communicate with users in the plain language they expect to use in everyday conversations.

Zoom Virtual Agent offers dynamic knowledge and conversational skills, and can hand off complex requests to a live agent if necessary

When integrated with a customer relationship management (CRM) system and a knowledge base, Zoom Virtual Agent can provide precise and tailored responses to user inquiries, and dynamically adjust its conversation flow to cater to the unique needs of each end user. In situations where it can't resolve an issue, Zoom Virtual Agent is equipped to smoothly transfer the engagement to a support channel or agent for further assistance.

Zoom Virtual Agent supports multiple chatbots to handle requests from different audiences like consumers partners, or employees

Zoom Virtual Agent offers support for multiple chatbots, each tailored to cater to specific audiences and stakeholders. These individual chatbots can be designed with their own distinct Flows, allowing them to effectively manage conversations initiated by their respective target groups.

For example, one chatbot can be designed to support external consumers with issues related to technical support, refunds, or exchanges, etc. Additionally, a second chatbot can support internal employees, automating common requests typically handled by an IT Helpdesk or HR partner.

Chatbots can offer personalized conversation flows based on identified user information

Chatbots can offer personalized conversation flows based on identified user information to provide an enhanced user experience.

For example, if an authenticated user’s account is marked as VIP, the chatbot can route them to customer support faster, bypassing alternative flows or procedures non-VIP users must follow.

Zoom Virtual Agent is an account-wide add-on and doesn't require a license for individual users

Unlike other Zoom Contact Center add-ons, Zoom Virtual Agent is an account-wide license for the service and doesn't require that any licenses be assigned to agents.

Zoom Virtual Agent is available globally from Zoom’s U.S. cluster and locally within Zoom’s European-specific cluster

Zoom Virtual Agent is globally available to all Zoom customers hosted on Zoom’s United States-based cluster. Zoom Virtual Agent is also available locally within Europe for customers hosted on Zoom’s European-based cluster. If you are not sure which cluster is applicable to your account, speak to your account team for more information.

Zoom Quality Management Reports

The following sections outline different reports and data available with Zoom Quality Management.

Note

Refer to Zoom’s support center for more information on viewing Zoom Quality Management reports.

Indicator Mentions Report

Account admins and supervisors can gain insight into Indicator frequency through the Indicator Mentions Report. This dynamic report displays the frequency and percentage of interactions containing configured Indicators, phrases, or keywords, and can be used to view trends over time. This can help supervisors proactively monitor interactions and quickly identify issues and trends without manual searching, as seen in the following image.

After drilling into an Indicator’s analytics, additional information can be seen in line or bubble view for different perspectives of the same information. For example, the following image shows additional information for the Churn risk Indicator.

From there, supervisors can drill further into Indicator analysis and see specific conversations and moments in the transcript where the Indicator was mentioned. This includes the ability to filter data by account or user and drill down into specific keywords to see transcript snippets for context. For example, the following image shows mentions of the keyword Cancel, which is configured as a part of the Churn risk Indicator.

Speaker Metrics Report

The Speaker Metrics Report helps supervisors see an overview of an individual agent’s performance over time. This can help supervisors track agent performance, including changes as a result of coaching and feedback, and identify trends over time, such as if an agent reduces (or increases) their speech events, talking speed, talk-to-listen ratio, or other Agent Summary metrics.

Evaluation Scores Report

The Evaluation Scores Report provides supervisors with a summary of agent evaluations over a specified time frame. This report can help supervisors identify both top and bottom-performing agents, and track team or specific agent evaluation scores over time.

Response Breakdown by Question Report

The Response Breakdown by Question Report provides supervisors with a visual representation of scores for a specific scoresheet over a period of time. With data available in pie or bar chart format, this report can help identify the average scores for an agent or organization for each specific question within a scorecard.

Evaluation Results by Agent Report

The Evaluation Results by Agent Report helps supervisors locate and identify specific agent evaluation scores over time, including their average evaluation score and evaluation dates within the defined range.

Refer to Zoom’s support center for more information on the Evaluation Results by Agent Report.

Evaluator Performance Historical Report

The Evaluator Performance Historical Report provides details on the number of evaluations completed by a supervisor, and includes the evaluator’s completed number of evaluations, average score assignment, and evaluation dates within the defined range.

Refer to Zoom’s support center for more information on the Evaluator Performance Historical Report.

Subscriptions

The Subscriptions section allows supervisors to automatically subscribe to recurring reports on a daily, weekly, and/or monthly basis for the Evaluation Results by Agent and Evaluator Performance reports. When subscribed, defined users will automatically receive reports within their email according to the set schedule.

Refer to Zoom’s Support center for more information on subscribing to Zoom Quality Management reports.

Features and Architecture

This section provides an overview of Custom AI Companion's features and general, dataflow diagrams.

Custom Meeting Summary Templates

Custom Meeting Summary Templates: Summaries designed for the discussion at hand

Zoom’s Custom Meeting Summary Templates allow account admins to tailor meeting summaries to fit different needs and audiences. Instead of relying on a standard format, organizations can create templates that highlight the most relevant details for specific use cases.

For example, a Customer Success team could implement a Customer Experience Review Summary template that automatically organizes discussions around key performance metrics including Customer Satisfaction (CSAT) scores, Net Promoter Score (NPS) trends, Customer Retention Rate analysis, and churn risk indicators. This template could structure summaries to capture quarterly performance comparisons, identify emerging satisfaction patterns, highlight successful retention strategies, and document action items for addressing customer experience gaps.

Custom Meeting Summary Templates Architecture

The following diagram outlines typical dataflows for Custom AI Companion’s Custom Meeting Summary Templates under Zoom’s federated approach.

Custom Dictionary

Custom Dictionary: Provide AI Companion with your business’s or industry’s language and jargon for better transcripts

Custom Dictionary enhances AI Companion's ability to recognize and incorporate your organization's specialized terms, industry jargon, and acronyms, resulting in more accurate and contextually relevant meeting transcripts and summaries.

When utilized, Zoom’s live transcription service will reference the account’s Custom Dictionary during the live transcription process, resulting in more accurate meeting transcripts and summaries.

This feature is especially beneficial for industries that rely on specialized language, such as healthcare, finance, or manufacturing sectors, where precision in communication is crucial. A Custom Dictionary is designed to help AI Companion adopt the unique vocabulary of the organization, improving the relevance and quality of AI-generated responses.

For example, imagine a legal team using AI Companion to generate a meeting summary from a strategy session where one attorney says, “We need to prepare a memorandum regarding the Daubert standard and its applicability in this tort case.” Without a legal custom dictionary in place, it can be difficult to accurately identify uncommon words like “Daubert,” potentially rendering it as “Dahlberg” or “dog bird,” which could lead to confusion or misinterpretation. However, with a domain-specific dictionary that defines terms like “Daubert,” “tort,” and “voir dire,” AI Companion is better equipped to recognize and transcribe specialized language.

Custom Dictionary supports up to 500 unique words in English

Organizations can currently incorporate up to 500 specialized terms into their Custom Dictionary for English-language meetings.

Custom Dictionary Architecture

The following diagram outlines a typical dataflow for a Custom Dictionary applied to a meeting’s transcript to generate a meeting summary under Zoom’s federated approach.

Custom Avatars

Custom Avatars: Bring your scripts to life with dynamic AI avatars

Custom AI Companion’s Custom Avatars feature enables users to create a personalized virtual avatar using their recorded video and voice, or select from a list of pre-provided avatars. Once an avatar is selected or generated, users can upload a script that is transformed into a Zoom Clip, with the avatar narrating the content in a natural voice and, if applicable, the user’s likeness.

This feature is especially useful for businesses looking to scale video production efficiently, allowing users to create training materials, lessons, and presentations with just a transcript—reducing production time while maintaining quality, personalized video content.

For example, a compliance officer may need to remind employees of quarterly training requirements. Rather than recording a new message or sending another lengthy email, they use their custom avatar to generate a brief, direct video reminder from a script—quickly reinforcing the message while keeping communication efficient and repeatable.

Custom avatars also support multiple languages, enabling users to upload a script in any supported language and generate output in the same language, or produce a copy in an alternative language. For example, if a user records their custom avatar likeness in English, they can upload a script in Spanish or Russian and will receive a clip spoken in the corresponding language that reflects their authentic voice. Alternatively, a user can upload a script in English, and also receive copies of the clip in Spanish or Russian. The current list of supported languages includes:

Users with a Custom AI Companion license are allotted six minutes of custom clips a month and refreshes on their account’s monthly billing date

Users with a Custom AI Companion license are allotted up to six minutes of Custom Avatar Clip generation each month. This allocation resets on each account’s monthly billing date, so if an account’s billing date falls on the 15th, users who generate their allotment of clips on or before the 14th will receive a refreshed allotment the following date.

Additional Custom Avatar Clip time can be purchased with an add-on

Customers interested in granting certain users more than six minutes of clip generation time per month may purchase an add-on for additional clip generation time. For more information on this add-on, speak with your Zoom account team.

Custom Avatar Architecture

The following diagrams outline typical dataflows for using Custom AI Companion’s Custom Avatars feature under Zoom’s federated model.

Avatar Creation

The following diagram outlines the process for creating a custom avatar without generating a clip.

Clip Creation

The following diagram outlines the process for creating a clip using a pre-existing avatar.

Knowledge Collections

Knowledge Collections: Enable AI Companion to access and reference organizational content

Knowledge Collections empower organizations to connect company documents, resources, and/or existing search infrastructure (i.e., a third-party solution with indexing capabilities) into Zoom AI Companion, enabling it to generate more contextually relevant responses. Custom AI Companion allows companies to connect these knowledge sources through two primary methods:

  1. Direct Data Uploads: Directly uploading documents of your choosing to AI Studio to help AI Companion provide more contextually-aware content and references related to user queries.

  2. Third-Party Index Connection: Connecting a third-party indexing solution, like Amazon Q or Glean, that enables AI Companion to retrieve relevant documents and information from various data sources (e.g., Dropbox, Google Drive, Sharepoint, etc.) through the third-party platform.

When using either of these methods, organizations can leverage their internal documents, knowledge bases, product information, and proprietary content to help AI Companion generate responses that better reflect organizational knowledge and help maintain consistency across communications.

For example, when a user asks, "What company holidays do we have off this year?" or "What's our competitive positioning against Vendor X?", AI Companion can either search through uploaded company documents to provide detailed responses or query connected enterprise indexes to retrieve relevant matches and contextual explanations with source material references, depending on the organization's chosen integration approach.

What’s the big difference between Direct Data Uploads and a Third-Party Index?

That’s a great question! In short, Direct Data Uploads lets admins upload content directly to Zoom that’s accessible to AI Companion, while a Third-Party Index Connection empowers AI Companion to query your existing indexing infrastructure to retrieve content in real time. The following two examples provide additional context for understanding this nuance.

Example - Direct Data Uploads

Imagine you’ve given AI Companion a curated library of company documents. If a user asks, “Where can I find the NDA template for external contractors?” or “Where’s the documentation for setting up a new VPN connection?”, AI Companion searches across the full set of documents your company has uploaded to the Zoom web portal. Based on the user’s and the document’s admin-defined access levels, AI Companion can access documents accessible to the user. From there, it uses a large language model (LLM) to generate a summarized, contextual response, along with a link to the source for easy access.

In this scenario, Zoom AI Companion has access to the full content of the documents your company has provided—unlike an indexed system that instead provides AI Companion with relevant portions of text from documents. However, document visibility and responses are still governed by user group permissions, helping ensure that users only receive information they’re authorized to access.

Example - Third-Party Index Connection

Imagine AI Companion reaching out to a dedicated resource—like a company librarian—who can reference any internal documents made available to them. If a user asks, “Who is responsible for vendor onboarding, and what’s the process?” or “Where can I find our competitive positioning against Vendor X?”, AI Companion passes the request to the company’s index (“librarian”). The index searches through the documents it has access to (based on the underlying data the requesting user is permitted to access and noting that not all company records may be included) and, if the user is authorized, returns relevant matches along with a portion of text from each document that’s most relevant to the request. AI Companion then processes that information with a large language model (LLM), generating a summarized response that includes both contextual explanation and links to the original source materials to help the user better understand the answer.

In this scenario, Zoom AI Companion interacts only with the information the company’s index is authorized to access based on the user’s permissions, and receives only relevant portions of the matching documents.

Knowledge Collection Architecture

The following diagrams outline typical dataflows for Knowledge Collections with Custom AI Companion under Zoom’s federated approach.

Direct Data Uploads

Third-Party Index

Third-Party Applications Skills

Third-Party Application Skills: Empower AI Companion to execute tasks across external platforms

Zoom’s Custom AI Companion supports integrations with third-party applications, enabling AI Companion to actively perform work on users' behalf across external systems without requiring platform switching or manual intervention. Through intelligent automation capabilities, AI Companion can execute comprehensive workflows—such as creating, reading, updating, deleting, and searching Jira tickets—while users remain focused on their primary tasks within Zoom Workplace.

This functionality transforms workflow efficiency by enabling AI Companion to act as an intelligent intermediary that helps manage cross-platform operations, centralizes task execution, and eliminates the friction of juggling multiple applications. Rather than simply providing information about external systems, AI Companion becomes an active participant in business processes, autonomously handling routine operations and complex multi-step workflows across integrated platforms.

For example, when users discuss project issues during a Zoom meeting, AI Companion can intelligently analyze the conversation transcript, proactively suggest creating a Jira ticket, and autonomously populate the ticket with contextually relevant details extracted from the discussion—executing the entire workflow seamlessly while helping ensure critical information is captured and actioned without manual data entry or platform navigation.

AI Companion Third-Party Integrations Architecture

The following diagram outlines typical dataflows for using Custom AI Companion with third-party integrations under Zoom’s federated approach.

AI Companion for Third-Party Meetings

AI Companion for Third-Party Meetings: Bring AI Companion to Google Meet and Microsoft Teams meetings

With Zoom’s Custom AI Companion, users can bring AI Companion to third-party meetings hosted on Microsoft Teams or Google Meet. With this feature, users can still receive post-meeting summaries and transcripts, creating a unified, cross-platform AI experience. This eliminates the need for users to switch between tools and enjoy the same AI-driven features regardless of the meeting platform.

AI Companion Third-Party Meeting Assistant Architecture

The following diagram outlines typical dataflows for Custom AI Companion when used with third-party meeting services.

Managing and Assigning User Licenses, Entitlements, and Information

This section discusses options for user management within Zoom Contact Center, including licenses, entitlements, and user information. Account administrators have two main methods for provisioning Zoom Contact Center users, managing entitlements, and mapping information: automated workflows through single sign-on (SSO) via SCIM, or manual assignment via the Zoom web portal. These options are briefly discussed in the following two sections.

License Assignment Warning

Zoom Contact Center supports two primary license types: and . Named licenses can only be assigned to one individual at a time, while concurrent licenses can be shared by multiple users so long as the maximum number of active users doesn't exceed the number of licenses for an extended period of time.

Note In the event concurrent license utilization exceeds an account’s allocated licenses and the 30 minute grace period, the account will be billed the excess on their next billing cycle.

Within those license types, Zoom Contact Center offers a bundled license (e.g., the Elite license) wherein a single license automatically provides a user with access to Zoom Contact Center, Zoom Workforce Management, Zoom Quality Management, and Zoom AI Expert Assist. Alternatively, Zoom Contact Center also offers unbundled licenses, wherein a user is assigned a single license to gain access to the product, and can be assigned additional add-ons for access to Zoom Workforce Management, Zoom Quality Management, and Zoom AI Expert Assist products individually.

Because of the interplay between named, concurrent, bundled, and unbundled licenses, and how it may affect user provisioning, readers are encouraged to review the following warning attentively.

Warning Accounts using concurrent, bundled (i.e., Elite) licenses must assign additional individual add-ons to unnamed users to gain access to Zoom Workforce Management and Zoom Quality Management.

For example, if an account has 100 call center agents, and 25 Elite concurrent licenses, the remaining 75 individuals must be assigned individual add-ons for Zoom Workforce Management and Zoom Quality Management to use the products. If the individual add-ons are not assigned, those users cannot use the products.

Depending on which licenses your account uses, your configuration process may change. For this reason, the following two sections are separated by bundled and unbundled licenses. If you are not sure which applies to your Zoom account, please speak with your Zoom account team.

Single Sign-On

For accounts utilizing single sign-on (SSO), provisioning users through SAML (security assertion markup language) response mapping or SCIM (system for cross-domain identity management) can streamline the user entitlement and management process. With SAML response mapping, user profile details and entitlements will automatically update each time the user authenticates. Conversely, for accounts using SCIM, user profile information and entitlements will dynamically update as data synchronizes from your identity provider to Zoom.

Although Zoom provides numerous options for profile information and entitlement mapping between SAML and SCIM, how and if this information is applied largely depends on customer configurations within both their identity provider and Zoom account. For this reason, accounts are encouraged to test their SCIM and SAML response mapping configurations for surety of user profile information and entitlement grants when first setting up their Zoom Phone account.

The following sections outline the Zoom Contact Center information that can be mapped to a user’s profile depending on the SSO implementation method of your choosing.

SAML

The following items can be automatically assigned to users through SAML upon authentication:

  • Zoom Contact Center Role

  • Zoom Contact Center Package (License)

    • Essentials

    • Premium

    • Elite

  • Zoom Contact Center Region

  • Zoom Contact Center Add-ons

    • AI Expert Assist

For more information on provisioning users over SCIM, refer to the Zoom App Marketplace for a and options.

Note As of the date of this document’s publication, Zoom Workforce Management and Zoom Quality Management can't be assigned through SAML unless it is through the bundled Elite license. These licenses must otherwise be assigned manually.

SCIM

The following items can be automatically assigned to users through the SCIM API:

  • Zoom Contact Center Role

  • Zoom Contact Center Package (License)

    • Essentials

    • Premium

    • Elite

  • Zoom Contact Center Region

  • Zoom Contact Center Add-Ons

    • AI Expert Assist

    • Zoom Workforce Management

    • Zoom Quality Management

For more information on provisioning users over SCIM, refer to the Zoom App Marketplace for a and options.

Manual Assignment

For accounts without single sign-on or that would prefer to manually provision users, the Zoom web portal provides two primary interfaces for managing user entitlements: individual or bulk user editing through web-based user interfaces, or bulk editing through CSV file uploads.

Web Portal Interface

Account admins can manually provision and assign user licenses through the Zoom web portal’s admin interface. This process typically involves individually selecting users and assigning the appropriate licenses and entitlements through pop-ups and prompts. This process can be effective for configuring a small number of users but may be tedious when configuring a large number of users. Business provisioning many users at once may prefer mass-provisioning users through the CSV upload or Template process, described below.

For more information on this process, refer to Zoom’s support center article on for licenses and if assigning additional add-ons without an Elite license.

CSV Uploads

With CSV uploads, account admins can mass-provision users through a file upload process within the web portal. When provisioning users in bulk through a CSV file, admins can assign the following features to users:

  • Role

  • License (Package)

  • Add-ons

  • Client Integrations (CRM enablement)

  • Agent Queues

  • Supervisor Queues

  • Skills

  • Region

  • Voice and Video Engagement Capacity

  • Email Load to Accept Calls

  • Maximum Concurrent Messaging Engagements

  • Messaging Load to Accept Calls

  • User Access to Contact Center

Warning When making bulk CSV edits, users will be updated exactly as the CSV is configured. This can unintentionally remove already configured user information.

For instance, if a user is currently assigned a license (package) and Queue, and a bulk CSV is uploaded that only specifies the user’s new or updated skills without the license and Queue association reiterated, the user will have their license and Queue assignment removed from their profile.

Put simply, unless you are removing information from a user, all bulk CSV updates should include all current profile information in addition to the new information.

For more information on this process, refer to Zoom’s support center article on .

Templates

Templates enable admins to create and manage standardized contact center user settings, making it easy to configure multiple users simultaneously. These templates can be applied when adding or updating users, whether individually or in bulk, and when updating a user, admins have the flexibility to select which settings to override. Customizable options for templates include:

  • Role

  • License (package)

  • Add-ons

  • Client Integrations (CRM enablement)

  • Agent Queues

  • Supervisor Queues

  • Skills

  • Region

  • Voice and Video Engagement Capacity

  • Email Load to Accept Calls

  • Maximum Concurrent Messaging Engagements

  • Messaging Load to Accept Calls

  • User Access to Contact Center

Refer to Zoom’s support center for more information on .

named licenses
concurrent licenses
complete list of applicable SCIM endpoints
complete list of applicable SCIM endpoints
manually managing Zoom Contact Center users
manually managing user add-ons
batch importing with CSV files
managing contact center user templates
  • Chinese (Simplified)

  • Chinese (Traditional)

  • Dutch

  • English

  • French

  • German

  • Indonesian

  • Italian

  • Japanese

  • Korean

  • Polish

  • Portuguese

  • Russian

  • Spanish

  • Swedish

  • Turkish

Campaign Management

Campaign Management in Zoom Contact Center enables admins to customize entry points and the appearance of engagement invitations, allowing consumers to connect with your contact center through web or in-app contact points, or via outbound outreach.

Web and In-App Campaigns

Web and in-app Campaigns allow account admins to create, design, and manage the way consumers reach your contact center through your website or app. During the creation of a Campaign, the following settings are configurable.

Settings

  • Channels/Sources

    • Chat (Web)

    • Video

    • Voice

    • SMS

    • Callback

  • Name

  • Tags

  • Time Zone

  • Flow

  • Description (Optional)

  • Start Date

  • End Date (Optional)

  • Language

    • Single Language

    • Multiple Languages

    • Supported Languages

Invitation

  • Default Invitation

  • Custom Invitation

    • Name

    • Button Size (pixels)

    • Icon Shape (Custom Supported)

    • Corner Radius

    • Font

    • Text

    • Location

Campaign Location

  • All Engagement Locations

  • Custom Locations

    • Define via page URL/query string

    • Define via Regular Expression

Engagement Window for Web Chat

  • Default Theme

  • Custom Engagement Window

    • Name

    • Description (Optional)

    • Window Height

    • Enable “Download Transcript”

    • Enable “Email Transcript”

    • Header Bar Icon

    • Icon Size

    • Background and Icon Colors

    • Messaging Font

    • Adjustable Colors For:

      • Consumer Messages

      • Brand Messages

      • Quick Reply Buttons

      • Call to Action Buttons

      • Knowledge Base Cards

    • Quick Reply Button Alignment

      • Stacked

      • Inline

      • Full Width

Targeting

  • Select the Devices the Campaign Will Display On

    • Desktop

    • Tablet

    • Mobile

  • HTML Language Attribute Targeting

Voice Calls

  • Assign a Phone Number for Consumers to Call

    • Show the Phone Number in the Invitation

  • Specify Devices to Show Voice Option to Consumers

    • Desktop

    • Mobile

SMS Messages

  • Assign a Phone Number for Consumers to Send an SMS Message

    • Show the Phone Number in the Invitation

  • Specify Devices to Show Voice Option to Consumers

    • Desktop

    • Mobile

Outbound Campaigns

Outbound Campaigns allow account admins to create and manage the way companies perform outbound dialing to a list of contacts. During the creation of a Campaign, the following settings are configurable.

General Settings

  • Name

  • Description (Optional)

  • Dialer Method

    • Progressive

    • Preview

  • Queue

  • Outbound Caller ID Number

  • Campaign Priority

Contacts

  • Contact List

    • Select Contacts to Use In Campaign

      • Select from Address Book

      • Import from CSV

  • Do not Contact List

    • Select Phone Number Records to Exclude from Campaign

      • Select from Address Book

      • Import from CSV

  • Max Attempts Per Contact

    • Range: 1-10

  • Contact Number Dial Order (Configurable)

    • Main

    • Work

    • Home

    • Mobile

    • Other

  • Set Campaign to Always Running

Preview (Requires Preview Dialer Method)

  • Dialing Strategy

    • Automatic

    • Manual

  • Preview Timer

    • Range: 5-60 Seconds

  • Max Skips Allowed

    • Range: 1-5

  • Allow Agent to Ignore Preview Notification

Connection Settings

  • Max Ring Time

Hours

  • Contactable Hours

    • Use Queue Operating Hours

    • Custom Hours

Contacts

The Contacts tab allows account admins to manage lists of contacts to include or exclude for outbound Campaigns. These lists are resourced from the Address Books, but can be sorted into either group (i.e., Contact Lists and Do Not Contact Lists).

Refer to Zoom’s support center for more information on managing Zoom Contact Center Campaigns.

Admin Experience

This section provides an overview of administering Custom AI Companion within your company account, including roles, licenses, provisioning, and general feature use.

Role Management

Role Management: Admins must have role-based permissions to access AI Studio

To access AI Studio within a Zoom account’s web portal, users (admins) must have a role with the sufficient AI Studio permissions. By default, only the account Owner will have access to this feature, and the default Admin role must be assigned these permissions.

To update a role with the applicable permissions, perform the following steps:

  1. As a Zoom account owner or admin authorized to edit roles, navigate to the page on the web portal.

  2. Click the pencil icon to the right of the role you are editing.

  3. Navigate to the AI Studio subsection and define the role access as desired.

  4. Repeat for any additional roles.

Accessing AI Studio

Admins with sufficient role-based permissions can access AI Studio through the Zoom web portal by clicking the AI Studio menu on the left-hand side of the screen, under the Admin subsection.

Licensing

Licensing: Granting Users Access to Custom AI Companion Features

To grant end users access to Custom AI Companion, users must be assigned a Custom AI Companion add-on license.

Account admins can also assign users Custom AI Companion licenses either through manual provisioning or through SSO, via SAML response mapping or SCIM.

Refer to Zoom’s support center for more information on , provisioning through , or including the for Custom AI Companion within their identity provider’s payload.

Knowledge Collections: Direct Data Uploads

To configure a Direct Data Upload knowledge collection, admins can extend the AI Studio menu within the Zoom web portal and click Knowledge.

Direct Data Upload Collections are top-level folders, used to contain relevant Data Sources for each relevant topic

Within the Knowledge tab, admins can create Collections, which operate as top-level folders for a given topic, subject, or group.

For example, if creating a Collection for Human Resources, this Collection would be filled with Data Sources (i.e., documents, resources) most commonly used by the Human Resources department.

Accounts are limited to a maximum of 100 Collections

Each account supports the creation of up to 100 distinct Collections, providing administrators with extensive flexibility to organize and categorize content sources according to specific business requirements and access governance needs.

Collections are customizable with unique icons, names, and descriptions

When creating a Collection, admins can customize the name, description, and icon for the collection from an emoji library.

Access to collections can be restricted on the User Group level

When creating a Collection, account admins can define who can access or use the collection by defining specific User Groups.

By default, Collections are configured to be accessible to an entire account; however, if creating a Human Resources Collection, access can be restricted to all users within the Human Resources user group.

Readers with questions about are encouraged to refer to Zoom’s support center for more information.

Data Sources are the documents and artifacts that fill a Collection “folder”

After a Collection is created, admins can fill the Collection “folder” with the corresponding data sources relevant to the collection, such as PDFs, .txt, .docx, and .doc filetypes.

Each Collection supports up to 2,500 sources, while account-wide source capacity is capped at 20,000 total sources

Each individual Collection accommodates up to 2,500 Data Sources, while account-wide Data Source capacity is limited to 20,000 sources across all Collections combined.

Data Sources are limited to 50MB for each file

Currently, each Data Source must be no greater than 50MB in size.

After uploading Data Sources to a Collection, admins can test the Collection with the new data

After adding new Data Sources to a Collection, account admins can test the functionality of the Knowledge Collection by using the Test feature. Within this testing environment, admins can confirm AI Companion is able to properly reference uploaded Data Sources.

Collections must be formally published after adding new Data Sources to take effect

After adding new Data Sources to a Collection, account admins must Publish the updated Data Source collection to take effect. Failure to Publish the updated changes will result in AI Companion failing to acknowledge and utilize the new Data Sources.

Knowledge Collections: Connecting a Third-Party Index

To integrate a Third-Party Index service with Custom AI Companion, a user or admin with sufficient Zoom App Marketplace permissions, as determined by their User Role, must authorize and complete the connection with the chosen provider.

App Marketplace Integrations

Admins can use the following links to access the Third-Party Index integrations for Zoom with and in the Zoom App Marketplace. To use this feature, your account must have the setting enabled that allows AI Companion to .

After adding an integration, it will appear within the Knowledge list.

Custom Avatars for Zoom Clips

Account admins can enable or disable the use of avatars and custom avatars from the Zoom web portal. There are no further admin-level settings to consider for this feature.

User access to Avatars can be configured on the Account, Group, and User levels

Similar to other Zoom features, Custom AI Companion’s Avatars and Custom Avatar features can be disabled on the , , and levels.

Admins can access these features from the Zoom Web Portal by editing the appropriate level’s Settings, selecting the AI Companion tab, and locating the Clips subsection.

Custom Dictionary

To configure a Custom Dictionary as a user or admin with sufficient AI Studio permissions, extend the AI Studio menu within the Zoom web portal and click Custom Dictionary.

Custom Dictionary supports both manual editing and CSV-based import/export

Account admins can manage their account’s custom dictionary through two methods: manual management, or via CSV import/export within AI Studio.

Manual Management

To manually add words to a custom dictionary, click the + Add manually button. Within the pop-up, enter one word on each line, separated by a breakline.

To manually delete a word from the dictionary, click the trash icon .

CSV Import/Export

To create or update a custom dictionary in bulk, upload a CSV file with all new words in a single column of the document (e.g., Column A).

Before modifying a custom dictionary via CSV, account admins are encouraged to export and save a copy before making any changes. When uploading the file, account admins will be prompted to either Add to or Replace the dictionary with the file. In the event of a mis-click, the previously-saved copy can be used as a backup.

After updating the Custom Dictionary, account admins can test to confirm the new words are recognized using a pre-recorded file or an ad-hoc recording

After adding additional words to the account’s Custom Dictionary, account admins can test the performance of Zoom AI Companion’s recognition of the new words either by uploading a pre-recorded audio file, or making an ad-hoc audio recording using the in-browser tool.

Custom Dictionary must be formally published before new words will be recognized by AI Companion

After adding new words to a Custom Dictionary, account admins must Publish the changes to take effect. Failure to Publish may result in AI Companion failing to recognize new terms. Once published, AI Companion will utilize the Custom Dictionary to improve transcription accuracy in all future meetings for users with the Custom AI Companion add-on.

Accounts are currently limited to one custom dictionary

As of the date of this document’s publication, accounts are currently limited to one custom dictionary at a time. Speak with your Zoom account team for more information.

Custom Meeting Summary Templates

The Custom Meeting Summary Templates section is where account users or admins with access to AI Studio can create custom meeting summary templates.

Admins create custom meeting summaries by entering a brief prompt, which generative AI expands into a tailored summary template based on the topic

When creating a custom meeting summary, admins enter a brief prompt describing the type of meeting—such as “Quarterly Business Review”—and generative AI uses that input to build a tailored meeting summary template. For example, the resulting structure might include sections for financial performance, goal progress, key challenges, and next steps, making it easier to capture the most relevant insights for that meeting type.

Admins can customize the list of meeting summary topics, by including topic descriptions that AI Companion will use to match content to the summary

During the custom summary creation process, admins can customize the list of summary topics by defining specific sections and adding descriptions that guide how AI Companion organizes meeting content. These descriptions help AI Companion understand what type of information to look for and include in each section. For example, if a summary topic is labeled “Project Risks” with a description like “Identify any potential risks or blockers mentioned during the meeting,” AI Companion will analyze the transcript and populate that section with relevant content. This flexibility gives organizations greater control over how meeting insights are captured and structured.

Once the topics are created, admins can test the summary templates in AI Studio

After confirming the list of summary topics, admins can test the customized meeting summary template using simulated conversational data, which is consequently processed through the template to check for quality and consistency.

Admins can also test the custom summary template using a prior Zoom meeting transcript

If desired, admins can test the template using a past Zoom meeting transcript to evaluate how it performs with real meeting content and assess the quality of the custom meeting summary template. This is especially useful for refining templates based on the types of meetings their teams regularly conduct.

After testing the template, it can be published to the entire account or a subset of User Groups

Once the template’s test is complete, it can be published to either the entire account, or a specific subset of Zoom User Groups.

Note

Users must be assigned a Custom AI Companion add-on license to use a customized meeting summary template.

Third-Party Meetings with AI Companion

This section explains how to adjust Custom AI Companion’s settings for joining third-party meetings.

Using AI Companion in Third-Party Meetings can be configured on the Account, Group, and User Levels

Similar to other Zoom features, Custom AI Companion’s ability to join Third-Party Meetings can be disabled on the , , and levels.

Admins can access these features from the Zoom Web Portal by editing the appropriate level’s Settings, selecting the AI Companion tab, and locating the Custom AI Companion subsection.

Third-Party Skills

To integrate Third-Party Skills with Custom AI Companion, a user or admin with sufficient Zoom App Marketplace permissions, as determined by their User Role, must authorize and complete the connection with the chosen provider.

App Marketplace Integrations

Admins can search the Zoom App Marketplace for supported AI Companion integrations, such as . To use this feature, your account must have the setting enabled that .

Zoom Workforce Management

The following sections describe features available to Zoom Contact Center and Zoom Workforce Management supervisors.

Note

This section assumes that supervisors are assigned a Zoom Workforce Management license and that the product is fully configured within an account, including key features like Forecasts, Schedules, Activities, Shifts, and more. Processes described within this section are not exhaustive and are intended to provide a general understanding of using the product on a day-to-day basis. Readers with questions are encouraged to refer to the for a comprehensive overview of the product and its fundamental components, or speak with their Zoom Account team for more information.

Scheduling

This section provides an overview of the supervisor scheduling experience.

While Zoom expects that forecasting will become the more commonly used scheduling method compared to manual scheduling, Forecasts can't be generated without first establishing the underlying scheduling infrastructure. For that reason, this section begins by covering scheduling fundamentals before moving on to forecasting below. Readers with questions are encouraged to refer to the section for further clarification.

For detailed, step-by-step instructions on setting up the underlying scheduling infrastructure, visit Zoom’s support center for guidance on .

Creating a Schedule

Creating a Schedule within Zoom Workforce Management can be understood as a three-step process: Setup, Planning, and Refinement. Although these steps require additional sub-processes—like creating a Forecast or a Shift—as you create the underlying infrastructure (e.g., Scheduling Groups, Activities, and Shifts) the process is simplified over time as the scheduling infrastructure can be continually reused.

Setup

To initiate scheduling in Zoom Workforce Management, the first step requires establishing the core scheduling infrastructure supporting the process. This includes creating Scheduling Groups, Activities, and Shifts that will be linked to Agents. Once these infrastructure elements are in place for a specific Scheduling Group, a scheduling administrator can proceed to the planning phase.

Planning

The planning phase determines the nature of a Schedule. Scheduling administrators have two scheduling methods available:

  • Manual Scheduling: Create and customize a Schedule using Activities and Shifts.

  • Forecasting: A mechanized scheduling solution that uses Activities and Shift information to schedule agents according to forecasted engagement volume, but may require some manual adjustments.

After deciding the scheduling approach and doing the necessary sub-processes (if applicable), the scheduling administrator can proceed to the refinement phase.

Refinement

The refinement stage involves fine-tuning a Schedule or Forecast to ensure adequate activity and Shift coverage. For manual scheduling, this entails confirming your scheduled coverage meets your expected demand. For Forecasts, this entails ensuring that there is for the anticipated engagement volume.

Forecasting

This section provides an overview of the supervisor forecasting experience. Readers with questions about Forecasting are encouraged to refer to the section for additional information and further clarification.

For additional assistance, refer to Zoom’s support center for detailed, step-by-step instructions on .

Creating a Forecast

Forecasts are used to anticipate future contact center engagement volume and maintain sufficient staffing. Although a Forecast depends on the development of additional scheduling infrastructure—like Scheduling Groups—creating a Forecast can be understood in three phases: Initialization, Preview, and Publication.

Initialization

During the initialization phase of a Forecast, the pre-existing infrastructure, particularly Scheduling Groups, is utilized. If a Scheduling Group is set up with at least one contact center Queue and its associated agents, the remaining initial steps involve defining essential aspects of the Forecast. This includes assigning a name, specifying the starting date, setting the duration (up to four weeks), and determining the targeted metrics to be considered.

Preview

Following the initialization of a Forecast, the preview stage offers a comprehensive summary of projected call volume and expected staffing requirements. This includes the anticipated volume for each 15-minute interval and the average duration of call handling (i.e., talking + hold time + after-call work). If necessary, scheduling administrators can or the Forecast to account for any anticipated changes in volume that are not otherwise represented through historical data. After confirming the Forecasted volume, scheduling administrators can generate recommended staffing for the Forecast.

Publication

After previewing a Forecast’s call volume and staffing requirements, the final step is to finalize and publish the Forecast to the Schedule. This may involve a second pass of fine-tuning staffing levels to ensure sufficient coverage for projected engagement volume. Once staffing levels are confirmed, the forecasted-Schedule is ready for publication.

Schedule Change Requests

Within the Request Management section of Zoom Workforce Management, supervisors can review schedule change, out of office, and shift swap requests from agents, and approve or decline them with the push of a button.

Supervisors can additionally choose notification preferences for schedule change requests, including notification via email, the Activity Center, or SMS to enable quick response and turnaround times.

Refer to Zoom’s support center for more information on .

Intraday Management

This section provides an overview of intraday management tools as a Zoom Contact Center supervisor with a Zoom Workforce Management License.

Real-Time Adherence Dashboard

Zoom Workforce Management includes a real-time Adherence dashboard for intraday employee and team management, providing contact center supervisors with live insight into how the schedule is being followed. Data included within the Adherence Dashboard includes:

  • Agent Adherence

  • Overall Adherence (Team Level)

  • Agent Name

  • In/Out Status

  • Scheduled Activity

  • Ready Status

  • Sub-Status

  • Time In Status

  • Time Out of Adherence

  • Daily Agent Adherence Percentage

If an agent's status doesn't align with their scheduled Activity, they are marked as out of adherence, and their daily adherence score is updated in real time. Additionally, supervisors can choose to receive automatic notifications, via email or SMS, either immediately or after a specified amount of time whenever an agent falls out of adherence.

For example, if an agent is scheduled for a Phone Queue Activity between the hours of 8:00 and 10:00 a.m. but goes on an unscheduled break at 9:00 a.m., the agent is marked as out of adherence and their daily adherence percentage is dynamically updated until their status returns to their assigned Activity. If supervisor notifications are turned on with a five minute delay, the supervisors will be notified of the agent’s out-of-adherence status after five minutes have passed.

Refer to Zoom’s support center for additional information on .

Intraday Schedule Management and Re-Forecasting

Throughout a workday, forecasted engagement volumes and actual agent staffing may not always align, requiring call center supervisors to make ad-hoc adjustments to Schedules and Activities. To handle these changes effectively, supervisors can perform intraday management within the Schedule, allowing them to dynamically re-forecast, add, remove, or replace scheduled Activities, either in bulk or for individual agents as needed.

From the published Schedule, supervisors can perform the following actions for Intraday management:

  • Re-Forecast Agent Activities

  • Edit Assigned Activity

  • Edit Activity Duration or Start/End Time

  • Review Net Staffing

  • Add Activities to an Individual

  • Add Activities in Bulk

The following image illustrates a re-optimized daily schedule, with the dotted lines indicating previous lunch and break times, and the solid time blocks reflecting a freshly optimized schedule better suited to meet the day’s requirements.

Queues and Skills

This section discusses Queues and Skills.

Queues

Queues contact channel-specific groups that determine the agents calls are routed to.

Within Zoom Contact Center, a Queue refers to a contact channel-specific group that determines which agents receive incoming interactions, like calls, messages, emails, or video engagements. Queues are typically organized by criteria like agent skills or departments, helping ensure that interactions are routed to the most appropriate group of agents. For instance, a Queue may be dedicated to handling billing inquiries, where only agents with relevant expertise are included.

By defining Queues based on specific channels or topics, contact centers can efficiently direct consumer interactions to the right agents, minimizing wait times and improving resolution quality. This targeted routing helps ensure that consumer inquiries are handled by agents best equipped to resolve them, leading to better overall service and consumer satisfaction.

Configurable settings for Queues include:

  • Inbound

  • Outbound

  • Callback

  • Other

  • Policies

  • Channel Upgrades

  • Survey

Refer to Zoom’s support center for more information on managing Queues.

Inbound Settings

  • Assigned Users

  • Maximum Engagements In Queue

  • Engagement Distribution

    • Longest Idle

    • Longest Idle While Ready

    • Sequential

    • Rotating

  • Engagement Acceptance

    • Manual

    • Automatic

  • Launch URL (Inbound Call)

  • Consumer Routing Profile

  • Agent Routing Profile

  • Maximum Wait Duration

    • Minutes

    • Seconds

    • Hours

  • Overflow

    • Route to:

      • Message then Disconnect

      • Voicemail

      • Queue

      • Flow

  • Queue Waiting Experience

    • Media While Connecting Call

    • Media While Transferring

    • Media While On Hold

    • Interrupts

  • Dispositions

    • Mandatory

    • Optional

  • Wrap-Up Duration

  • Wrap-Up Auto Close

  • Short Abandon

  • Service Level

    • Time (Seconds)

    • Exclude Short-Abandoned Calls

    • Exclude Long-Abandoned Calls

    • Target Percentage

  • Alert

  • AI Expert Assist

Outbound Settings

  • Outbound Calls (Enable/Disable)

  • Caller ID Number

  • Launch URL (Outbound Call)

  • Media While Transferring

  • Media While On Hold

  • Dispositions

    • Mandatory

    • Optional

  • Wrap-Up Duration

  • Wrap-Up Auto Close

  • Outbound Labels (Short/Long Calls)

    • Minimum Duration (Seconds)

    • Maximum Duration (Minutes)

Callback Settings

  • Queue Callback

  • Scheduled Callback

  • Customer Inquiry Option

    • Keywords

  • Schedule Experience

Other Settings

  • Operating Hours

  • Business Hours

  • Closures

  • Queue Availability

  • Recording Storage Location

Policies

  • Automatic Call Recording

  • Ad Hoc Call Recording

  • Live Transcription

  • Search Address Book Contacts

  • Search Zoom Phone Contacts

  • Transfers and Conferencing

    • Allow Transfers

    • Allow Conferencing

    • To:

      • Queues

        • Users

        • Flows

    • Call Data (Transfers)

      • Transfer Initiator

        • Consumer Sentiment

        • Conversation Summary

        • CRM Ticket Info

        • Variables

    • Exempt Queue Supervisors

  • AI Companion

    • Agent Talk Metrics

    • Consumer Sentimenet

    • Summarize Conversation

    • Generate Follow-Up Tasks

  • AI Expert Assist

    • Info Retrieval

    • Knowledge Base

    • Next Best actions

    • Recommended Dispositions

    • Smart Notes

  • Redact Personal Data

Channel Upgrades

  • Upgrade to Video

  • Video Transfers

  • Video Engagement Wrap-Up

  • Automatically Turn On Video

  • Remote Control

  • Video Virtual Background

  • Automatic Call Recording (Upgraded Calls)

  • Ad Hoc Recording (Upgraded Calls)

Survey

  • Voice Survey

  • Video Survey

Skills (Optional)

Skills are how agents are assigned consumers based on agent capabilities.

Skills is an optional feature designed to categorize and evaluate agents’ abilities to handle various types of interactions based on their expertise. This function supports two main types of Skills: Proficiency-Based Skills and Text-Based Skills. By utilizing both proficiency-based and text-based skills, contact centers can effectively match consumers with agents who have the right expertise and language abilities, enhancing the quality and efficiency of service.

Refer to Zoom’s support center for more information on managing skills.

Proficiency-Based Skills: Rated Skills for Priority Routing

Proficiency-Based Skills enable a business to evaluate and categorize agents based on their expertise and competency in specific areas of service or support on a scale that can range from 1 to 25, indicating the agent’s level of expertise in the applicable area. Proficiency-based skills are typically more important for real-time engagements, where information may be quickly exchanged and using supplemental tools may slow the conversation down.

For example, an agent with a proficiency rating of 5 in technical support would be preferred for complex technical issues, while an agent with a rating of 1 might handle simpler queries. This rating system helps route interactions to agents whose skill levels match the complexity of the consumer’s needs.

Text-Based Skills: General Skills for Text-Based Conversations

Text-Based Skills refer to the agent’s ability to handle interactions based on text-based content, such as language proficiency or familiarity with specific terminologies. Unlike proficiency-based skills, text-based skills are not rated in any capacity, but are categorized to help ensure that interactions that require certain knowledge types are directed to agents with the appropriate capabilities.

For example, if a consumer submits a chat request asking for assistance with a software integration issue using specific technical jargon, the system will route it to an agent with expertise in that particular technology. This helps ensure consumers receive precise support from someone familiar with the technical details, while the agent may have access to additional tools for translating messages back and forth without significantly slowing down the conversation.

Role Management
manually assigning licenses
advanced SAML response mapping
SCIM 2 parameter
user groups
Amazon Q
Glean
access your organization’s data sources
Account
Group
User
Account
Group
User
Jira
allows AI Companion to perform tasks in third-party apps
Zoom Workforce Management Explainer section
Zoom Workforce Management Core Concepts
configuring Zoom Workforce Management schedules and activities
sufficient net staffing
Zoom Workforce Management Core Concepts
creating and viewing a Forecast
fine tune
bulk edit
handling time off requests
viewing the real-time adherence dashboard

Zoom Virtual Agent Reports

The following sections outline different reports and data available with Zoom Virtual Agent.

Chatbot Performance Report

The Chatbot Performance Report offers supervisors and administrators a comprehensive visual overview of Zoom Virtual Agent effectiveness and performance within an account, including key insights into areas for enhancement and actionable improvements that can optimize chatbot performance. Within the report, supervisors can see metrics including self-service rates (SSRs), engagement counts, and average response time, as well as insights into Bot Flow effectiveness in resolving consumer issues, ultimately contributing to a reduction in support contacts

This report is broken down into multiple categories, discussed in the following sections. For more information, refer to Zoom’s support center for the Chatbot Performance Report.

Overview Tab

The Chatbot Overview Report provides data and graphs for key chatbot performance indicators. Inside, the report includes customizable timeframes and can filter data by bot, Campaign, and outcome.

With the Overview Report, the following information is available:

  • Self-service Rate

  • Engagements

  • Self-serviced Engagements

  • Engagement Outcomes

  • Engagement Outcome Trends

  • Support Channel Breakdown

  • Support Channel Trends

  • Campaign Usage Breakdown

  • Campaign Usage Trends

  • Bot Flow Insights

Overview Detail Tab

Supplemental to the Overview Report, the Detail tab of the report provides additional insight to chatbot conversations. With the Detail Report, the following information is available:

  • Engagement ID

  • Engagement Chat History

  • Start Time

  • Bot Used

  • Bot Flows Used

  • Outcome

  • Intent(s) Matched

  • Answers Shown

Bot Flow Tab

The Bot Flow tab measures an array of chatbot metrics that can indicate a chatbot’s effectiveness with end users. Information reported includes:

  • Bot Flow Outcomes

  • Bot Flow Outcome Trends

  • Bot Flow Average Duration

  • Bot Flow Performance

  • Bot Flow Insights

  • Cost Savings Trend

Using this information, an admin or authorized user can identify underperforming elements of a chatbot and improve Bot Flow or underlying logic to reduce unnecessary support handoffs and reduce conversation duration.

Intents Tab

The Intents tab provides valuable insights into the chatbot's performance and its ability to understand and respond to user queries effectively. Information reported includes:

  • Matched Intent Breakdown

  • Intent Distribution

  • Intent Trend

Knowledge Base Tab

The Knowledge Base tab provides insight into knowledge base article performance within the chatbot. Information reported includes:

  • Article Usage

  • Article Usage Trends

  • Article Performance

  • Article Performance Trends

  • Article self-service rate (SSR)

  • Total views for each article

Query Insights Tab

The Query Insights tab provides valuable insights into the queries consumers enter into the chatbot. Information reported includes:

  • Query Matching

  • Query Trend

  • Query Handling

Consumer Engagement Surveys Report

With the Consumer Engagement Survey, supervisors and account admins can review the results of surveys from consumers, including applicable engagement IDs and an aggregated overview of scores for the given timeframe.

History Data Download Report

With Zoom Virtual Agent’s History Data Download report, admins can download up to the last two years of query or engagement data for additional analysis. Data is exported on a per-Campaign basis, but can include all Campaigns simultaneously if desired. Additionally, data can be exported in a CSV, JSON, or XML format.

Exportable engagement data includes:

  • Engagement ID

  • Bot Flows

  • Intent group

  • Knowledge base

  • Duration

  • Engagement Outcome

  • Transcript URL

  • Bot

  • Intent

  • Article

  • Start time

  • Campaign

  • Language

  • Selected Support Option

Exportable query data includes:

  • Query

  • Query type

  • Date

  • Match type

  • Match

  • Knowledge base

  • Confidence score

  • Confidence threshold

  • Engagement ID

  • Engagement outcome

  • Bot

  • Language

Subscriptions

The Subscriptions section allows supervisors to automatically subscribe to recurring reports on a weekly basis for Campaign results. Within the report, an account admin or supervisor can view a summary of a Campaign’s performance for the previous week, ending on either Saturday or Sunday, subject to the subscriber’s preference.

Content provided within the Weekly Highlights Email Report includes:

  • Key Metrics

    • Self-Service Rate

    • Number of Engagements

    • Number of Self-serviced Engagements

  • Intent Trends

  • Top Bot Flows (most used last week)

  • Top Articles (most used last week)

From the email, users can click on each metric to view additional details within the web portal for additional insight and information.

Refer to Zoom’s support center for more information on subscribing to Zoom Virtual Agent reports.

Monthly Usage Report

The Monthly Usage Report provides a snapshot of chatbot engagement volume for the current subscription month, as well as projected overage costs. Within the report, an account admin can view the following information:

  • Current Plan Engagement Allotment

  • Current-month Engagements

  • Projected Engagements for the Month

  • Actual Overage for the Month

  • Projected Overage for the Month

  • Projected Overage Cost

  • Historical Activity

  • Historical Consumption

  • Plan Changes Over Time

Zoom and Mitel Phone System Integration Field Guide

Overview

Zoom and Mitel are teaming up to improve your VoIP system. With this phone system integration — or PSI — you can get the best of both worlds: the collaboration power of Zoom Workplace and the calling capabilities of your existing Mitel system, all from within the desktop and mobile Zoom Workplace apps.

If you're already using Zoom Workplace, thinking about getting started with Zoom Workplace, or adding more Zoom Workplace features and you've got a compatible Mitel setup, this integration is a great fit.

Here's the idea: your Zoom Phone tab becomes a SIP (session initiation protocol) softphone that connects directly to the Mitel calling platform. If you're connecting over the internet, it uses Mitel's OpenScape Session Border Controller, or SBC. You'll also use Mitel CloudLink to make logins easier and manage users more smoothly between Zoom and Mitel.

Just a heads-up, you'll need to have all the right Zoom and Mitel components in place for this integration to work properly.

Zoom and Mitel PSI Features

This integration brings a whole range of features to your current Mitel deployment. Here are just a few you can take advantage of:

  • Make and receive calls

  • Handle multiple calls at once

  • Put calls on hold or start a conference

  • Transfer calls (cold or warm)

  • Access voicemail

  • View call history and logs

  • Set up call forwarding

  • Use Do Not Disturb mode

  • Sync corporate contacts

  • Turn a phone call into a Zoom meeting

  • View presence status between Zoom Apps (limited with Mitel phones)

  • Jump from Team Chat to a PSI call

High-Level Requirements

The following sections outline high level requirements for this integration.

Zoom Specifics

To get things running on the Zoom side, you'll need:

  • An account owner or admin role to manage users, the PSI, and Zoom Phone

  • A supported license per user, such as:

    • Zoom Workplace Business/Business+

    • Zoom Workplace Essentials/Enterprise/Enterprise+/Enterprise Premier

    • Legacy Meeting licenses (ENH/EAH)

    • Any plan with Zoom Phone Pro

  • Zoom Phone configured and active for your organization

  • turned off for Zoom Workplace licenses

  • Zoom Workplace app version 6.3.6 or higher

Mitel Specifics

On the Mitel side, here's what you'll need:

PBX Hardware Compatibility:

  • OpenScape Voice (OSV)

  • OpenScape 4k (OS4k)

  • Mitel CloudLink

  • MiVoice Business (MiVB)

  • MiVoice 5000 (MiV5k) - Expected Q3 2025

  • MiVoice MX-One - Expected Q4 2025

Supported Apps and Platforms:

  • Mitel Administration App

  • OpenScape 4000 Platform (for OS4k)

  • OpenScape Common Management Platform (for OSV)

  • OpenScape SBC Management Portal (for OSV and OS4k)

  • OpenScape SBC (for external registration with OSV/OS4k)

Licenses:

  • Mitel ZoomPSI or Hybrid

  • Teleworker License

There are a few important things to know before you start the integration process:

  • The Zoom Workplace app uses the .

  • Phone signaling/media IPs and ports are determined by the Mitel configuration and may differ from standards. Contact Mitel or your Mitel partner if you need additional information.

  • You must have a Teleworker license for both the Zoom Workplace desktop and mobile apps — two licenses per user. These are essential for connecting back to the Mitel PBX.

Architecture

The following diagrams show a high-level view of the integration between Zoom and Mitel:

The integration is straightforward between Zoom and Mitel, with the work on Zoom's side averaging around 45 minutes, with a larger portion on the Mitel side. Reach out to Mitel or your Mitel partner for additional questions or information on timing.

Configure the Integration

Any admin performing these steps will need the Phone System Integration permission to complete all steps.

Complete the Initial Zoom Phone Setup

If you are a new customer and haven't configured Zoom Phone yet, follow our support document on . Otherwise, continue with the next step.

Disable the Automatic Phone License Assignment for Zoom Workplace

To disable automatic license assignment for Zoom Phone for all users in the account:

  1. Sign in to the as an admin.

  2. In the left navigation menu, click Account Management, then Account Settings.

  3. Click the Zoom Phone tab.

  4. Under General, click the Activate Zoom Phone users automatically toggle to disable it.

  5. If a verification dialog displays, click Disable to verify the change.

Add Users to Zoom

You can add users individually, with a CSV file, or by using SSO (single sign-on) using the steps in our support document on . If you invite an existing user to join your Zoom account, learn more about the process of , such as handling any remaining balances and data that will be transferred to your account.

Assign Licenses to Users

You can assign Zoom product licenses individually or in bulk. More information is available on how to in the linked article.

Install the Mitel App from Zoom App Marketplace

To connect Zoom with Mitel CloudLink, follow the steps below:

  1. Sign in to the as an admin.

  2. In the left navigation menu, under Advanced click on App Marketplace.

  3. Use the search box to find the Mitel PSI App and select it. Click Add.

  4. Click Create Connector.

  5. Click Connect to confirm that you want to connect the third-party Mitel Connector to your Zoom account. A browser window will open, redirecting you to Mitel CloudLink.

  6. Sign in to Mitel CloudLink. The communication between Zoom and Mitel's CloudLink is now complete.

Note

Mitel also has an App Store for CloudLink where Zoom can be added to get redirected to Zoom for completion.

Configure Phone Integration Settings

To enable Zoom Workplace mobile app users to place calls via a Mitel on-premises system, follow the steps below:

  1. Sign in to the as an admin.

  2. In the left navigation menu, click Account Management, then Phone System Integration.

  3. Click the Settings tab.

  4. To integrate calling on the Zoom Workplace mobile app, select the Allow use the integrated phone system to phone call on Zoom mobile client toggle.

  5. If a verification dialog appears, click Enable or Disable to verify the change.

Notes

  • Ensure that this setting is always enabled.

  • If this option is turned on and the users are on the list of Phone System Integration, these users can use a Mitel on-premises system to place a call via the Zoom Workplace mobile app.

Add Zoom Users to the Mitel PSI

You can choose to add users manually or in bulk via CSV. See the steps for in our linked support article.

Verify the Zoom-Mitel Integration in the Zoom Workplace App

To verify the integration is configured properly, sign in to the Zoom Workplace app (desktop or mobile) and click the Phone tab. Ensure that you can see the Caller ID (extension from Mitel) and that there are no error messages. If there are errors, the Status Column provides relevant information:

Status
Description

Configure Mitel User Management

Use the references in our guide for some information to get you started. Contact Mitel or your Mitel partner for questions or additional information.

Security Considerations

Our guide has some security considerations for your organization. Contact Mitel or your Mitel partner for questions or additional information.

Manage External Contacts (non-Zoom Contacts)

Account owners and admins can create a shared directory of external contacts. There is more information in our guide. Contact Mitel or your Mitel partner for questions or additional information.

Frequently Asked Questions

License or software updates may be required, depending on your Mitel system configuration

Every Mitel setup is different, so what you need depends on your specific configuration. Your Mitel partner can quickly assess your system and tell you if you need license upgrades (like Teleworker licenses) or software updates to make everything compatible. It's worth a quick check since requirements vary widely between deployments.

Mitel CloudLink is required for this integration to work

Yes, CloudLink is key. It helps keep everything in sync between Zoom and your Mitel system, like your user info and login credentials. It also simplifies managing users.

Yes, this integration works alongside Zoom Phone deployments

You can mix and match — some offices can use unintegrated Zoom Phone while others use the Mitel integration. With a BYOC/BYOP trunk connecting them, users can even dial extensions between different systems. Use what works best for each location.

You can use both a Mitel desk phone and the Zoom Workplace app

The Zoom Workplace app works alongside your existing desk phone, not instead of it. Both can ring when someone calls your extension, so you can answer whichever is convenient. Your Mitel system treats Zoom Phone like another phone on your desk.

Zoom connects to Mitel via CloudLink

CloudLink is the bridge that makes Zoom and Mitel talk to each other. It handles three main things: verifying users are who they say they are, keeping user info synced between both systems, and securely passing the login credentials Zoom needs to connect to your Mitel system. Without CloudLink acting as the translator, these two systems wouldn't be able to work together — it's what makes the integration possible.

You can’t send SMS messages through this integration

SMS isn't supported at this time because the Zoom Workplace app is essentially acting as a softphone that connects to your Mitel system for voice calls only. SMS works on completely different technology that your Mitel system handles separately. Think of it this way: Zoom is borrowing your Mitel system's calling features, but SMS lives in a different part of that system that isn't accessible through this integration. You'll need to stick with your current Mitel SMS tools for now, though this might change in future updates.

The Network Connectivity Tool will not work with Mitel phones

Zoom's Network Connectivity Tool can't test your Mitel phone connections because it's designed to check Zoom's own servers, not your Mitel system. When you're using this integration, your calls go through Mitel's network (either directly to your PBX or through Mitel's servers), so Zoom's testing tool simply can't see or test those pathways. It's like trying to use a car's diagnostic tool on a different make — they just speak different languages. The tool will still work fine for testing your regular Zoom meeting connections, though.

Zoom users cannot see presence for users who only have Mitel desk phones

Your traditional Mitel desk phones don't share whether someone is available or on a call with Zoom. The integration works great for showing presence between Zoom Workplace app users, but those old-school desk phones operate in their own world and can't share their status with Zoom's system. It's on the roadmap to improve this, but for now you'll only see presence for people actually using the Zoom Workplace app.

Currently, there are no AI features available with the Mitel PSI integration

Your calls go through Mitel's system, not Zoom's cloud where the AI lives, so Zoom's AI Companion can't access your conversations. That means no automatic voicemail transcription, call summaries, or other AI features you'd get with unintegrated Zoom Phone. The calls completely bypass Zoom's AI processing. Future updates might change this, but for now you'll need to use whatever AI tools your Mitel system offers.

If something’s not working after setup, check your Phone Integration settings in Zoom

When calls aren't working, check the sync status on the Integrated Users tab in the Phone System Integration settings in the Admin Portal. Sync failures usually mean CloudLink isn't passing credentials properly — that's when you'll want to check your CloudLink logs to see what's wrong.

You’re in charge of your device certificates

Since you're connecting to your own Mitel system (not Zoom's servers), you need to install your company's security certificates on every device that will use this integration. Think of certificates like digital keys — Zoom manages their own keys for an unintegrated Zoom Phone, but with this integration, you're using your own "keys" to connect to your own system. Your IT team needs to make sure every laptop, phone, and tablet has the right certificates installed or they won't be able to make secure connections to your Mitel system.

Connecting is easy, whether on-site or on the corporate network

The system adapts how it connects depending on where you are. If you're working from home or a coffee shop, your mobile and desktop apps will connect through CloudLink and Mitel's Session Border Controller for security. But if you're in the office on your company network, your desktop can connect directly to the Mitel PBX for faster, more efficient calling. Mobile devices always use the secure external route for consistency and security, regardless of location.

Only Account Owners or Admins can add the Mitel PSI App to Zoom

While the Mitel PSI app does not use Owner or Admin privileges after installation, it does require them for the initial setup. Please note: if the Owner or Admin who originally added the App leaves the account, the integration will stop working. To restore functionality, another Admin or the new Owner will need to reauthorize the App.

10DLC Compliance

10DLC (10-Digit Long Code) is a compliance framework that ensures that mobile carriers know who is sending text messages from business phone numbers and for what purpose. Mobile carriers in the US and Canada (AT&T, Verizon Wireless, T-Mobile, US Cellular, and others) now require 10DLC compliance before messages can be sent via application-based services like Zoom Phone and Zoom Contact Center. This requirement helps build trust between businesses and consumers by reducing spam and ensuring that messages come from registered businesses.

There are three major steps that comprise 10DLC registration: brand creation and approval, campaign creation and approval, and assigning phone numbers to your campaign. The following sections will guide you through 10DLC registration for the mobile carrier’s review.

Create a Brand

To use SMS with Zoom Phone, you must first create a 10DLC brand to register your business information with Zoom Phone carriers. Creating and verifying your brand’s identity gives carriers confidence that the SMS sender is legitimate. Your brand must be created and approved before creating an SMS Campaign. By default, you will be allowed to create one brand in the Zoom web portal. If you need to create more than one brand, contact your Zoom account manager for more information. Please note that each additionally registered brand will incur a monthly cost.

Important

You will need a valid Tax ID to complete Brand registration. If you do not have a valid Tax ID, you will need to get one. Social Security Numbers are not accepted.

  1. Sign in to the Zoom web portal as an admin with the privilege to edit account settings.

  2. In the navigation menu, select Number Management, then click SMS Campaigns.

  3. You will be presented with a link to review the 10DLC Brand and Campaign creation checklist.

  1. Select the following confirmation checkbox: I confirm that I have read and understood the 10DLC Campaign creation checklist.

  2. Click Create 10DLC Brand to begin creating the Brand.

Step 1: Brand Summary

On the Brand Summary page, enter the following:

  • Legal Company Name

  • DBA/Brand Name (if applicable). This name will be used in your opt-in, opt-out, and help messages that are sent to SMS recipients.

  • Your company’s Legal Form. Choose from the following options in the dropdown: Private Profit, Public Profit, Non Profit, Government.

Note

If your legal form is Public Profit, you must undergo additional multi-factor authentication-based verification before your brand is approved.

  • Country/Region of Registration. The following countries are supported: United States, Canada, Australia, Belarus, Chile, Croatia, Hungary, Iceland, Ireland, Italy, Latvia, Lithuania, Luxembourg, Malaysia, Malta, Netherlands, New Zealand, Norway, Poland, Portugal, Romania, Saudi Arabia, Singapore, Slovakia, Slovenia, Sweden, Taiwan, and United Arab Emirates.

  • State/Province

  • Tax Number, VAT Number ID, or EIN (Employer Identification Number). This applies to the United States and Canada only. Businesses in Canada need to use their Business Identification Number (BIN).

  • Your Business Location Address

Note

If you cannot find the city in the dropdown, you can type it in the field.

  • Once complete, click Continue.

Step 2: Brand Details & Contact

In the Brand Details, complete the brand details and contact information, and enter the following:

  • Website: Enter your website and include https://

Note

Public Profit brands will see an additional field called Contact email for verification. Enter the contact details of the person who will receive the two-factor authentication (2FA) passcode via email and complete the verification.

  • Vertical Type: The vertical type is your company’s industry.

  • Stock Exchange (if applicable)

  • Stock Symbol (if applicable)

  • Once complete, click Continue.

Step 3: Confirmation

Review your brand information and ensure that all information is correct.

Important

Once you submit, you cannot edit your brand. Please make any necessary changes before submitting. If you need to make changes after submitting, you must delete the brand and re-submit due to legal restrictions and carrier visibility.

By selecting “Submit”, you are E-signing to create your account with our carriers and building a new Brand to be used for SMS.

  • Once ready, click Submit. In most cases, brand approval takes 1–2 hours.

You can check the status of your Brand by accessing SMS Campaigns in the Zoom web portal. Under My Brand, view the status beneath the Brand Status column. The brand status will show as Pending, Rejected, or Active (if approved). The person who submitted the 10DLC Brand will receive an email notification when the brand is rejected or approved.

Create a Campaign

Once your 10DLC Brand is approved, you can create the SMS campaign that will be used to assign your company phone numbers and enable SMS. By default, you are allowed to create one campaign for Zoom Phone. However, if you are also a Zoom Contact Center or Zoom Meetings customer, you may create two campaigns, meaning one for Zoom Phone and one for Zoom Contact Center or Zoom Meetings. If you need to create more than one campaign for Zoom Phone, please contact your account manager for details. There will be a monthly cost for any additionally registered Zoom Phone campaigns.

Step 1: Campaign Details

The following steps outline the process for completing the Campaign Details portion.

Checklist Requirement

Perform the following steps:

  1. Access SMS campaigns in the Zoom web portal, then click Create SMS Campaign. You will be directed to the Checklist Requirement page, where you will be presented with a link to review the 10 DLC Brand and Campaign creation checklist.

  2. Click the . You are required to open and view the link before continuing.

  1. After opening and reviewing the link, select the I confirm that I have read and understood the 10DLC Campaign creation checklist checkbox. Once this is done, the campaign details section will display. On this page, you will complete the requirements and details.

  2. Configure your SMS campaign in the following sections.

Campaign Details

In the Campaign Details section, complete the following information:

  • Campaign name: Enter a name for your campaign.

  • Description: Describe how your organization uses SMS. Provide details that cover who will send messages, who will receive messages, what kind of content is being sent, what kind of content will not be sent, and the frequency of sending these messages.

Note

When filling out these fields, provide as much detail as possible. Insufficient or unclear details will result in a rejection.

  • Campaign type: Choose the product for which you are creating a campaign. Ensure that you choose the correct campaign type as per the product you intend to use SMS with. Click the dropdown and select the application.

Note

Campaigns cannot be shared across applications.

Consent to SMS Messaging

In the Consent to SMS Messaging section, provide details of how you are gathering consent from SMS recipients.

  • Under How are you gathering consent to send SMS/MMS?, select the following options that apply to your campaign.

Note

You must select at least one of these options. When you select one of the options you will see examples of that option.

  • Complete the description for each option and explain how you gather consent in your own words. You can only send texts to consumers who have provided you consent. Provide as much detail as possible. If you collect any phone numbers from your website, you must select the website option and provide details of how you gather consent. Otherwise, your campaign will be rejected.

Website Requirements

In the Website Requirements section, complete the following information:

  • Privacy Policy: Enter a link in the URL field to the privacy policy section of your brand website. Your brand website must have a third-party privacy policy to include a notice for text messaging to prove to the carrier that consumer data and consent are being handled properly.

  • Select the following checkbox: I confirm that I have added the required privacy policy to my brand website and understand that my campaign will be rejected without this update.

  • Website/Written Form: Choose an option that best describes how you use web/written forms to collect phone numbers:

    • I use a web/written form to collect phone numbers for this campaign. I also confirm that I have added this SMS disclosure below the web/written form.

    • I do not use web/written forms to collect phone numbers for this campaign.

Note

If the first option is selected, you must Attach Proof by uploading images of your web forms that show the SMS disclosure. If you are using written consent, attach a copy of the written opt-in form.

User Permissions

In the User Permissions section, select how you want to enforce Opt In and Opt Out for your numbers associated with the campaign:

  • Under Outbound messages to unknown numbers, choose an option for outbound messages to unknown numbers (i.e., numbers you are texting for the first time):

    • Allow my users to send any message: This is the default option. Users can send any message to any number if this option is selected. They will receive a warning on the Zoom Workplace app before sending the message that states: We do not know if you have gained consent from this number. Please ensure that you have consent to text this number. Please note that this warning will not prevent the message from being sent.

    • Require my users to send the Opt-in message and wait for the Opt-in response: This option is where the user will be forced to send a message requesting opt in before being able to send any other message. The recipient must respond to the Opt-in message with the Opt-in keyword. Only then can subsequent messages be sent.

    • Prevent my users from sending any outbound message: This option prevents users from sending any outbound messages.

Note

Because Zoom cannot verify whether a person has given consent through methods other than SMS, only select the first or second option below if you can verify that you’re gathering consent through other methods such as verbal, email, written form, etc.

  • Under Inbound messages from unknown numbers, determine what your users can do if a new number has initiated a conversation:

    • Allow my users to send any message: This default option allows you to respond to an incoming message as soon as it is received. Inbound SMS is deemed as consent from the sender.

    • Automatically send a message that asks them to Opt in and wait for the Opt-in response: Once an inbound message has been received, an automated Opt-out message is sent and the recipient must respond with the Opt-in keyword before the user can send them any other messages. This provides an additional layer of compliance for inbound messages.

    Opt-In Messaging

    In the Opt-In Messaging section, set up message templates.

    • Opt-In Message: This is the first message that will be sent to the recipient to request opt-in consent. A carrier-approved message is pre-populated. Click Edit to customize the opt-in message, then click Save.

      • Message Preview: Click Edit to preview the message for the opt-in message. This message cannot be edited except for the additions.

      • Additions: Enter your additional message or customization for the opt-in preview or message attachment. This content will be added to the message preview and appear after the sentence that ends with your brand name.

      • Start text: Enter the start text for opt-in messaging. This keyword will be added to the message above and will appear at the beginning of the message after the word Text.

    • Auto Appended Message: This content will be additional text that is included at the end of your message(s) to the recipient. This is added to help ensure your messages are compliant with carrier requirements. Click Edit to edit the auto-appended message, then click Save.

      • Message preview: Preview the message for the auto-appended message. This message cannot be edited except for the additions.

      • Add customization to Auto appended message: Add customized text to auto-appended message text. This content will be added to the beginning of the message preview.

      • Frequency: Select this option for this trailing text to be included in outbound messages. By default, for a new number, the Auto Appended Message text will be sent on the first outbound message only. Select from the following options for the message frequency, then click Save:

        • Always on every message: Include this content on all outbound messages. This is the recommended option.

        • On first outbound messages only: Include this content on only the first outbound message sent after the initial Opt-in Message.

    • View the Response to Opt-in content that will be sent when the recipient responds to your message with the opt-in text. You can also view the response’s Keywords.

    • View the Response to Opt-out content that will be sent when the recipient responds to your message with the opt-out text. You can also view the response’s Keywords. Only the phone number that receives the Stop keyword is opted out from sending messages.

    • Response to Help: This is the content that will be sent when the recipient responds to your message with HELP. Click Edit to edit the response to help, then click Save. You can also view the response’s Keywords.

      • Contact type: Click the dropdown and select the contact type. Your business must offer additional assistance to your customers through either a website, email, or phone number. Correctly entered URLs and emails will turn into hyperlinks after you save your changes.

      • Contact info: Enter the contact information for your brand’s help section. These contact details will be added to the carrier-approved message template.

Will you need SMS on more than 49 numbers?

Under the option for Will you need SMS on more than 49 numbers? select Yes or No. If yes, provide justification. The approval process could take up to two weeks.

Once complete, click Continue. You will be directed to the Carrier Questions section.

Step 2: Carrier Questions

In the Carrier Campaign Questions section, you will provide information about your company’s SMS message categories and related information. Complete the following information:

  • Will messages include:

    • URL links?: Select Yes or No.

    • Phone Numbers?: Select Yes or No.

    • Age-gated content?: Select Yes or No.

    • Lending or Loan Arrangements?: Select Yes or No.

Note

If your business is related to lending or loans in any way, you must select this option as Yes. Otherwise, your campaign will be rejected.

  • In the Sample Messages section, enter the following:

    • In Sample Message 1 box, type your first sample message. Ensure that the name of your business/brand is mentioned. Otherwise, your campaign will be rejected.

    • In the Sample Message 2 box, type your second sample message. Ensure that the name of your business/brand is mentioned. Otherwise, your campaign will be rejected.

    • (Optional) Click + Add another Sample Message to add additional sample messages

    • Click Continue. You will be directed to the Confirmation section.

Note

You can provide up to five sample messages of the type you expect your company to send. For your sample message, you must add Reply with STOP to cancel at the end of every sample message you create. Without this at the end of your message, your campaign will be rejected. Zoom will support STOP to cancel receiving messages on your behalf. Additionally, ensure that the name of your business/brand is mentioned.

Step 3: Confirmation

Perform the following steps:

  1. On the Confirmation page, review the Requirements & Details and Carrier Questions sections.

  2. Click Edit to make any changes, then click Save if you make any changes.

  3. Once your review is complete, click Submit. Allow up to 4 weeks for carriers’ review and approval.

  1. You can check the status of your campaign by accessing SMS Campaigns in the Zoom web portal. Under SMS Campaigns, view your brand’s current status beneath the Campaign Status column. The status will show as Active when it is approved.

Assign Zoom Phone Numbers to Your SMS Campaign

Once your campaign is approved and 10DLC is enabled, you can assign phone numbers to the campaign.

  1. In the Zoom web portal, select Number Management, then click Phone Numbers.

  2. Select the Assigned tab, then to the left of the phone numbers, select the check box of the number you desire to assign.

  3. (Optional) Click Add to add a new phone number to your campaign.

  4. On the top-left corner of the list, click Assign SMS/MMS Campaign.

  5. In the Choose Campaign dropdown, select the campaign to which you want to assign the phone number.

  6. Click Submit.

  7. In the dialog box, stating Your request has been submitted. Please allow one business day for SMS/MMS activation.

  8. Click Close.

Once activation is complete, SMS is ready to be utilized. Please ensure that users in need of SMS capabilities have been assigned a compatible Zoom Phone calling plan and a 10-digit phone number (that has also been assigned to a campaign). Please see the following Admin Controls section to ensure SMS is enabled for the correct users or groups.

Pending SIP credentials

Waiting on CloudLink to authorize the user.

Idle

The SIP credential has already been synchronized with Zoom, but the user has not yet registered with the Zoom Workplace app.

Registered

The Zoom Workplace app has successfully registered with the SIP server.

SIP error codes (various)

This will provide common SIP error codes and a general description to help troubleshoot the registration issue.

Automatic Phone Assignment
standard Firewall ports and IP ranges
Getting Started with Zoom Phone
Zoom web portal
Managing Users
adding existing users to a paid account
Assign Zoom Licenses
Zoom web portal
Zoom web portal
adding Zoom users to the Mitel integration
Zoom-Mitel PSI Configuration
Zoom-Mitel PSI Configuration
Zoom-Mitel PSI Configuration
High-level overview of the Zoom-Mitel PSI.
Overview of a hybrid configuration of the Zoom-Mitel PSI.
10DLC Campaign creation checklist link

Privacy, Security, and Compliance

This section outlines privacy, security, and compliance settings available within Zoom Contact Center.

Data Residency

For Zoom Contact Center-specific data residency, there are two distinct categories of data that cover different components of the service: Diagnostic Data and Customer Content Data. Each of these data types has different rules governing their residency, which are discussed in the following sections.

Diagnostic Data

Diagnostic Data is data automatically generated or collected by Zoom through use of the Zoom service. For Zoom Contact Center, Diagnostic Data includes phone call, video call, SMS/MMS, voicemail, and voice recording metadata, telemetry data (e.g., product usage and system configuration), and other service-generated data (e.g., information to provide a service requested by the end user).

Details of how Diagnostic Data and its sub-categories are collected and handled are provided within the Zoom Contact Center Privacy Data Sheet and Zoom’s Privacy Statement. Customers with outstanding questions are encouraged to speak to their Zoom account team for more information.

Customer Content Data

Zoom Contact Center Customer Content Data is the data your users record or share during an engagement, including voice/video, transcripts, recordings, voicemail, and SMS/MMS.

Where this data is stored can depend on several factors and may vary depending on account, group, and user settings or other tool-specific settings. However, it is important to note that all call recordings will be temporarily stored and processed in the SIP zone region where the user’s device is registered before it is moved to its permanent data storage location. For instance, if a user’s applicable content storage is set to Germany but they are registered to a SIP zone in the U.S., the call will be recorded and processed within the U.S. data center before being transferred to long-term storage in Germany.

The following table outlines which pieces of customer content data are customizable for residency and which are located within the account’s provisioned cluster.

Controlled by Customer Content Storage Setting
Stored in the Region Where the Account is Provisioned

Zoom Contact Center

  • Call recordings

  • Call transcripts

  • Inbox Messages

  • Messaging Transcripts

  • Email Transcripts

  • SMS/MMS messages

  • SMS/MMS logs

  • Call logs

  • MMS media file

Zoom Workforce Management

Not Applicable

Customer Content Not Applicable

Zoom Quality Management

Transcripts

Customer Content Not Applicable

Zoom Virtual Agent

Transcripts

Customer Content Not Applicable

Note

Region-specific (localized) accounts will automatically store Customer Content data within their account’s region.

Defining Storage Location Settings

Zoom Contact Center customers can choose regional data storage for applicable types of Customer Content at the account and Queue levels.

For these various groups and call-routing tools, customers can choose to store applicable Zoom Contact Center Customer Content in the following locations:

  • United States

  • Australia

  • Brazil

  • Canada

  • Germany

  • Japan

  • Mexico

  • Singapore

Note

Some Zoom Contact Center add-on products (e.g., Zoom Virtual Agent, etc.) may not support all defined locations above. If this is important to your business, speak with your Zoom account team for more information.

Refer to Zoom’s support center for more information on managing Customer Content storage locations.

Data Retention

Zoom Contact Center Customer Content Data is retained in the cloud indefinitely by default. However, customers can customize their data retention settings for the following items:

Item
Duration

Voice and Video Recordings and Transcripts

1 Day - 10 Years

Audio Survey Files

1 Day - 10 Years

Inbox Messages (Voicemail)

1 - 30 Days

Messages and Files (Video and Messaging Channels)

1 Day - 12 Months

Email Messages

1 Day - 12 Months

Customers can also define deletion behavior, with the option initially “soft delete” data, leaving it in a recoverable state for up to 30 days before it is permanently deleted. Alternatively, customers can set it to permanently delete after the set time without a “soft delete” period.

Refer to Zoom’s support center for more information on adjusting Zoom Contact Center's data retention policies.

Data Redaction, Data Masking, and Blocking Sensitive Data

To assist with protecting consumer and personally identifiable information (PII), Zoom Contact Center supports data masking and redaction, described in the sections below.

Data Redaction

With data redaction, Zoom Contact Center admins can configure the service to automatically remove or obscure sensitive information, like a consumer’s personal data, from an engagement’s records, including voice and video recordings, transcripts, and messaging interactions.

Once the feature is enabled, Zoom Contact Center will scan recordings and transcripts to detect personal data and replace it with generic placeholder text. For example, if redacting a transcript, the phone number 555-555-5555 would be replaced with the text [PHONE NUMBER]; alternatively, if redacting an audio recording, the recording would be silent for that portion of the conversation.

Warning

Due to the predictive nature of the machine learning algorithm that is used in this feature, Zoom Contact Center can't guarantee 100% accuracy of the data redactions. Users of this feature are responsible for ensuring the accuracy of the redaction results.

Refer to Zoom’s support center for more information on data redaction within Zoom Contact Center.

Data Masking

With Data Masking, Zoom Contact Center admins can configure the service to transform sensitive data into a non-identifiable format that maintains the original structure while concealing critical details. For example, transforming a credit card number from 1234-1234-1234-1234 to XXXX-XXXX-XXXX-1234.

When this feature is enabled, Zoom Contact Center admins can control which roles have access to view consumers’ personal information within engagements and reports. Personal data will be masked during live text-based interactions, as well as when viewing closed engagements, analytics, and voicemail Inboxes; however, this masking doesn't apply to Zoom APIs or third-party integrations. Lastly, when consumer information is masked, agents are unable to perform searches based on that data. Refer to Zoom’s support center for more information on data masking within Zoom Contact Center.

Blocking Sensitive Data

With the Block Sensitive Information feature, Zoom Contact Center admins can prevent consumers from sharing sensitive information through web chat, in-app chat, or SMS engagements. This feature uses regular expressions to detect specific strings or numbers, and can block sensitive content before it’s shared.

For example, if a consumer tries to send a message containing sensitive information that matches a configured expression, they will receive an automated notification informing them that their message couldn’t be sent due to the presence of sensitive content. When this occurs, the assigned agent will also receive this notification.

Refer to Zoom’s support center for more information on blocking sensitive data within Zoom Contact Center.

Localized Product Availability

The following table outlines product availability within Zoom’s localized regions.

Customer Managed Key

Customer Managed Key (CMK) allows an organization to retain control and management of keys used to symmetrically encrypt their data at rest within Zoom’s infrastructure. With CMK, certain data encrypted at rest within Zoom’s platform is protected by a key generated by the customer’s key management system (KMS), rather than—or in addition to—Zoom’s KMS. This setup allows customers to monitor Zoom’s access to encrypted data and revoke that access at any time by disabling key permissions.

The following Zoom Contact Center artifacts are applicable to Customer Managed Key encryption:

  • Video Recordings

  • Voice Recordings

  • Video Transcripts

  • Voice Transcripts

  • Voicemails

  • Voicemail Transcripts

  • Messaging Transcripts, excluding attachments from social channels and SMS

As of the date of this document’s publication the email channel is not supported, but is expected to be in the future.

Artificial Intelligence

The AI Companion Security & Privacy Whitepaper

For businesses interested in utilizing AI Companion features with Zoom Contact Center, Zoom offers the AI Companion Security & Privacy Whitepaper, a comprehensive resource detailing the security and privacy features of Zoom AI Companion.

Zoom-Hosted Models Only Processing

Businesses interested in utilizing AI Companion features without using third-party large language model (LLM) providers may request to opt in to the Zoom-hosted Model Only mode. When enabled for an account, AI Companion will not use Zoom’s third-party LLM provider models and will exclusively use Zoom’s proprietary LLM to respond to prompts. This feature is applicable to:

  • Zoom AI Companion

  • AI Expert Assist

  • Zoom Quality Management

  • Zoom Virtual Agent

Zoom Workforce Management doesn't rely on LLMs for its functionality but remains fully compatible with the Zoom-hosted Models Only configuration when this feature is enabled.

Note

When Zoom-hosted Models Only mode is enabled, some AI features may not be available. If you are interested in a specific feature and are concerned about its availability with Zoom-hosted Models Only enabled, speak with your Zoom account team for more information.

Zoom Contact Center Data Privacy Sheet

Please refer to the Zoom Contact Center Data Privacy Sheet, which describes Zoom’s process for handling personal data and other data handling practices. Readers are also encouraged to refer to Zoom’s Privacy Statement.

Certificates and Attestations

Zoom maintains a list of Certifications, Attestations, and Standards within our Compliance Center.

Preferences

The following sections list the various configurable settings and features within Zoom Contact Center and are broken down by sub-tab and section.

As the Zoom Contact Center team continually innovates, additional unlisted features may also be available. If a feature or setting important to your organization is not listed, please contact your account team for more information.

Refer to Zoom’s support center for more information on .

Account

The Account tab allows account admins to enable, disable, or refine features or settings available within Zoom Contact Center. The following tables outline various features and their respective place within the web portal.

General Settings

  • Voice and SMS Numbers

    • Video Engagement Dial-In Number

    • Default Outbound Default Caller ID

    • Default Outbound Default SMS Number

    • Enable/Disable Send/Receive International SMS

    • Auto-Reply SMS Template

    • Port-Out Verification Code

  • Contacts

    • Search Contact Center Address Books

    • Search Zoom Phone Contacts

  • Consumer Authentication

    • Setup Consumer Authentication

  • AI Companion

    • Analyze Agent Talk Metrics

    • Analyze Consumer Sentiment

    • Summarize Engagement Conversations

    • Generate Follow-up Tasks

Agent Status and Experience

  • System Statuses

    • Auto-Update Status (if missed call)

      • Number of missed engagements before status updates

  • Queue Opt-Out and Not Ready Reasons

    • Require User to Select Opt-Out Reason

    • Allow Users to Select Reason When Not Ready

    • Customize Reasons

  • Outbound Campaign Skip Reasons

    • Customizable Reasons

  • Agent Work Sessions

    • Auto-End Work Sessions

  • Agent Notification—Supervisor Monitoring

    • Notify Agents for:

      • Listening

      • Whispering

  • Voicemail Notification by Email

    • Include Voicemail File

    • Include Voicemail Transcription

Consumer Experience

  • Flow Message Avatar and Name

    • Customize Name and Avatar

  • Flow Sounds

  • Video Disclaimer

  • Typing Delay

    • Default Delay

    • Dynamic Delay

  • Upgrade to Video Invite Template

    • Email Invite Template

    • SMS Message Invite Template

Voice and Video Engagements

  • Transferring Call Data

  • Automatic Call Recording

    • List of Users with Recording Access

    • Calls

      • Inbound and Outbound

      • Inbound Only

      • Outbound Only

    • Video Engagements

      • Video-Only File

      • Audio-Only File

      • Video and Audio Files

    • Allow Call Recording Transcription

      • Present a Message When Recording or Monitoring Starts

      • Accept Previously Provided Consent or Do Not Record Options

      • Allow User to Pause or Resume Automatic Call Recording

  • Ad Hoc Call Recording

    • Allow Users to Record Voice and Video Calls

    • Video Engagements

      • Video-Only File

      • Audio-Only File

      • Video and Audio Files

    • Allow User to Download Their Own Ad-Hoc Recording

    • Allow User to Delete Their Own Ad-Hoc Recording

    • Present a Message When Recording or Monitoring Starts

    • Accept Previously Provided Consent or Do Not Record Options

  • Live Transcription and Automated Captions

    • Enable/Disable Live Transcription

      • Play prompt

    • Automated Captions

    • Language

      • Set Language

  • Video Experience

    • Mirror Video

    • Remote Control

      • Disable Auto-Delete

    • Video Virtual Background

      • Default Virtual Background

    • Video Join Link

      • Auto-Close Video When Consumers Don’t join

    • Auto Turn On Agent Video

  • Zoom Phone and Zoom Meetings Options

    • Suppress Notifications from Call or Meeting In Active Engagement

    • Update Agent’s Status to “Not Ready—Forced” When in Call or Meeting

Messaging Engagements

  • Active and Inactive Engagements

    • Make Engagements Inactive After X Minutes

    • Weight of Inactive Engagements

    • Auto-Close Inactive Engagements After X Minutes

      • Send an Auto-Close Message

      • Send an Alert Message Before Auto-Closing

    • Auto-Close Inactive Engagements Within Flows after X Minutes

  • File Sharing

    • Source:

      • Chat (Web)

      • Video Chat

      • Chat (In-App)

      • Facebook Messenger

      • WhatsApp

      • SMS

  • Restrictions

    • Only Allow Specified File Types

    • Maximum File Size (X MB)

Email Engagements

  • Outbound Email

    • Agents and Supervisors can Send Emails to Consumers

    • Define a Default Email for Outbound Email Messages

  • Inactive Engagements

    • Weight of Inactive Engagements

    • Auto-Close Inactive Engagements of Consumer Doesn’t Reply Within X Hours

  • Email Signature

    • Auto-Populate Unified Email Signature for Agents

  • File Sharing

    • Allow Agents to Send Files

    • Restrictions

      • Only Allow Specified File Types

      • Maximum File Size (X MB)

  • Authorized Email Recipients List

    • Used Default Rule

    • Open Access for All Recipients

Performance

  • Service Level (SLA Settings)

    • Queue Channel

      • Voice

      • Chat (Web)

      • SMS

      • Video

      • Messaging

      • Email

      • Chat (In-App)

    • Threshold Time

      • X Seconds

    • Exclusion

      • Exclude Short-Abandoned Calls

      • Exclude Long-Abandoned Calls

    • Target Percentage

  • Outbound Reporting

    • Short Calls

      • Minimum Duration

      • Maximum Duration

    • Long Calls

      • Defined by Exceeding Maximum Duration

    • Hang-Up Calls

      • Defined by Falling Below Minimum Duration

Privacy and Data Retention

  • Data Retention

    • Allow Zoom to Delete Data After a Specified Amount of Time

    • Configurable for:

      • Deletion Type

        • Hard-Delete

        • Soft-Delete

      • Recordings and Transcriptions

      • Audio Survey Files

      • Inbox Messages

      • Messages and Files

      • Email Messages

  • Communications Content Storage Data

    • Defines where Communications Content Will be Stored for:

      • Recordings, Transcriptions, and Inbox Messages

      • Messaging Transcripts

      • Email Transcripts

  • Block Sensitive Information

    • Blocks Sensitive Information from Being Received Using Regular Expression (RegEx)

  • View Personal Data

    • Mask Data in Messaging Engagements and Reports From:

      • Agents

      • Supervisors

      • Admins

  • Redact Personal Data

    • Redacts Customer’s Personal Data from Call Recordings, Transcripts, and Messaging

      • Manage Entity Types

Regions

The Regions tab allows account admins to create region-specific groupings for users, allowing associated users to connect to SIP zones closer to their location.

Note

If the SIP zone you are looking for is not available, speak with your Zoom account team for more information.

Refer to Zoom’s support center for more information on .

Entry ID

The Entry ID tab allows account admins to create and manage multiple entry points for video and chat Flows. This allows businesses to create unique entry points for consumers from a specific segment, VIP customers, or to route a specific group of users through unique Flow designs.

Refer to Zoom’s support center for more information on and .

Variables

The Variables tab allows account admins to define and manage variables that collect and pass data within Zoom Contact Center. Within this tab, businesses can edit default System Variables and create Custom Variables for unique data collection or Flow design.

Refer to Zoom’s support center for more information on .

Operating Hours

The Operating Hours tab allows account admins to define standard business hours for the contact center.

Business Hours

Business Hours are the typical open hours for your contact center(s). Accounts are allowed to create multiple Business Hours groups, allowing flexible scheduling and profile configuration for different organizations, regions, or Queues. When creating a set of Business Hours, the account admin must define a time zone for the Business Hours to follow.

Closures

Closures are set holidays or other planned closures for a contact center. Accounts are allowed to create multiple Closure groups, allowing flexible scheduling and profile configuration for different organizations, regions, or Queues. When creating a closure rule, the account admin must define a time zone for the Closure rules to follow.

Account Default Availability

An account’s default availability is determined by the default Business Hours and Closure Hours of an account. Once set, the default availability is used on all Queues unless other hours are specified.

Refer to Zoom’s support center for more information on .

Zoom Contact Center

US: Yes Europe: Yes FedRAMP (Gov): Yes Australia: No India: No Singapore: No

Zoom Workforce Management

US: Yes Europe: Yes FedRAMP (Gov): No Australia: No India: No Singapore: No

Zoom Quality Management

US: Yes Europe: Yes FedRAMP (Gov): No Australia: No India: No Singapore: No

Zoom Virtual Agent

US: Yes Europe: Yes FedRAMP (Gov): No Australia: No India: No Singapore: No

managing Zoom Contact Center preferences
managing Zoom Contact Center regions
managing Entry IDs
adding entry points to a Flow
managing variables
configuring Zoom Contact Center operating hours

Zoom Whiteboard Explainer

This Explainer provides an overview of Zoom Whiteboard and its capabilities.

Zoom Whiteboard Overview

This section provides an overview and introduction to Zoom Whiteboard and its core concepts.

Zoom Whiteboard is a near-infinite canvas designed to enhance productivity and collaboration across the Zoom Workplace app

Zoom Whiteboard is a collaborative workspace where teams can brainstorm, plan, and learn. Ideate anytime, anywhere. With cross-device compatibility, users can access their whiteboards with broad platform support across web browsers, desktop operating systems using the Zoom Workplace app (including Windows, macOS, and Linux), and mobile devices (iOS, Android). Compatibility extends to drawing and writing when using Zoom Rooms for Touch on large-format displays, as well as compatible tablets with styluses.

Whiteboards can be shared with anyone, even colleagues without Zoom accounts. When utilizing Zoom's whiteboard meeting integration or sharing a whiteboard during a Zoom meeting, all participants automatically gain access without requiring shared links or Zoom sign-ins. However, administrators have full access control over whiteboards and whether or not a user has to sign in with a Zoom account to contribute.

Zoom Whiteboard empowers teams with real-time collaboration and drag-and-drop tools

Zoom Whiteboard offers comprehensive real-time collaboration capabilities that enable multiple concurrent users to work together on shared whiteboards.

Diagramming containers offer a powerful way to group different content, such as shapes, sticky notes, images, and cards. Advanced whiteboarding tools enhance collaboration by enabling users to expand and clarify ideas through features such as video embedding, Kanban boards, and freehand highlighting.

Upload JPEG and PNG images for annotation and sharing. Whiteboard shapes offer extensive customization options, allowing users to adjust fill and outline properties with features like corner radius adjustment and dotted outline styles. Include advanced object types like stickers, emojis, and GIFs to add something extra to your collaborative sessions.

Zoom Whiteboard includes tools that help unlock your organization's collaboration with brainstorming, visualization, planning, and sharing tools

Company administrators will appreciate that Zoom Whiteboard plugs right into users’ favorite apps that they use every day—from Zoom Team Chat to Microsoft Teams and Slack.

Zoom Whiteboard also offers official Atlassian Jira integration, and if your organization has workflows that rely on enterprise-level document management, use the built-in Google Drive and Microsoft OneDrive connections to maintain a document chain of custody.

Zoom whiteboards are a persistent, rather than one-time, whiteboard solution. And because whiteboards are stored within Zoom’s cloud architecture, users can access them in the Zoom Workplace desktop or mobile app or through the Zoom Web App at any time.

Zoom Whiteboard offers enterprise-grade visual collaboration with AI Companion-powered templates, smart objects, and professional diagramming tools

Zoom Whiteboard offers extensive template and object management capabilities. Create, share, change, or duplicate templates for rapid collaboration. Administrators can even share the collection of unique templates created by one user in a company-wide gallery through a content management dashboard.

The following details only scratch the surface of the complete diagramming tools available within Zoom Whiteboard.

Feature
Details

Template and Publishing Management

  • Organization-wide publishing controls

    • Centralized distribution

    • Version control

    • Access permissions

    • Presentation templates

    • Diagramming templates

    • Kanban board templates

  • Pages for organizing content

Content Libraries

  • Custom shape libraries

    • Categorization and publishing controls

  • Container object type

    • Nested containers

    • Grouping and bulk movement

  • Third-party icon support

  • Code blocks

  • Syntax highlighting

  • Tables with formatting controls

  • Font customization options

  • Pexels image integration and import tools

Dynamic and Interactive Elements

  • Dynamic content support

    • GIPHY, emojis, custom icons

  • Advanced visualization

    • AI-generated mind maps and flowcharts

    • Auto-sizing, smart wrapping, transformations

  • Flowchart creation

    • Smart connectors, anchor points

    • Line and color style customization

    • Locking, layering, alignment

  • Quick actions for common tasks

Collaboration Tools

  • Advanced collaboration modes

    • Structured voting sessions

    • Private collaboration

    • Presentation mode

  • Export options

    • PNG, JPG, PDF

Using Zoom Whiteboard

The following sections discuss how you and your teams can use the robust features of Zoom Whiteboard to simplify and speed up the often time-intensive processes of collaboration and ideation.

Unlock your teams’ potential with brainstorming, visualization, planning, and sharing tools. Zoom Whiteboard targets four core use cases:

  • Brainstorming: Generate ideas on a near-infinite whiteboard canvas

  • Visualizing: Document processes with easy-to-use diagramming tools

  • Planning: Map out projects on visual roadmaps and Kanban boards

  • Sharing: Present boards interactively and captivate your audience

Encourage brainstorm sessions on the fly with the help of organization-wide templates

Organizations can accelerate productivity by deploying standardized assets, from professional presentation layouts to comprehensive shape libraries, enabling brand consistency and workflow efficiency across the enterprise. With seamless publishing and sharing features, teams can leverage pre-approved templates while maintaining creative flexibility.

As a board owner or presenter, encourage participants to comment and ask questions in specific areas of the canvas while you reply without distracting from the ongoing discussion. Get instant feedback through sticky notes, reactions, or text boxes to add additional context to a diagram.

Visualize common processes and build flowcharts with a near-infinite canvas

Quickly build diagrams of complex business processes and highly technical workflows. With the Zoom Whiteboard near-infinite canvas, you won’t run out of space. Tell a story with videos, GIFs, and an extensive built-in shape library. You can even upload your own SVG files and create a custom shape library to use across your boards.

Map out diagrams with smart connectors and object snapping. Turn visualizations into Jira tickets or tasks from within Whiteboard. Or, for additional visualization elsewhere, export a diagram to PDF or an image file for placement in documents or presentations.

Map and track complex project roadmaps and Kanban assets

Create complex project plans for your product roadmaps or Kanban-style development cycles and share them directly to an ongoing meeting. Users can integrate Zoom Whiteboard with task systems like Jira and Asana to further deepen ties to existing project management tools and take advantage of the infinite canvas for managing projects. Or, convert projects into simple presentations and broadcast them in a Zoom meeting.

Share ideas live across Zoom Workplace and captivate your audience

Share whiteboards quickly within Zoom Workplace, or even create a new whiteboard during a meeting with built-in controls. Not in a meeting? Use Zoom Team Chat to send a link that brings users directly into Zoom Whiteboard. Zoom Docs includes interactive preview windows within each document linked to a Whiteboard, saving casual viewers the need to make an extra click to see a diagram.

If you’re using other productivity chat applications alongside Zoom Workplace, integrations with Slack and Microsoft Teams enable asynchronous collaboration through Zoom Whiteboard.

With support for breakout rooms and attention management tools including voting sessions, Zoom Whiteboard is your partner for sharing content during planning sessions, workshops, and more. And unlike other whiteboard solutions that act as standalone apps, with Zoom Whiteboard you can open a board directly in a meeting, and your meeting participants automatically get collaborative access without additional actions required of them.

Transform collaboration with intelligent solutions for modern teams by supercharging Zoom Whiteboard with AI Companion

Zoom Whiteboard's AI Companion integration enhances digital collaboration through targeted artificial intelligence capabilities.

Zoom AI Companion streamlines common whiteboarding tasks with several key features:

  • Mindmapping

  • Flowcharts

  • Sticky notes, including clustering notes into logical groupings

  • Table creation

Zoom Whiteboard with AI Companion enhances team productivity by automating routine tasks, all while maintaining the flexibility needed for creative collaboration. Because AI Companion is integrated across Zoom Workplace, from Whiteboard to Docs, your teams can pull in content from where they prefer to work seamlessly and save time during the critical early stages of brainstorming and ideation. With AI Companion powering various Zoom Whiteboard workflows, your teams need less training and onboarding to accomplish daily tasks than other platforms.

Whiteboard Basic doesn’t offer AI Companion enhancements. To use Zoom AI Companion with Zoom Whiteboard, you must have a Whiteboard Pro license (included with Business and Enterprise tiers), or Whiteboard Plus license (included with Enterprise Plus and available as an add-on).

Whiteboard integration for Zoom Rooms delivers seamless cross-device collaboration with centralized management

Zoom Rooms compatibility provides seamless integration with existing Zoom Rooms systems, allowing you to access whiteboarding features directly through touchscreen interfaces.

Zoom Whiteboard’s infrastructure accommodates a wide range of digital presentation devices and display technologies. The system works seamlessly with your touchscreen devices and interactive displays, while maintaining compatibility with your Zoom Rooms appliances and controllers. Stylus support provides greater precision for drawing and writing.

Collaborative whiteboarding is possible and enjoyable for both in-room participants and remote attendees, creating a unified experience regardless of location. See the support article Using Zoom Whiteboard in Zoom Rooms for more information on enabling Whiteboard use for Zoom Rooms. If you’re interested in Zoom Rooms for Touch, please see the support article Using a Zoom Rooms for Touch whiteboard for instructions specific to those setups.

The Zoom Admin Portal is used to manage Whiteboard-enabled devices

Device management capabilities are centralized through the Zoom Admin Portal, providing you with powerful tools for system oversight. This includes your ability to remotely configure and update Whiteboard-enabled devices across your organization. The platform features granular control over your access and permissions, which can be managed at both the account and group levels to enable appropriate security and functionality selections for your different user segments.

You can migrate Lucidchart, Miro, and Mural files directly into Zoom Whiteboard, as well as additional formats across popular applications

Organizations using Lucidchart can import their VSDX files directly into Zoom Whiteboard. For Miro and Mural users, Zoom offers a compatible method with Miro’s APIs to transfer metadata, such as board ownership and collaborators, into an Amazon S3 bucket alongside PDF files of each board. Then, using Zoom custom APIs to create equivalent Whiteboards, you can extract data from the exported Miro PDFs and update board ownership and membership with the associated metadata.

The following export options are currently available in Zoom Whiteboard:

Export Format
Description

CSV

  • Export both sticky notes and tables into a CSV

PDF

  • Export most Whiteboard content into a static PDF

  • For complex migrations, PDF files are used to move some content in and out of Zoom Whiteboard

PNG

  • Download frame-by-frame or whole-board static image files in PNG format

PPT

  • Export Whiteboard files into Microsoft Powerpoint format

The following migration and import options are currently available in Zoom Whiteboard:

Migration/Import Feature
Description

Miro

  • PDF export and import method

  • API method also available for Miro content to export PDFs to an Amazon S3 bucket

  • Convert text, notes, images, shapes, connectors, labels, and frames into whiteboard objects

Mural

  • PDF export and import method

  • API method also available for Mural content to export PDFs to an Amazon S3 bucket

  • Convert text, notes, images, shapes, connectors, labels, and frames into whiteboard objects

Visio

  • Support for files using the VSDX format

Lucidchart

  • Support for files using the VSDX format

Third-party imports into Zoom Whiteboard have a few notable limitations

There are specific limitations to your Zoom Whiteboard imports. The current import limitation is 10 boards per upload. Also, each board must be 25MB or less. Some unsupported object types may also be imported as static objects.

Licensing

Zoom Whiteboard offers flexible licensing tiers

The Zoom Whiteboard licensing model offers flexible options across different subscription tiers. We have license types that meet the needs of users in each category, with the opportunity for power users to upgrade for more advanced use cases. You can also purchase a separate Zoom Whiteboard add-on without upgrading to an Enterprise-tier license.

Zoom Basic and Zoom Pro include Whiteboard Basic

Zoom offers Whiteboard licenses in three tiers. Zoom Workplace Basic and Pro accounts include Whiteboard Basic, giving them access to three concurrently editable whiteboards and 25MB of cloud storage.

See our dedicated Whiteboard page on the Zoom website to learn more about licenses and pricing.

With Whiteboard Unlimited*, your teams will never run out of available canvases

For enhanced capabilities, or if you’re looking for Zoom AI Companion-enhanced functionality within Zoom Whiteboard, users have a few options. Additional tiers include Whiteboard Unlimited and Whiteboard Plus. Whiteboard Unlimited is a packaged inclusion with Zoom Workplace Business, Business Plus, and Enterprise Essentials licenses. These tiers allow for unlimited whiteboard creation and include Zoom AI Companion features like content generation, summarization, version control, and more at no additional cost.

*Whiteboard Unlimited canvas space is subject to cloud storage capacity.

Whiteboard Plus can be purchased separately as an add-on, or bundled with Enterprise Plus licenses

For users requiring advanced functionality, Whiteboard Plus includes custom and organization-managed template and shape libraries, as well as third-party integrations with Jira, Asana, and Azure. These third-party integrations allow you to import task cards from your favorite project management tools and visualize them through Whiteboard’s infinite canvas and Kanban boards.

Whiteboard Plus is included with the Enterprise Plus license, or as an additional add-on purchase for other license tiers. Whiteboard Plus offers advanced diagramming functionality and collaboration features like advanced shape types and private mode. Enterprise licenses allow for flexible collaboration without automatic license assignment, as well as domain-based sharing controls for administrators. Zoom allows all users to edit whiteboards regardless of license status, providing greater collaboration flexibility.

Multiple license types can be applied to a user. Add-ons beyond Zoom Whiteboard include Zoom Phone, Zoom Revenue Accelerator, and more. See the support article Assigning Zoom licenses for more information on adding licenses to user accounts.

Administration and Security

Manage Zoom Whiteboard data, access controls, and deployment with enterprise-level administration capabilities

Zoom Whiteboard uses multi-layered security on Zoom-Managed Services. This protects whiteboard content across platforms. The system uses distributed data centers with region-specific storage. It includes SSO integration and domain-based access controls.

Organizations may require SSO authentication based on their security preferences. Organizations can set data residency options per their policies.

Your organization may prefer or require SSO authentication based on your security policies. You can set data residency options to match these requirements. Customer Managed Key support adds optional protection and is described in the following section.

Account-specific settings implement administrative controls, enabling administrators to manage whiteboard creation, editing permissions, and sharing capabilities across their organization. This enables proper governance while maintaining flexibility for collaborative work.

Administrators get extensive control through meeting settings. They can set content retention policies and automated whiteboard lifecycle protocols. Admins can also restrict cross-organizational collaboration.

For AI Companion features, administrators can use the following designated controls to meter the level of AI usage and access:

  • Organization-level configuration options

  • Granular access controls for AI features

  • Domain-based restrictions

  • Custom usage policies per user group

  • Integration with existing Zoom AI Companion features

Zoom encrypts whiteboard data in transit over the public internet and at rest within its product infrastructure

Zoom’s security architecture implements robust encryption and access controls across its platform. Zoom secures data connections over the public internet on the Zoom Workplace desktop and mobile apps using TLS 1.2 security protocols, and industry-standard encryption protects in-meeting traffic.

Within Zoom’s product environment, user meeting content is encrypted at rest, with access controls managed by account owners, administrators, and designated privileged users.

Customer Managed Key offers enhanced enterprise-grade security

Zoom Customer Managed Key (CMK) provides enhanced security capabilities for enterprise customers requiring stricter compliance and regulatory controls. This system allows you to maintain your own encryption keys through AWS to encrypt and decrypt your data and assets. This implementation works through Zoom's Whiteboard server (DAS), which interfaces with the CMK system to handle data encryption and storage operations.

When saving data, the DAS retrieves the document owner’s encryption key from CMK, encrypts the target data, and stores it in the destination storage. During data retrieval operations, the DAS gets the decryption key from CMK to decrypt the data as it’s pulled from storage. This architecture allows you to maintain control over your encryption keys while enabling secure data handling within Zoom’s infrastructure.

Governance capabilities and data flow protections offer control, simplicity, and reassurance for Zoom Whiteboard content

Governance is another key feature of Zoom Whiteboard. Admins can enforce template-based publishing workflows and investigate comprehensive whiteboard metadata for root-cause analyses. Bulk operations also help content management activities.

Whiteboard data center regions set in the Zoom admin portal apply to Whiteboard content, as well.

Zoom Whiteboard's administrative framework provides comprehensive control and management capabilities for enterprise deployment. The system encompasses sophisticated meeting settings management coupled with configurable retention policies for automated whiteboard lifecycle management. Administrative controls extend to data residency options, which align with organizational Account Profile policies for content storage location management.

The platform offers extensive API integration capabilities, enabling custom solution development and integration with existing enterprise systems. Security features include customizable collaboration disclaimers and granular controls for cross-organizational collaboration restrictions.

Whiteboard projects are private until shared

Enterprise management tools for IT admins allow them to manage and control access to Zoom Whiteboard, including default sharing permissions like the ability to share a whiteboard with anyone who has an active Zoom account.

Whiteboard owners and admins can control who has access to and can see their whiteboards. By default, the creator, listed as the owner, is the only person who can access new whiteboards created outside meetings; these whiteboards are private. Owners can then invite additional editors, commenters, or viewers, and create links to share with their organization.

Account owners and whiteboard admins have the ability to add additional collaborators (including themselves) or change ownership of a Zoom Whiteboard.

Administrators can restrict Zoom Whiteboard access

Zoom administrators can selectively enable whiteboard access at the group and account levels, restricting feature access to approved users or groups.

Whiteboard admins can also:

  • Enable or disable Zoom Whiteboard for in-meeting or out-of-meeting usage

  • Enable or disable cloud storage for whiteboards

  • Enable or disable the ability to export whiteboards to PNG or PDF

  • Enable or disable the ability to share boards outside their organization

Admin Experience

This section outlines the admin experience for managing users, devices, permissions, reports, and settings related to Zoom Phone. After reading this section, you can expect to be familiar with user provisioning, the Zoom Phone dashboard, assigning devices, updating user profile information, and more. For information on managing PBX features of Zoom Phone, refer to the section on Configuring Zoom Phone's PBX.

Zoom Phone Roles

Zoom Phone supports user roles specific to the Zoom Phone service, allowing account administrators to provide users with precise levels of access to Zoom Phone features as required. For example, with these diverse sets of roles, a user can be a Call Queue admin without granting access to other features, like being able to edit a Site's settings or policies. Alternatively, a user can also be granted Super Admin privileges for Zoom Phone without requiring admin privileges for the rest of a Zoom account's products, service, and features.

The following table outlines the default Zoom Phone roles available; however, an account admin can also create a custom role if necessary:

Role Name
Level of Access

Phone Super Admin

All Zoom Phone features and settings in the web portal.

Phone Site Admin

Zoom Phone features and settings for a specific Site, excluding settings that can only be changed at the account level.

Call Queue Admin

Features and settings for the specified target Call Queues, including associated call logs and recordings.

Auto Receptionist Admin

Features and settings for the specified target Auto Receptionist. This doesn't include access to the associated call logs.

Recording Admin

Full privileges to view, play, download, or delete call recordings that belong to users and Call Queues.

Compliance Admin

Full privileges to view and manage call logs, recordings, voicemail, and SMS.

Refer to Zoom's support center for more information on using Zoom Phone role management.

Managing Call Routing and Distribution Tools

Account administrators and authorized users with appropriate role permissions can design, edit, and oversee Zoom Phone's call routing and distribution tools via the Zoom web portal. These tools, along with design and implementation considerations, were previously addressed in this document, along with links to Zoom's support center containing instructions and procedures for creating, editing, and managing each tool.

Managing User Licenses, Entitlements, and Information

Account administrators have two main methods for provisioning Zoom Phone users, managing entitlements, and mapping information: automated workflows through single sign-on (SSO) via SCIM or SAML response mapping, or manual assignment via the Zoom web portal. These options are briefly discussed in the following two sections.

Single Sign-On

For accounts utilizing single sign-on (SSO), provisioning users through SAML (security assertion markup language) response mapping or SCIM (system for cross-domain identity management) can streamline the user entitlement and management process. With SAML response mapping, user profile details and entitlements will automatically update each time the user authenticates. Conversely, for accounts using SCIM, user profile information and entitlements will dynamically update as data synchronizes from your identity provider to Zoom.

Although Zoom provides numerous options for profile information and entitlement mapping between SAML and SCIM, how and if this information is applied largely depends on customer configurations within both their identity provider and Zoom account. For this reason, accounts are encouraged to test their SCIM and SAML response mapping configurations for surety of user profile information and entitlement grants when first setting up their Zoom Phone account.

The following Zoom Phone information can be mapped to a user's profile through SAML Response Mapping and/or SCIM API:

Licenses
Calling Plans
User Information

  • Zoom Workplace Basic

  • Zoom Workplace Pro

  • Zoom Workplace Business

  • Zoom Workplace Business+

  • Zoom Workplace Enterprise

  • Regional Metered

  • Regional Unlimited

  • Global Select

  • Zoom Phone Extension

  • Zoom Phone Number

  • Zoom Phone Role

  • Zoom Phone Site

For more information on provisioning users over SCIM, refer to the Zoom App Marketplace for a complete list of applicable SCIM endpoints and options.

Manual Assignment

For accounts without single sign-on or that would prefer to manually provision users, the Zoom web portal provides two primary interfaces for managing user entitlements: individual or bulk user editing through web-based user interfaces, or bulk editing through CSV file uploads.

Web Portal Interface

Account admins can manually provision and assign user licenses through the Zoom web portal's admin interface. This process typically involves individually selecting users and assigning the appropriate licenses and entitlements through pop-ups and prompts. This process can be effective for configuring a small number of users but may be tedious when configuring a large number of users. Customers provisioning more than 100 users at once may prefer mass-provisioning users through the CSV upload process, described below.

For more information on this process, refer to Zoom's support center article on manually managing Zoom Phone users and licenses.

CSV Uploads

With CSV uploads, account admins can mass-provision users through a file upload process within the web portal. When provisioning users in bulk through a CSV file, admins can assign the following features to users:

  • Package

  • Site Code

  • Site Name

  • User Template

  • Extension Number

  • Phone Number

  • Set Outbound Caller ID

  • Allow User to Change Outbound Caller ID

  • SMS Enablement

  • User Status

  • Desk Phone Brand (Up to 9)

  • Desk Phone Model (Up to 9)

  • Desk Phone MAC Address (Up to 9)

  • Desk Phone Provision Template (Up to 9)

Warning

When making bulk CSV edits, users will be updated exactly as the CSV is configured. This can unintentionally remove already configured user information.

For instance, if a user is currently assigned a phone number and a calling plan, and a bulk CSV is uploaded that only specifies the user's new device(s) without the phone number and calling plan reiterated, the user will have their calling plan and phone number removed from their profile.

Put simply, unless you are removing information from a user, all bulk CSV updates should include all current profile information in addition to the new information.

For more information on this process, refer to Zoom's support center article on batch importing with CSV files.

Assigning Licenses, Calling Plans, and Packages

Zoom provides a diverse range of licensing options tailored to various account requirements. Among these options are bundled licenses, wherein a single license may provide a user with access to multiple Zoom products along with additional add-ons; however, Zoom also offers unbundled licenses, which requires admins to assign a different license for each product the user needs access to.

An example of a bundled license includes the Zoom Workplace Enterprise license, in which assigning the single license to a user provisions them for Zoom Meetings, Zoom Whiteboard, Zoom Phone, the Zoom Phone Power Pack add-on, and more. However, with unbundled licenses, there is no "one size fits all" solution, and a user would have to be assigned a Zoom Meetings, Zoom Whiteboard, and Zoom Phone license, and a Power Pack add-on, separately to receive full access to those products and features.

Depending on which license type your account uses, your configuration process may change. For this reason, the following two sections are separated by bundled and unbundled licenses. If you are not sure which applies to your Zoom account, please speak with your Zoom account team.

Bundled Licenses

When assigning bundled licenses, users will be automatically provisioned for all relevant entitlements upon assignment. For example, assigning a Zoom Workplace Enterprise license will automatically assign a user a Zoom Phone License, a Zoom Phone Calling Plan, and the Zoom Phone Power Pack Add-On instantly, whereas each of those components would require a separate license or entitlement with an unbundled licensing model.

If your account does not want to automatically provision a user for Zoom Phone immediately, refer to Zoom's support center for information on how to enable or disable automatically provisioning a user for Zoom Phone.

Single Sign-On

If your account is using single sign-on to provision users and assign bundled licenses, simply configure your SAML response mapping or SCIM configuration to provision users with the appropriate license, e.g., Zoom Workplace Enterprise or Zoom Workplace Business Plus. In some cases, you may need extra configurations for additional add-ons not covered by the bundled license.

Unless Zoom Phone provisioning is automatically disabled, users will automatically be assigned a Zoom Phone license, calling plan, and relevant add-ons to the license.

Note

Customers should still configure additional, applicable, SSO-related items beyond licenses, such as user groups, user roles, and other user profile information.

Manual Assignment

Refer to Zoom's support center for detailed guidance on managing Zoom Phone users and licenses for singular or small user groups, or batch importing with CSV files for a large number of users.

Unbundled Licenses

When assigning unbundled licenses, users must be separately assigned a license for each relevant entitlement. For Zoom Phone, this entails being provisioned as a basic Zoom Phone user at a minimum, and adding additional components—like a calling plan and other add-ons—as needed.

Single Sign-On

When provisioning a user for Zoom Phone through Single Sign-On (SSO), keep in mind the following tips as you configure your SAML response mapping or SCIM integration:

  1. A user must be assigned an extension to be automatically provisioned as a basic Zoom Phone user. There is no Zoom Phone Basic license.

    1. Assigning an extension of zero (0) will automatically assign a user the next extension available for the Site. This may be ideal if you do not have extensions pre-configured in your identity provider.

      1. If you are using multiple Sites, ensure the user also passes the criteria to map them to the applicable Site, as each Site typically has a unique Site and extension code.

    2. Users can also be assigned a real extension, which will apply if the extension is not already in use within the Site. For instance, if a user's extension prior to Zoom Phone was 222, asserting an extension value of 222 will map the extension to the user if it is available.

  2. Assigning a user a calling plan will elevate them from a basic user to a licensed Zoom Phone user.

  3. If a Site is not specified upon user provisioning (i.e., being assigned an extension and/or calling plan), the user will be provisioned to the main Site.

Manual Assignment

Refer to Zoom's support center for detailed guidance on managing Zoom Phone users and licenses for singular or small user groups, or batch importing with CSV files for a large number of users.

Managing and Assigning Phone Numbers

Zoom Phone customers have a variety of choices for managing and assigning phone numbers within their account. To assist with these processes, this section explores the administrative tools available for managing and allocating phone numbers within a Zoom Phone account, including number porting, using Zoom-provided numbers, and assigning numbers to users.

Obtaining Zoom-Provided Numbers

Zoom attempts to maintain a list of available numbers for certain regions and area codes for customers that are not porting numbers into Zoom Phone or who may simply need additional phone numbers. Customers can select these numbers from the available pool and add them to their account at any time so long as they do not exceed their direct inward dial (DID) number limit, as determined by their licenses that support direct number dialing. Once selected, numbers from the available pool become exclusively associated with your account unless they are released, removed, or ported away from your account.

Refer to Zoom's support center for information on obtaining phone numbers from Zoom.

Phone Number Requests

In circumstances where Zoom does not have numbers available for use via the self-service process, customers can request that Zoom locate numbers for use with the service.

Refer to Zoom's support center for more information on requesting native Zoom Phone numbers.

Porting Phone Numbers

Zoom Phone works with telecommunication providers when possible to port existing numbers into Zoom Phone; however, this process may vary depending on the country of origin and the quantity of numbers required to be ported. Click the links (✔) within the following table for instructions on porting numbers for your Zoom Phone account, depending on the type of number and country of origin. Readers are additionally encouraged to refer to Zoom's support center for Zoom's porting FAQ guide.

Country
Local Numbers
Toll-Free Numbers

United States, Canada, and Puerto Rico

APAC

South America / LATAM

EMEA

Japan

Bring Your Own Carrier (BYOC)

Note

Customers porting more than 100 United States-based numbers should submit a request for a Project Port.

Assigning Phone Numbers

Zoom Phone supports assigning direct inward dial (DID) phone numbers to users and PBX components, including Call Queues, Auto Receptionists, shared line groups, and more. To support this process, account admins can assign phone numbers through two primary methods: single sign-on and manual assignment.

Single Sign-On

Assigning users a direct phone number through single sign-on can simplify a significant portion of user administration with Zoom Phone. To support this process, keep in mind the following tips as you configure your SAML response mapping or SCIM integration:

Zoom Recommendation

Some Zoom Phone features like Call Queues, Auto Attendants, and Shared Line Groups are not easily configured with direct numbers from an identity provider. For these instances, we recommend assigning phone numbers manually.

  1. When assigning a user a DID phone number from your identity provider using SAML or SCIM, the number must be listed within your account to apply. If the DID phone number is not listed within your account, it will not be applied to the user.

  2. When passing a phone number through SAML or SCIM, pass as complete of a phone number as possible, including country and area code. For example, +1 555-555-5555 or +44 5555-555555, not 555-5555.

Manual Assignment

Refer to Zoom's support center for detailed guidance on managing Zoom Phone users and licenses for singular or small user groups, or batch importing with CSV files for a large number of users.

Managing and Assigning Phones and Devices

This section discusses available options and features for adding, provisioning, managing, and assigning IP phones and devices within your Zoom Phone account.

There are multiple approaches to managing phones and devices within an account, including the order of user provisioning, device provisioning, device assignment, and more. To account for these various scenarios, Zoom provides multiple options for device management, which are outlined in the following sections.

The Provisioning Process

Zoom Phone offers two methods for provisioning physical devices: zero-touch provisioning and assisted provisioning. Both of these are outlined in the following two sections; however, readers are also encouraged to refer to Zoom's support center for more information on getting started with provisioning.

Warning

Customers reusing equipment like handsets, IP phones, etc., are encouraged to ensure they fully remove all of their devices and their MAC addresses from their previous provider before re-provisioning them to Zoom Phone. Not unassigning devices from the previous service provider will cause failures during the provisioning process.

Zero-Touch Provisioning

Many Zoom Phone-certified devices support zero-touch provisioning (ZTP), which can automatically provision a phone for use without hands-on administrative assistance or configuring the phone through its web interface. For the ZTP process to work, be sure to add your phone to the Zoom web portal before powering it on for the first time or performing a factory reset on a previously used phone. Failure to follow this step may require additional factory resets to re-trigger the ZTP process.

Warning

Zero-touch provisioning (ZTP) requires access to NTP servers for the provisioning process. Customers are encouraged to verify that their IP phone devices can establish connection with the device's specified NTP server—default or otherwise—to successfully complete the provisioning procedure.

Further, DHCP options 66 and 161, if enabled, can impact a device's ZTP capabilities. Customers are encouraged to leave these options unconfigured if using ZTP extensively or using multiple phone device manufacturers within the network.

Finally, customers are urged to verify that their firewall configurations allow for the essential communication channels with their phone manufacturer's provisioning servers.

Refer to Zoom's support center for more information on the zero-touch provisioning process.

Assisted Provisioning

If you experience issues with zero-touch provisioning or if your phone model doesn't support it, you may be required to perform the assisted provisioning process through the device's web interface.

Refer to Zoom's support center for more information on the assisted provisioning process.

Adding Devices to Your Account

Account admins can add devices to their account at any time, even if the devices are not currently assigned to users. To do this, Zoom Phone supports two primary methods for adding devices to an account: individual, manual addition through the web portal, or in bulk through a CSV file upload.

Refer to Zoom's support center for more information on manually adding devices to your account or bulk uploading via CSV.

Assigning and Managing Devices

Account admins can assign devices to users or common areas through two primary methods: individually through the web portal interface or in bulk through a CSV file upload.

Refer to Zoom's support center for more information on assigning a phone to a user or common area or bulk assigning via CSV, or for general information on managing phones and devices.

Warning

When making bulk CSV edits, users will be updated exactly as the CSV is configured. This can unintentionally remove already configured user information.

For instance, if a user is currently assigned a phone number and a calling plan, and a bulk CSV is uploaded that only specifies the user's new device(s) without the phone number and calling plan reiterated, the user will have their calling plan and phone number removed from their profile.

Put simply, unless you are removing information from a user, all bulk CSV updates should include all current profile information in addition to the new information.

The Zoom Phone Dashboard

The Zoom Phone Dashboard, a subsection of the Dashboard, offers account admins and authorized users with sufficient role permissions access to insightful Zoom Phone data and analytics. Information available within the Dashboard includes Zoom Phone Quality of Service (QoS) data, Mean Opinion Scores (MOS), usage reports, call data and metrics, and more. The following sections outline different features and data available through the Zoom Phone dashboard. Please follow the following link for more information.

Admin Reports

Account admins or users with sufficient role-based permissions can access additional Zoom Phone reports not available to standard users. These reports provide general usage or charge-related information from the account's phone system.

Usage Reports

Zoom Phone usage reports allow account administrators to access usage data for one or multiple Call Queues and/or Zoom Phone users during a defined time frame, with up to 100,000 call records in a single CSV file. Information within the reports include:

User:
Call Queue:

  • Name

  • Extension

  • Total Calls Answered (Inbound/Outbound)

  • Outgoing Number of Calls

  • Inbound Number of Calls

  • Number of Calls Forwarded to Voicemail

  • Number of Inbound Calls Answered by Another User

  • Missed Number of Calls

  • Total Call Time

  • Total Hold Time

  • Total Parked Time

  • User Phone Site

  • Name

  • Extension

  • Site

  • Inbound Call Volume

  • Completed Calls (Inbound)

  • Abandoned Calls (Inbound)

  • Overflow (Inbound)

  • Avg. Call Waiting Time

  • Outbound Call Volume

Charges Report

Account admins can also view a usage report for all charged calls or SMS/MMS messages that were made within a period. The usage report can also be used to verify calling charges on your bill.

Information within the report includes:

  • Originating Number

  • Receiving Number

  • Call/Message Type (Local or International)

  • Start Time

  • Duration (Minutes)

  • Billing Number (The phone number that was billed for the call or SMS)

  • Forward Billing Number (The phone number that forwarded the call, if applicable)

  • Calling Party Name (The display name of the extension that placed the call)

  • Billing Rate (per minute)

  • Total Charge

  • Charge Mode (How total charges are calculated; e.g., per minute)

Refer to Zoom's support center for more information on viewing Zoom Phone usage reports.

Changing user settings

If necessary, account admins or authorized users with sufficient role-based permissions can change Zoom Phone settings on behalf of a user. This can be helpful in circumstances where a user needs assistance with configuring a setting or when changing settings on behalf of a VIP user.

Refer to Zoom's support center for more information on changing user settings on behalf of another user.

User Experience

This section outlines the user experience for getting started and familiar with Zoom Phone, including the web portal and Zoom Workplace app. After reading this section, you can expect to be familiar with common in-app and web-based settings and features central to using Zoom Phone as a standard user.

Note

Some features within this section may be restricted or unavailable due to account, group, or user settings, as configured by a Zoom admin.

Setting Up a User Profile

Once a user is assigned a Zoom Phone license, there is a brief web-based account setup the user must perform on the page before configuring additional Zoom Phone settings. This process establishes baseline information for the user profile, such as the user's country, default area code, time zone, and PIN used for features like hot desking and voicemail.

Country and Area Code

The user's chosen country and area code will affect a user's default dial string for local calling. For example, if a user chooses the United States and a 669 area code, unless otherwise specified, the user's dial string will default with +1 669, and all calls without a specified area code will route locally. For example, dialing 555-5555 will automatically translate to +1 669-555-5555. This will be overridden if the user begins a dial string with another area code, for example, dialing 212-555-5555.

Time Zone

The user's default time zone will determine how Zoom Phone interprets their time-sensitive settings, like Business Hours. For example, if a user is configured for the U.S. Pacific time zone (UTC -7) and actually lives in the U.S. Central time zone (UTC -5), if their business hours are configured from 8-5 Pacific, the user will experience their business hours from 10-7 locally.

If necessary, users can at any time from their profile page on the Zoom web portal.

PIN Code

The user's chosen PIN code will be required for them to access their voicemail by telephone call, unlock their desk phone, or use a hot desking location.

Once a user's PIN is set, they can change it at any time from their screen on the Zoom web portal.

Zoom Phone on the Web Portal

After completing the initial setup process, users can access most of their Zoom Phone settings and features from the tab on the web portal. By default, clicking the Phone tab will open the Settings screen; however, users can also switch to the History, Voicemail, and Recording tabs, which are also available within the Zoom Workplace app. Please follow the link below for more information.

Zoom Phone in the Zoom Workplace App

The Phone tab in the Zoom Workplace app serves as the main location to utilize Zoom Phone for both mobile and desktop users. From the Phone tab, users can make and receive calls, view call history, access voicemail, view shared lines, and send SMS/MMS messages. Please follow the link below for more information.

Zoom AI Companion

Zoom Phone supports built-in AI Companion features that can simplify user workflows and help you save time. These features are described in the following sections.

Note

Zoom does not use any customer audio, video, chat, screen sharing, attachments or other communications-like content (such as poll results, whiteboard and reactions) to train Zoom's or its third-party AI models.

We evaluate and update our models periodically and those used to support Zoom AI Companion may change from time to time. For features in AI Companion that use third-party AI model providers, we will share relevant data with those third-parties when you use the feature. Data may be processed within U.S.-based data centers.

Learn more about , or view the .

Call Summary

The Call Summary feature lets users generate post-call summaries of Zoom Phone conversations. If enabled during a call, designated conversations will receive an AI-generated post-call summary within the Zoom Workplace app, highlighting essential details such as dates, names, key discussion points, and next steps. Users have the option to edit, email, or share the conversation summary as needed.

Refer to Zoom's support center for more information on and call summary with AI Companion.

Voicemail

Zoom Phone's AI Companion enhances voicemail management through intelligent automation and prioritization tools designed to streamline communication workflows and improve response efficiency.

Tasks

When viewing a Voicemail, users can ask Zoom AI Companion to analyze and automatically suggest tasks based on voicemail content, helping users catch up faster when their inbox is full, and stay on-task when returning messages.

Refer to Zoom's support center for more information on and call summary with AI Companion.

Voicemail Prioritization

With the Voicemail Prioritization feature, AI Companion can automatically prioritize voice messages when the message content matches a user's personally defined topic or intent list. This can help users respond to their most significant, time-sensitive, or critical voicemail messages on a faster timeline when that message might otherwise be last in line.

Refer to Zoom's support center for more information on and call summary with AI Companion.

Team SMS Thread Summary

With the Summarize Team SMS threads feature, members of Call Queues and Auto Receptionists with the can use AI Companion to generate a summary of Team SMS threads to quickly understand the conversation and generate their response. This is notably beneficial when a user is following up on an existing conversation with several message exchanges, or when transferring an SMS conversation to a different agent for support.

Note

This feature requires the Zoom add-on.

Refer to Zoom's support center for more information on .

User Reports

Zoom Phone users without an elevated role (i.e., a "standard user") do not have access to Zoom Phone usage reports. However, users can .

Alternatively, users with a Power Pack add-on and sufficient role privileges may have access to additional dashboards and Call Queue reports. Refer to Zoom's support Center for more information on .

Power Pack

The Zoom Phone Power Pack is an optional add-on designed to empower Licensed (i.e., non-basic) Zoom Phone users by providing access to additional features and reporting tools, strengthening customer support and user capabilities similar to a "contact center-lite" experience.

With the Power Pack add-on, users and admins with sufficient permissions have access to additional features, including:

Analytics
User Experience

Note

Some Power Pack features require elevated to access them. Readers are encouraged to review the requirements for each feature via the linked support articles for additional information.

Analytics and Reporting

The following sections discuss Analytics available with the Power Pack add-on. Although the following descriptions provide general summaries of each report, some reports and associated data may require elevated (i.e., admin) privileges to view all data. Readers are encouraged to refer to each linked support article to understand the requirements for each report.

Call Queue Real-Time Analytics

The Call Queue Real-Time Analytics dashboard provides authorized users with critical details for an account's Call Queue performance that can help make effective data-driven decisions. Data available within this report includes:

  • Target service level percentages

  • Average Call Handling Time

  • Call Volume

  • Average Call Handling Time

  • Average Wait Time

  • Longest Wait Time

  • Completed Call Counts

  • Abandoned Call Counts

  • Overflow Call Counts

  • Missed Calls

  • Opt-Out Reasons

Refer to Zoom's support center for more information on .

Call Queue Historical Reports

Similar to the Call Queue Real-Time Analytics dashboard, authorized users can generate Call Queue Historical dashboard reports to help make effective data-driven decisions regarding Call Queue performance.

Refer to Zoom's support center for more information on .

Auto Receptionist Historical Reports

The Auto Receptionist historical report provides authorized users with insightful analytics for calls coming into their auto-receptionists. Data within this report includes:

  • IVR Average Duration

  • Inbound Calls Within Business Hours

  • Inbound Calls After Hours

  • Outbound External Calls

  • Auto Receptionist Routing Rates

  • Percentage of IVR Responses

  • Top 25 Auto Receptionists Performance Scoreboard

Refer to Zoom's support center for more information on v.

Team SMS Historical Reports

The Team SMS historical report provides authorized users with insightful analytics for Auto Receptionist and Call Queue SMS interactions, including key volume and response time indicators. Data within this report includes:

  • Distributed SMS

    • Manual Released Count

    • Timeout Released Count

  • First Reply Time

    • Longest Reply Time

    • Average Reply Time

  • Total SMS Volume

    • Inbound

    • Outbound

  • Average SMS Volume Per Agent

    • Inbound

    • Outbound

  • SMS Volume Per Completed Conversation

    • Average Inbound

    • Average Outbound

  • Responding Time Per Completed Conversation

    • Average First Response Time

    • Average Handle Time

  • Call Queue SMS / Auto Receptionist Scoreboard

Refer to Zoom's support center for more information on or with Auto Receptionists and/or Call Queues.

User Performance Reports

The User Performance Report allows authorized users to view the performance data of Zoom Phone users, compare their statistics, and view a leaderboard of users within a location. Data provided in this report includes:

  • Total Calls

  • Total Inbound Calls

  • Total Unique Inbound Calls

  • Total Outbound Calls

  • Total Unique Outbound Calls

  • Answered Calls (Outbound)

  • Completed Calls (Inbound)

  • Calls Forwarded to Voicemail

  • Calls Answered by Other

  • Percentage of Missed Calls

  • Average Call Time

  • Total Call Time

  • Total Call Time (Inbound)

  • Total Call Time (Outbound)

  • Total Hold Time

  • Total Parked Time

  • User's Primary Group

  • User's Site

Refer to Zoom's support center for more information on .

Feature Entitlement and Membership Report

The Feature Entitlement and Membership Report provides authorized users with a simple snapshot view of a Zoom Phone user's profile. Data available within this report includes:

  • Name

  • Extension

  • Calling Package

  • Department

  • Cost Center

  • Site

  • Time Zone

  • Phone Numbers

  • Outbound Caller ID

  • Device Types

  • Call Queue Membership

  • Shared Line Membership

  • Group Call Pickup Memberships

  • Call Handling Ring Mode

  • Assistant For

  • Can Customize Voicemail

  • Can Customize Message Greeting

  • On/Off Settings for:

    • Voicemail / Videomail

    • Automatic Call Recording

    • Ad-Hoc Call Recording

    • Call Overflow

    • Call Transferring

    • Call Handling & Forwarding

    • Elevate Call to meeting

    • Hand Off Call to Room

    • Mobile Switch to Carrier

    • Call Delegation

    • SMS/MMS

Refer to Zoom's support center for more information on viewing the .

Zoom Phone Recording Report

The Zoom Phone Recording Report allows authorized users to view the history of recording logs and how Zoom Phone recordings are being used, stored, and deleted within an account. These reports allow admins to monitor recordings and understand recording usage in a comprehensive report. Data available within the report includes:

  • Users Configured for Automatic Recording

  • Users Configured for Ad-Hoc Recording

  • Number / Percentage of Recorded Calls

  • Number / Percentage of Not Recorded Calls

  • Number / Percentage of Recordings Not Marked for Deletion

  • Breakdown of User Information For

    • Name

    • Extension

    • Number of Ad-Hoc Recordings

    • Number of Automatic Recordings

    • Total Calls

    • Total Recordings

    • Site

    • Group

  • Breakdown of Call / Recording Information For

    • Direction

    • Caller Number

    • Callee Number

    • Call Start Time

    • Inbound / Outbound Direction

    • Call Result

    • Call Duration

    • Call Site

    • Call Path

  • Breakdown of Recording Information For

    • Direction

    • Caller

    • Callee

    • Recording Owner User

    • Owner User Type

    • Time

    • Recording Type

    • Site

Refer to Zoom's support center for more information on

Access Reports

The Zoom Phone Access Report allows authorized users to generate a list of users that have access to shared resources, including:

  • Shared Voicemail inboxes

  • Shared Call Recordings

  • Call Delegation (Shared Line Appearance)

  • Voicemails for:

    • Call Queues

    • Auto Receptionists

    • Shared Line Groups

Refer to Zoom's support center for more information on .

User Features

When provisioned with a Power Pack add-on, users gain access to the following features:

Opt-Out Reason Code

Users belonging to a Call Queue can designate an opt-out reason code when leaving the queue. This provides Call Queue managers with insight for user statuses, such as taking a rest or meal break, and also synchronizes to the real-time Call Queue analytics dashboard.

Admin-User Call Queue Opt-In

Users with sufficient role-based permission, such as a Call Queue admin, can opt users in to a Call Queue through the . This can be helpful in circumstances where a Call Queue may have users waiting in-queue, and agents have forgotten to opt back in to the queue from a break.

VIP Delegation

VIP Delegation allows a user to define who can and cannot directly call them. This feature is particularly useful for executives who do not want to be directly accessible to everyone without expressed permission.

To configure VIP delegation, users first define a VIP contact list of who can call them directly; after configuring the list, the user can define if unanswered calls will forward on to a call delegate or not.

Second, the user can define what happens when someone outside their VIP contact list calls them, with options to:

  • Ring them and their delegate(s) simultaneously: People not on the VIP list can ring both the user and their delegate(s).

  • Ring their delegate(s) first and themselves second: People not on the VIP list can ring the delegate(s) and then the primary user.

  • Ring themselves first and their delegate(s) second: People not on the VIP list can ring the primary user first and then their delegate(s).

  • Ring their delegate(s) only: People not on the VIP list can ring the delegate(s) only.

  • Ring themselves only: People not on the VIP list can ring the primary user only.

  • Send to voicemail/videomail: People not on the VIP list are sent to voicemail/videomail if voicemail/videomail is enabled.

Refer to Zoom's support center for more information on and VIP delegation.

SMS Templates

With SMS Templates, users can optimize efficiency by promptly inserting pre-made messages, defined by administrators, when replying to or sending SMS messages through an Auto Receptionist or Call Queue. These templates facilitate customization with adaptable fields to personalize messages for recipients and offer controlled access levels at various account, group, user, and Site-specific tiers.

Refer to Zoom's support center for more information on .

Team SMS Functionality

With Team SMS Functionality, users can answer and send text messages on behalf of an Auto Receptionist or Call Queue if they are members of the group. This lets end users (i.e., your business' customers) send SMS messages to a Call Queue or Auto Receptionist, which can be answered by members of the group collaboratively, offering additional contact channels for communicating with your customer base.

Refer to Zoom's support center for more information on using .

Team SMS Summary

This feature was under the AI Companion section.

The Zoom Assistant

The Zoom Assistant is a lightweight widget that runs on a user’s desktop as an extension of the Zoom Workplace app, offering Zoom Phone Pro and Licensed users a consolidated phone interface. Please follow the below link for more information.

Overview

Zoom Phone is Zoom's cloud-based telephony service designed to meet the telephony needs for businesses of any size. Featuring an intuitive, web-based admin menu for settings and policies, and a cloud-based service architecture that replaces legacy, on-premises equipment, Zoom Phone makes telephony simple.

This section provides an overview of Zoom Phone's services, architecture, design, network requirements, security standards, supported devices, features, licenses, and more. After reading this section, you can expect to gain a high-level understanding of Zoom Phone's fundamental design elements and functionality.

Zoom Phone offers three primary service offerings: Native, BYOC Cloud Peering, and BYOC Premises Peering

Zoom Phone offers businesses three primary service offerings to meet diverse needs across the globe: Zoom Phone Native, Zoom Phone Bring Your Own Carrier with Cloud Peering (BYOC-C), and Zoom Phone Bring Your Own Carrier with Premises Peering (BYOC-P). Each of these services are briefly described in the following sections, with a network summary available at the end of each service's description.

Zoom Phone is designed with an active-active architecture for reliability and resiliency

Zoom Phone uses a best-in-class, active-active architecture to deliver reliable, enterprise-grade phone service. Details of this design are elaborated in the following sections, with a focus on data center-specific SIP zones and Zoom's data centers at large.

Zoom Phone Data Center SIP Zones

In an active-active architecture, resiliency and redundancy are key. Each Zoom Phone data center features two identical, interconnected SIP zones equipped with dedicated hardware and services for independent resiliency and sustainability.

During normal operations, a load balancer evenly distributes calls between both SIP zones within a data center. Within each SIP zone, calls are equitably distributed among a cluster of call switches, which are responsible for various functions such as call routing, setup, and teardown. From the call switches, calls connect to a Session Border Controller (SBC) within each zone, which connects to Zoom's underlying network of providers for PSTN routing until the call reaches its final destination.

Within this framework, each integral piece of architecture—i.e., SBCs, load balancers, and call switches—is supplemented with redundant hardware on standby for resiliency. In the event that one SIP zone experiences a service-impacting event, a call's active media, signaling, and registration will failover to the other zone for uninterrupted service.

The following diagram illustrates a SIP zone's active-active architecture design at a high level:

Zoom Phone Data Centers At Large

From a physical perspective, Zoom's data centers are located within highly secure colocation facilities with physical security, redundant power and cooling systems, and access to leading carrier-neutral internet service providers (ISPs) and peering partners.

From a technological perspective, Zoom's data centers are built with fault-tolerant architecture, including full redundancy and rapid failover capabilities from a primary data center to a secondary data center, to enhance reliability and minimize downtime.

In the unlikely event of a complete data center outage or service-impacting event, Zoom Phone media, signaling, and registration information may be temporarily lost, requiring a convergence on the standby, secondary data center.

The following diagram illustrates Zoom’s data center redundancy design at a high level:

SIP Zone Service Locations

Zoom Phone offers customers hosted on Zoom's United States-based cluster (US01) SIP Zone and PSTN connectivity from the following list of global data centers, enabling users to connect to the most suitable data centers based on their location and needs:

North America:

  • U.S. West, California

  • U.S. Central, Colorado

  • U.S. East, New York

  • U.S. East, Virginia

Latin America:

  • Brazil, São Paulo

  • Mexico, Querétaro

EMEA:

  • Netherlands, Amsterdam

  • Germany, Frankfurt

APAC:

  • Australia, Sydney

  • Australia, Melbourne

  • China, Hong Kong

  • Japan, Tokyo

  • Japan, Osaka

  • Singapore, Singapore

Region-Specific Connectivity

For customers that require data localization for compliance purposes and are located in supported regions, Zoom Phone also supports localized PSTN connectivity for region-specific accounts. Customers with a region-specific account are forced to initialize all calls from their region's associated data center and cannot utilize SIP zones outside of their account's region.

The following list details supported regions and region-specific data center locations available with Zoom Phone:

Australia

  • Sydney

  • Melbourne

Canada

  • Vancouver

  • Toronto

Europe

  • Germany

  • Amsterdam

Zoom for Government

  • California

  • New York

Warning

Phone calls placed from region-specific accounts will transmit from data centers within the region; however, PSTN calls may traverse international networks beyond their confined region.

Zoom Phone India

Apart from localized regions, Zoom Phone also supports Bring Your Own Carrier with Premises Peering (BYOC-P) connectivity within India through a specialized Zoom Phone India service offering. With Zoom Phone India, customers with a U.S. cluster-based account are provided with a unique Zoom Phone instance specific to the licensed service areas—also known as circles—where both Zoom and the customer account are authorized to operate.

As of the date of this document's publication, Zoom is authorized to operate within the following licensed service areas:

  • Mumbai: Local area of Mumbai, Navi Mumbai, and Kalyan

  • Andhra Pradesh: State of Andhra Pradesh and Telangana, including Hyderabad

  • Maharashtra: State of Maharashtra and Goa, including Pune

  • Karnataka: State of Karnataka, including Bangalore

  • Tamil Nadu: State of Tamil Nadu and union territory of Pondicherry, including Chennai

  • Delhi: Local area of Delhi, New Delhi, Ghaziabad, Faridabad, Noida, and Gurgaon

Zoom Phone India Requirements

Due to regulatory requirements, a business must meet certain criteria to be eligible for the Zoom Phone India service. Although the following list is not comprehensive, the most important criteria are outlined below:

  • The business must pay with the Indian Rupee, and cannot use another denomination like the U.S. Dollar or Euro

  • The business must be a business entity registered with the Government of India and cannot be an international entity

  • The business must have both an authorized signatory and a Goods and Sales Tax Identification Number (GSTIN) within the state where they are getting service

  • The business must be located within one of Zoom's currently supported licensed service areas

If your business meets these requirements and is interested in learning more about Zoom Phone India, reach out to your account team for more information.

Security Standards

Zoom Phone supports secure voice calls across various platforms, including the Zoom Workplace app for desktop and mobile, the Zoom web client, Zoom Rooms, and supported SIP devices.

During call setup, Zoom Phone utilizes SIP over TLS 1.2 with an AES 256-bit algorithm for encryption. Additionally, connections from the Zoom Workplace app for desktop and mobile, as well as the Zoom web client, encrypt call media to the Zoom Cloud using secure real-time transport protocol (SRTP) with AES 256-bit encryption.

Supported SIP devices configured with SRTP use either AES-128 or AES-256-bit algorithms for encrypting call media, while unencrypted RTP is utilized as a fallback for devices without SRTP support.

Note

By default, AES-128-bit encryption is enabled for call media transmitted by supported SIP devices. Admins can using the web portal. Fax lines may not support full encryption.

Supported Platforms, Devices, and Hardware

In addition to the Zoom Workplace desktop and mobile apps and Zoom Rooms app, Zoom Phone supports a growing list of IP phones, telephony hardware, and accessories.

The following lists contain supported hardware manufacturers for Zoom Phone, not specific models. Because Zoom Phone continues to support new hardware over time, visit Zoom's support center to see the most recent list of , including supported models, firmware versions, and supported encryption standards available for each.

Supported Platforms

Zoom Phone is supported natively within the following platforms:

  • Zoom Workplace Mac desktop app

  • Zoom Workplace Windows desktop app

  • Zoom Rooms app

  • Zoom Workplace Android mobile app

  • Zoom Workplace iOS/iPadOS mobile app

Google Chrome Web App

Zoom Phone has limited feature support within the Zoom for Chrome Zoom Web App, which allows users to use some of the same features available on the Zoom Workplace desktop or mobile app within a Google Chrome web browser.

Refer to Zoom's support center for more information on the , or speak to your Zoom account team for more information on feature parity and capabilities.

Supported IP Phone Manufacturers

Zoom Phone supports limited IP phone models from the following manufacturers:

  • AudioCodes

  • Avaya

  • Cisco

  • Grandstream

  • Poly

  • Yealink

Supported IP Phone Accessory Manufacturers

Zoom Phone supports limited IP phone accessories from the following manufacturers:

  • Poly

  • Yealink

Supported Analog Gateway Manufacturers

Zoom Phone supports limited analog gateway devices from the following manufacturers:

  • AudioCodes

  • Cisco

  • Grandstream

  • Poly

Supported Session Border Controller (SBC) Manufacturers

Zoom Phone supports limited Session Border Controllers from the following manufacturers:

  • AudioCodes

  • Cisco

  • NextGen

  • Oracle

  • Ribbon

  • TE-Systems

SBC Requirements

To integrate an SBC with Zoom Phone, an SBC must meet the following requirements:

  • Support for TLS 1.2 and SRTP

  • Support for Mutual TLS

  • Session Initiation Protocol (SIP)

  • DTMF (RFC-2833)

  • Topology hiding (RFC-5853)

  • SIP Early Offer (mandatory)

  • Codecs: Opus, G.711 μ-law, G.711 A-law and/or G.729

Supported Pagers and Intercom Systems

Zoom Phone supports limited pagers and intercom systems from the following manufacturers:

  • 2N

  • Algo

  • CyberData

  • Grandstream

Supported Codecs

By default, the Zoom Workplace desktop and mobile apps will use the Opus codec when connecting to a call; however, Zoom Phone also supports the following codecs for physical devices:

  • Opus

  • G.711 μ-law

  • G.711 A-law

  • G.729

Zoom Phone Features

The following lists outline core features available with Zoom Phone. As the Zoom Phone team continually innovates, additional unlisted features may also be available. If a feature important to your organization is not listed, please contact your account team for more information. Feature availability may be impacted by a user's and .

Zoom Phone User Features
Zoom Phone Administration Features
Audio Prompt Language Support

Fax Support

Zoom Phone supports faxing in a limited capacity due to inherent limitations of the technology and industry standards. Specifically, businesses typically must use an analog terminal adapter (ATA) to bridge traditional fax machines with the internet using the G.711 standard codec, unless they are using an alternative faxing solution like or .

However, although the G.711 standard is generally considered reliable for faxing, its use is open to interpretation by intermediate connections and its performance cannot be guaranteed. Consequently, businesses are encouraged to assess their faxing requirements and select the optimal solution. For customers that frequently transmit large, multi-page documents, maintaining an analog line and traditional fax machine may be advisable to ensure consistent and reliable performance.

Licenses, Calling Plans, and Add-Ons

Zoom Phone provides a wide range of licenses, calling plans, and add-ons to cater to various customer requirements. Fundamentally, every user or device utilizing Zoom Phone requires a Zoom Phone Basic license to access core PBX features. For Zoom Phone Native users (i.e., non-BYOC-C/P), a calling plan is essential for making outbound calls; alternatively, BYOC-enabled accounts will incur charges from the underlying carrier for their usage.

In addition to calling plans, Zoom also offers several add-ons for both Native service and BYOC-C/P customers, offering users additional features, capabilities, and functionality.

Note

Some Zoom pricing plans include bundled licenses which, when applied to a user, may automatically apply a Zoom Phone calling plan and add-on features, simplifying the provisioning process. For more information on bundled licenses, speak to your Zoom account team.

Zoom Phone Integrations

Zoom Phone supports various integrations for enhanced functionality and user workflow efficiency. Although the following list is not exhaustive, some of Zoom Phone’s most popular integrations are briefly outlined in the following section.

Contact Center Integrations

Zoom Contact Center

Zoom Contact Center (ZCC) is an enterprise-grade, omni-channel solution that integrates Zoom's unified communications platform with contact center capabilities. Designed to enhance customer experiences, ZCC can deliver prompt and personalized service across a robust suite of channels, including video, voice (phone), SMS, social media, and web chat, along with Zoom's AI-powered Virtual Agent.

For more information on Zoom Contact Center, refer to or speak with your Zoom account team.

Zoom's Workforce Engagement Management Suite

Zoom's Workforce Engagement Management suite provides additional products and features that further supplement and expand the power of Zoom Contact Center with Zoom Phone.

With Zoom Workforce Management, businesses have access to AI-powered tools that can forecast future contact engagement volume, organize and design schedules that align with projected volume across various channels, and predict agent workloads.

With Zoom Quality Management, contact center managers have access to various tools and features that monitor and analyze consumer interactions, evaluate agent performance, offer actionable insights, and proactively identify areas for improvement.

For more information on Zoom’s Workforce Engagement Management suite, refer to or speak with your Zoom account team.

Additional Contact Center Integrations

In addition to Zoom Contact Center, Zoom Phone also supports contact center integrations with Five9, Twilio, Genesys, NICE inContact, and Talkdesk.

Zoom Phone Survivability

For businesses that use a cloud-based telephony service dependent on internet provider connectivity, maintaining telephony services in the event of an internet service failure or a service impacting event is critical for business continuity and operations. To address these scenarios, Zoom offers the Zoom Phone Local Survivability (ZPLS) module as a Zoom Node workload, which provides telephony resiliency in the event of a service disruption.

During a survivability event where Zoom endpoints cannot reach the Zoom Phone cloud service, supported user devices will register to the ZPLS module, which provides basic telephony services—like internal calling and survivability distribution groups—until full service can be restored. Businesses can further expand this functionality by connecting the ZPLS module with a Session Border Controller (SBC) connected to an underlying carrier (BYOC) to route calls across the public switched telephone network (PSTN).

When integrated with an SBC, businesses have the best of both worlds: the simplicity and ease of a cloud-managed phone system, with the survivability and resiliency of on-premises infrastructure when the unforeseen occurs. In short, with ZPLS, businesses can comfortably deprecate most legacy, on-premises telephony appliances and migrate to a cloud-based phone system with confidence.

Refer to the section of this document dedicated to for more information.

Call Routing Logic

Zoom Phone supports many nuanced call routing capabilities, supporting multiple Sites, external contacts, routing rules, and more. To support customer understanding for the impact of call flows, Zoom Phone processes different calling scenarios through comprehensive call routing logic.

Network Configuration

Due to Zoom Phone's cloud-based architecture, configuring Zoom Phone for your network is substantially easier in comparison to legacy, on-premises phone systems. From the simplest of perspectives, users need two key factors to begin successful calling: a working internet connection and open network ports. So long as users can successfully maintain an active connection with Zoom Phone data centers and the necessary ports are not blocked, Zoom Phone is ready for use within your network.

The Zoom Phone Dashboard
✔
✔
✔
Australia and New Zealand Only
✔
Argentina, Brazil, and Mexico Only
✔
✔
✔
✔
✔

  • Call Queue Real-Time Analytics

  • Call Queue Historical Reports

  • Auto Receptionist Historical Reports

  • Team SMS Historical Reports

  • User Performance Reports

  • Feature Entitlement and Membership Reports

  • Recording Reports

  • Access Reports

  • Opt-Out Reason Code

  • Admin-User Call Queue Opt-In

  • VIP Delegation

  • SMS Templates

  • Team SMS Functionality

  • Team SMS Summary

Phone
change their time zone
Phone Settings
Phone
how Zoom uses data to provide Zoom AI Companion features
Zoom AI Companion Security and Privacy Whitepaper
enabling
using
enabling
using
enabling
using
Power Pack add-on
Power Pack
summarizing SMS threads with AI Companion
access and export their call history through the web portal
Power Pack reporting and features
Zoom Phone roles
And more
viewing the real-time Call Queue analytics dashboard
viewing the historical Call Queue analytics dashboard
iewing the historical Auto Receptionist reports dashboard
setting up
using SMS
viewing User Performance Reports
Feature Entitlement and Membership report
viewing the Zoom Phone recording report.
viewing Zoom Phone Access Reports
Call Queue Real-Time dashboard
enabling
using
managing SMS templates
Call Queues or Auto Receptionists with SMS
previously discussed
Example image of the new user profile setup for Zoom Phone.
Example of a call summary.
Example of Tasks extracted from a voicemail.
Example of what the dialog box used to create Voicemail prioritizations.
Example of an SMS thread.
Example of an SMS thread summary.
Example of Real-Time Analytics Dashboard.
Example of Auto Receptionist Reporting Dashboard.
Example of Team SMS Historical Reporting Dashboard.
Example of the User Performance Reporting Dashboard.
Example of the Feature Entitlement and Membership Reporting Dashboard.
Example of teh Zoom Phone Recording Reporting Dashboard.
Example of the Access Reports Dashboard.
Example SMS templates.
Zoom Phone on the Web Portal
Zoom Phone in the Zoom Workplace App
The Zoom Assistant

  • Call Blocking

  • Call Delegation

  • Call Forwarding

  • Call Handling Settings

  • Call Handoff Between Devices

  • Call History

  • Call Hold

  • Call Monitoring (Listen, Whisper, Barge, Take Over)

  • Call Park

  • Call Presence Status

  • Call Queue Chats Channels

  • Call Queue Opt-In/Out

  • Call Recording

  • Call Transfer

  • Caller ID

  • Desk Phone Screen Lock

  • Elevate Call to Meeting

  • Emergency Calling

  • End-to-End Encrypted Calls

  • Multi-Party Conference Call

  • Multi-Key and Position Support

  • Personal Business Hours

  • Personal Holiday Hours

  • Personal Hold Music

  • Personal PIN Code

  • Select Outbound Caller ID

  • SMS

  • Video Mail

  • Voicemail

  • Voicemail Transcription

  • Auto Receptionists

  • Blocked Number List

  • Business Hours

  • Call Logs

  • Call Recording (Ad Hoc, Automatic)

  • Call Queues

  • Common Area Phones

  • Configure Email Notifications

  • Configure IP Phone Settings

  • Define Call/SMS Hours

  • Define Call/SMS Locations

  • Device Management

  • Dial by Name Directory

  • Emergency Services

  • End-of-Call Feedback Survey

  • External Contacts

  • Hold Music

  • Hot Desking

  • IP Address Access Control

  • Live Transcriptions

  • Mask Personal Data from Dashboard and Call Log

  • Paging

  • PIN Code Requirements

  • Port Range Assignment

  • Provisioning Template

  • Quality Dashboards

  • Routing Rules

  • Shared Line Groups

  • Single Sign-On License Assignment

  • Site Management

  • SMS Etiquette Tool

  • Spam Number List

  • Spam Protection

  • Subscribe to Zoom Phone Reports

  • Chinese (Traditional)

  • Chinese (Simplified)

  • Danish

  • Dutch

  • English (America)

  • English (Britain)

  • French (Canada)

  • French (France)

  • German

  • Italian

  • Japanese

  • Korean

  • Portuguese (Brazil)

  • Portuguese (Portugal)

  • Spanish (America)

  • Spanish (Spain)

upgrade devices to AES-256 bit encryption
Zoom Phone-certified hardware
Chrome Web App
license
calling plan
FaxSIPit
eFax
Zoom’s website
Zoom’s website
Zoom Phone Local Survivability
Diagram of a SIP zone's active-active architecture.
Diagram of Zoom's data center redundancy design.
Example of Zoom Phone licensing.
Example of different Zoom Phone call flows.
Zoom Phone Native
Bring Your Own Carrier – Cloud Peering (BYOC-C)
Bring Your Own Carrier – Premises Peering (BYOC-P)
Licenses, Calling Plans, and Add-ons
Zoom Phone Integrations
Network Configuration

Zoom Team Chat Migration App Field Guide

Introduction

The Zoom Team Chat Migration App Field Guide is a comprehensive resource for IT administrators, providing step-by-step instructions for transferring Slack Workspaces to Zoom Team Chat. It covers essential processes for migrating public channels, private channels, and direct messages while maintaining data integrity and user communication history.

The Zoom Team Chat Migration App implements a dual-engine architecture for transferring Slack Workspace data to Zoom Team Chat environments. System administrators have access to several migration pathways.

Migration overview

There are multiple ways to migrate your Slack data using the Zoom Team Chat Migration App, depending on your organization's size, Slack plan, and security requirements.

Additionally, you must meet certain Slack and Zoom prerequisites, make a migration plan, and consolidate your Slack Workspaces. This section provides an overview of these prerequisites and considerations.

Migration options

The following table details the most-common migration approaches:

Migration Method
Description
Best For
Requirements
Benefit

API Migration (App-Based)

Uses a migration app to directly connect to Slack APIs and transfer data. Supports public channels, private channels, and DMs.

Smaller organizations or where obtaining user authorization is feasible

Users must authorize access to their data for private chats and DMs

Fully automated and seamless transfer of data directly from Slack

Import Tool Migration (File-Based)

Uses Slack export files to migrate data via Zoom’s Import Tool

Organizations with Slack Plus or Enterprise Grid plans

Admins must export Slack data from the Slack admin dashboard

No user authorization needed; ideal for bulk migration, especially private chats

Hybrid Approach (API + Import)

Combines API and Import methods: public channels via API; private channels and DMs via Import Tool

Mid-to-large organizations that want to avoid user authorization complexity

Admin access for both Slack export and app-based API migration setup

Avoids user authorization friction for private chats while maintaining automation for public channel migration

System constraints

The migration process is subject to specific constraints:

  • Maximum single job capacity: 12 months of historical data

  • Total migration window: 60 months (5 years)

  • Job concurrency: Only one job must be running at a time

This technical architecture enables systematic migration of enterprise communication data while maintaining security protocols and data integrity.

Slack-to-Zoom data mapping

The following table of mapping details can help you understand the connection between Slack and Zoom Team Chat prior to migration:

Slack Feature
Zoom Team Chat Equivalent
Notes

Public Channels

Public Channels

Migrated automatically

Private Channels

Private Channels

Requires user approval

Direct Messages (DMs)

1:1 Chats

Requires user approval

Group DMs

Group Chats

Requires user approval

Threads

Inline Replies

Not fully threaded like Slack, but keeps reply order

@ Mentions

@ Mentions

Same behavior

Reactions

Emoji Reactions

Same behavior

Files

Shared Files

Requires cloud storage enabled

Pinned Messages

Starred Messages

Pinned messages become starred

Slack Bots/App Messages

Text Only (No Cards)

Rich app cards will not migrate

Account and permission prerequisites

You must check both your Slack and Zoom account levels and admin permissions before proceeding.

  • A Pro, Business, Enterprise, or Education Zoom account is required.

  • Slack and Zoom admin permissions are needed to authorize migration.

The admin installing the Zoom Marketplace app must access role management on the web portal. They must ensure they are assigned the correct chat management permissions - the Edit checkbox must be selected for Chat Channels and Chat Messages roles. Otherwise, they will not be able to authorize the Zoom Slack Migration app due to insufficient permissions.

  • Cloud storage must be enabled for message/file retention.

Slack APIs: Scopes, permissions, and rate limits

Slack APIs are used to fetch your Slack user, channel, and message data. These data types have rate limits, allowing only a certain number of requests per minute for a Slack Workspace. This is an important consideration when planning your migration timeline.

Slack Migration Job Performance Benchmarks

The following tables provide estimates for Slack migrations.

Migration Method
Data Range
Processing Time per Channel
Estimated Migration Time*

Import Migration

~2 weeks

5-10 seconds

45 seconds - 1 minute 15 seconds per channel

API-Based Migration

~2 weeks

20-30 seconds

3-5 minutes per channel

*Based on midsize Slack workspace with one year of historical data

Migration jobs encounter two fundamental bottlenecks that directly affect implementation timelines and resource planning. File transfer processing limitations impact both import and API-based migration methods, creating performance constraints that require adequate bandwidth allocation and transfer optimization strategies during deployment planning. API-based migration jobs face additional performance restrictions due to Slack's native API rate limiting mechanisms. These constraints don't affect import migrations but significantly impact API-based implementations, requiring extended processing windows and careful job scheduling to optimize throughput while maintaining compliance with platform limitations.

While your Slack workspace may contain hundreds or thousands of channels, channel activity distribution follows predictable patterns that directly impact migration performance and resource allocation requirements. High-activity channels with extensive message histories, file attachments, and user interactions will require the full benchmark processing times outlined above. However, the majority of workspace channels typically contain minimal activity—consisting of brief conversations, announcements, or archived discussions that migrate significantly faster than benchmark estimates.

Required Admin Permissions and Scopes

The Zoom App Marketplace requires the following admin permissions and scopes within the Zoom tenant:

  • Team Chat Management > Chat Channels = Edit

  • Chat Messages = Edit

The Zoom Migration tool uses internal APIs that require the following Zoom App scopes:

  • chat_message:write:admin

  • imchat:bot

  • chat_channel:write:admin

  • user:write:admin

Zoom XMPP includes a field containing the Slack Message ID for authenticity and historical tracking.

The Zoom-built Slack app will automatically install in the Slack tenant when an admin connects to a Workspace via the migration tool. The Slack app uses OAuth2 authentication to connect with Zoom, providing the authorization token for data migration. Users must authorize migration of private conversations (DMs, group chats, and private channels).

You must also set the option for Only allow apps from the slack directory to OFF, which allows the Slack app to install once the Workspace connection has been created. The following Slack scopes are also required:

  • files:read

  • channels:history

  • channels:read

  • groups:history

  • groups:read

  • im:history

  • im:read

  • mpim:history

  • mpim:read

  • pins:read

  • stars:read

  • users:read

  • users:read.email

Migration considerations

Considering a migration strategy ahead of time will save effort and ensure a smooth transition between platforms. As a high-level example, Zoom offers the following strategy outline:

  1. Decide which Slack Workspaces to migrate (one or more)

  2. Choose what data to migrate:

    1. Public channels (automatic migration)

    2. Private channels and direct messages (DMs) (requires user authorization)

    3. Bot and/or app messages

  3. Decide which migration method best fits your needs

  4. Set a timeframe for migration (up to a maximum of one year per job)

  5. Communicate with users about private message approvals

Slack Workspace consolidation

For organizations using multiple Slack Workspaces, such as Enterprise Grid users, migration to Zoom Team Chat consolidates all Workspaces into a single account.

To differentiate between Workspaces, Zoom appends the original Workspace name to both channel and chat names. For example:

  • Original Slack Channel:

    • #engineering (with a Workspace of "US Team")

  • Migrated Zoom Channel:

    • #engineering: US Team

This consolidation ensures all data migrates to a single Zoom Team Chat account while preserving the original Workspace context. Shared spaces can provide additional structure for specific teams or departments, making it easier to organize and access content.

Chat data consolidation

Workspaces with more than 100 users can have tens of thousands of private group chats and DMs that were never archived or deleted, even after users were removed from the company. This causes private migration jobs to take significantly longer than public jobs.

Administrators should clean old data by either manually archiving these old conversations or updating their Slack retention period to automatically delete them.

Zoom recommends validating which data needs to remain as active data in Zoom Team Chat, and which data can be archived for any future legal, compliance, risk mitigation, human resources, or other purposes.

While you can replicate more Slack data into Zoom Team Chat, Zoom recommends only replicating one (1) year of active data and archiving the rest. Most users rarely need to search beyond a single year to perform their role and communicate. Zoom recommends creating migration jobs in smaller three to six-month batches for successful data migrations.

Also, it is important to consider whether data currently resides in Slack or is integrated with third-party services for DLP, e-Discovery, or archiving.

Chat history retention

Several retention-related considerations exist when migrating from Slack to Zoom, since Slack is entirely cloud-based while Zoom offers more granular retention options:

  • Zoom offers both local device and cloud storage. Local device storage can range from one (1) day to seven (7) years. Cloud storage can be disabled or set up for a 7-year retention period.

  • Retention policies can be configured at both the account and group levels for users.

  • Administrators can set specific retention times for individual channels, as needed.

  • Administrators can specify one retention policy for DMs or group chats and set another policy for chat channels.

  • For chat history reporting, Zoom recommends storing edited message revisions and deletions.

See the Zoom Support article Storing Zoom Team Chat message history to learn more about chat history retention.

Best practices

Best practices for pre-migration

Follow these recommendations for an easier pre-migration process:

  • Ensure that users have created accounts on Zoom and have authenticated at least once.

  • Administrators have added the Slack Migration app to their Zoom account.

  • Administrators performing the migration must have permissions for both platforms (Slack and Zoom Team Chat), and their email must match between their Zoom and Slack accounts.

  • Administrators must use the Zoom Team Chat Migration app to configure migration jobs to run and move data from Slack to Zoom Team Chat. Note: This process requires a minimum of 2 jobs because at least 1 job will move private conversations and 1 job will move public channels.

  • Administrators should archive or delete any unnecessary Slack data they do not want migrated to Team Chat to help speed up migrations.

  • If you’re using API Migration jobs for migrating private data, ensure users are aware of when and how they will authorize Slack to move their data to Team Chat.

  • If planning on using Import Migration jobs, follow Slack’s instructions on exporting your workspace chat data as a .zip file.

    • File requirements:

      • The name of the .zip file must not be changed from its original Slack exported format

      • The size of the .zip file must not exceed 1 GB

Best practices for migration

The following process provides a high-level overview of the migration:

  1. Before migration, ensure users are created in Zoom and have authenticated at least once.

  2. Administrators should prepare and add the Slack Migration app to their Zoom account.

  3. The administrator performing the migration must have appropriate permissions for both platforms and matching email addresses between their Zoom and Slack accounts.

  4. Administrators must install the private app in Slack to connect to Zoom and perform OAuth authentication.

  5. Administrators use the Zoom Team Chat Migration app to configure migration jobs for moving data from Slack to Zoom Team Chat. This requires a minimum of 2 jobs - one for private conversations and one for public channels.

When migrating, follow these recommended steps:

  1. Migrate data from one channel by selecting the Select Public Channels Conversation Type and choosing a specific channel. Select a week's worth of data from some of your oldest channels.

  2. Create jobs to transfer all public channels from over a year ago, then verify that all channels were created with users.

  3. After verifying the app works as expected, create and run fewer jobs with larger time ranges rather than more jobs with smaller time ranges. Each job contains the same number of steps to migrate.

  4. (Optional) Repeat these steps for private job migrations.

After data migration, your data will appear as follows:

  • Public/private channel and group chat names will appear as: #channel-name: workspace-name

  • Messages sent by Slack users with active Zoom accounts will show normally as if they were sent by those zoom users

  • Messages sent by Slack users without active Zoom accounts will show as sent by a de-activated Zoom user with the name of the Slack message sender

  • System messages will migrate (e.g., "@Some User has joined the channel")

  • All messages will be migrated as read, regardless of their status in Slack

  • A Migration Completion notice will be sent to each public and private channel upon completion, appearing as "Message is sent from Team Chat Migration App, Day Date Time"

Deleting the migration app

The migration app maintains 1:1 mappings between Slack and Zoom conversations after migration.

Removing this app from your Zoom account will delete these mappings, resulting in duplicate channels and chats if you reinstall and migrate again. Only delete the Team Chat Migration app if you are certain no further migrations will be needed.

Installation

To install the app:

  1. Sign in to the Zoom App Marketplace.

  2. Search for Team Chat Migration and click Add.

  3. Review and approve the necessary permissions.

See the Zoom Support article Using the Team Chat Migration app (Slack Migration tool) for more detailed installation instructions.

Administrators must grant permission to the Slack workspace account or organization to install and authorize the private application, Message Retriever. An admin must approve the use of apps, generally, in a Slack workspace and also grant permissions for all members to use the app.

Administrators must grant permission to install the Team Chat Migration app in their Zoom account along with two Team Chat Management permissions in the admin role.

The option for Only allow apps from the Slack App Directory setting must be disabled.

The administrator using the app must have an account Admin role to migrate conversations. They cannot be a custom admin type. Learn more about identifying account types, roles, and licenses and role management on the Zoom Support site.

Connect your Slack Workspace for API Migration Jobs

If you aren’t using the File Import method, these instructions will help you connect for API migrations.

To connect a Workspace:

  1. Open the Team Chat Migration App in Zoom.

  2. Click Create Connection > Sign in to Slack and authorize.

  3. Confirm the workspace connection in the Zoom dashboard.

Perform the User Sync task

The User Sync task fetches all full, active members in your Slack Workspace and creates a 1:1 mapping to their corresponding Zoom account using their email address.

If an active Slack user's email address is not found on the Zoom side, a new, deactivated user will be created within Zoom for that email address.

If an active Slack user's email address is found under a different Zoom account, such as a personal account, then the user will be mapped to a "dummy user" profile. In your Zoom account, this user will be named TeamChatMigration AppUser and will be present to ensure all message data is migrated for your workspace.

Do not delete the TeamChatMigration AppUser user.

Performing migration jobs

The following section will help you start the jobs necessary for migration.

Creating an import migration job

To create a new migration job:

  1. Click Upload Files, select your Slack Export file, then click Upload.

  2. Wait for your file to upload to Zoom.

    1. Note: Please do not exit or refresh the page, as this will stall the file upload and the job will be stuck in "Uploading" state. If this happens, you can delete the "Uploading" job and restart this process

  3. Once the initial file upload completes, a Migration details window will pop up while the Migration app prepares the file for migration. At this point, you can close, exit, or refresh the page while you wait until the job is ready to run.

  4. After the tool is finished preparing the file for migration, you will be able to select the conversation types to migrate.

  5. Once you have selected your conversation types, click Run to start the migration job.

Creating an API Migration job

To create a new migration job:

  1. Click New Migration Job and select the Slack workspace.

  2. Choose the data scope:

    • Public channels (migrates automatically).

    • Private channels & DMs (requires user authorization).

    • Specific date range for messages.

  3. Once you have selected your data scope and range and you have obtained the authorization from your users, select Run to start the migration job.

Handling private data authorization requests for private channels and DMs:

  • Private channels and DMs require user approval before migrating.

  • Zoom will automatically send email requests for approval once the migration job is created.

  • Admins can track which users have/haven't approved. For private chat migration, only one user's authorization is required to migrate the entire conversation history.

  • Authorization request emails are only sent to users who haven't yet provided approval.

  • For optimal migration success, target obtaining authorization from approximately 60-70% of your users.

Running and monitoring migration jobs

Starting a new migration job

To start a migration job run:

  1. Click Run Migration to begin the process.

  2. Migration times vary (large workspaces may take 12+ hours).

  3. Track progress in the Migration Dashboard.

Troubleshooting migration jobs

Occasionally, a migration job might not return the desired result. The following table provides solutions for possible issues experienced during migration:

Issue
Solution
  • Private messages/channels missing

  • Check if the user authorized the migration

  • Migration job stuck

The migration app will automatically retry

  • Some users not mapped in Zoom

Ensure they exist in Zoom with the same email and re-run any migrations

Migration postmortem

After completing a migration, Zoom recommends performing a thorough postmortem and verifying your Slack content made it over to Team Chat as expected.

The following table provides recommended tasks to validate your chat migrations:

Step
Action

Verify the Migration

  • Sign in to Zoom Team Chat and verify that channels, messages, and files appear correctly.

  • Sign out and sign back in to refresh the chat history.

Fix Any Missing Data

  • Resend authorization requests to users who have not approved private data access.

  • Review migration jobs for errors and retry any failed jobs.

(Optional) Decommission Slack

  • After confirming data migration is complete, you may archive or remove the Slack workspace.

General Troubleshooting

  • If messages are missing, try signing out and signing back into Zoom.

  • If users cannot be found, verify that email addresses match between Slack and Zoom.

  • If migration fails, check logs for error details and retry the process.

Additional troubleshooting checklist

If you discover additional issues post-migration, this checklist can provide additional steps and actions to perform for verification.

Before continuing, you must obtain the Zoom tracking ID from the web call and retrieve both Account IDs and User IDs.

Category
Issue Description

Zoom account settings

  • Confirm team chat functionality is enabled at all levels

  • Verify all file sharing settings are enabled at all levels and document any file restrictions

  • Verify that "Allow users to create public + private channels" is enabled at all levels

Zoom user issues

  • Verify administrator status of the user

  • Confirm the tool operator's email matches between Zoom and Slack

  • Verify matching email addresses for users being migrated in both Zoom and Slack

Migration job issues

  • Check job completion status (passed/failed)

  • Determine if the job involved public channels or private channels/conversations

If migration passed, but messages/conversations aren’t visible

  • Confirm GMT time range correctly captures intended Slack message range (migration dates start/end at 12am GMT (PST +7))

  • Verify proper channel creation

  • Ensure user has signed out and back into the client after migration

  • Confirm proper creation of migrated users in Zoom

  • Verify message/conversation visibility in Chat History Admin portal

If migration failed

  • Document the specific error message

  • For file migration failures, record the name of the problematic file

  • Document user actions taken after failure (job retry, new job creation, etc.)

Configuration

This section discusses core processes and features involved in configuring Zoom Phone's PBX for your account, including Sites, call routing tools, business hours, common area devices, SMS, and more. For information on configuring users, IP phones, and other elements of Zoom Phone, refer to the Admin Experience section.

Setting Up an Account

Once an account is provisioned with Zoom Phone licenses, an account admin must complete an initial setup before using the service. This process involves choosing a Main Company Number, a starting extension, and defining an emergency address. This process effectively creates the first Site for an account, and any configured information can be updated at a later time if necessary.

Refer to Zoom's support center for more information on getting started with Zoom Phone, which includes instructions for the initial setup process.

Zoom Recommendation

If your account has no more than 150 Zoom Phone licenses, you can schedule a session with a Zoom Phone Enablement Specialist who can assist with setting up your account. For more information, reach out to your account team.

Sites

A Site is a specific term used within Zoom Phone that groups users with shared characteristics—like a common access code, physical address, building, SIP Zone, department, or policies—into a single, manageable group within the Zoom web portal. For some customers, a single Site may represent all users within their business and can span multiple buildings within a campus or location; for others, multiple Sites may be required depending on your business needs, granularity of control, global presence, etc.

Zoom Recommendation

For small businesses in a single location that do not require granular levels of setting controls, a single-Site design is probably sufficient for your needs. Alternatively, if you need to control user settings by location, floor, department, or building, a multi-Site model might be best for you.

Refer to Zoom's support center for more information on Site management.

Main Company Number

Within Zoom Phone, the Main Company Number is the phone number assigned to each Site's Main Auto Receptionist, which is automatically assigned to the Site upon creation. If your account uses multiple Sites, you will have multiple Main Auto Receptionists, each with a unique Main Company number specific to each Site.

Site Policies, Settings, and Emergency Services

Within each Site, the following Policies, Settings, and Emergency Services are available for configuration. As the Zoom Phone team continually innovates, feature availability may change, and additional unlisted features may also be available. If a feature important to your organization is not listed, please contact your account team for more information.

Zoom Phone Site Policies

  • Call Live Transcription

  • Play notification prompt

  • External calling on Zoom Rooms Common Area

  • Local Survivability Mode

  • Select Outbound Caller ID

    • Hide Outbound Caller ID

  • Personal Audio Library

    • Allow Music on Hold Customization

    • Allow Voicemail and Message Greeting Customization

  • Personal Voicemail & Videomail

    • Allow Videomail

    • Allow User to Download Their Own Videomail / Voicemail

    • Allow User to Delete Their Own Videomail / Voicemail

    • Allow User to Share Their Own Voicemail

    • Allow Virtual Background for Videomail / Video Greeting

  • Voicemail / Videomail Transcription

  • Voicemail / Videomail Notification By Email

    • Include Voicemail / Videomail File

    • Include Voicemail / Videomail Transcription

    • Forward Voicemail to Email

  • Shared Voicemail / Videomail Notification by Email

  • Restricted Call / SMS Hours

  • Allowed Call / SMS Locations

  • Check Voicemails Over Phone

  • nces for Redirected Calls

  • Display End-of-Call Experience Feedback Survey

  • Obfuscate Sensitive Data During a Call

  • Incoming Call Notification Options

  • Automatic Call Recording

    • Access Member List

  • Ad-Hoc Call Recording

    • Access Member List

    • Allow User to Access Their Own Recording

      • Download

      • Delete

    • Allow Call Recording Transcription

  • International Calling

    • Manage Country / Region

  • Call Queue Pickup Code

    • Exempt List

  • Zoom Phone on Mobile

    • Allow Calling and SMS / MMS functions on Mobile

  • Zoom Phone on Progressive Web App (Google Chrome Web App)

  • SMS

  • SMS Templates

  • End-to-End Encryption

  • Call Handling & Forwarding

    • Restrictions

  • Allow Users to Edit Call Handling Settings

  • Call Overflow

    • Restrictions

  • Enable Users to Allow Their Calls to Reach an Operator

  • Allow Users to Forward Their Calls Outside of Their Own Site

  • Call Transferring

    • Restrictions

  • Elevate a Call to a Meeting

  • Call Park

    • Expiration Period

    • When a Parked Call is Not Picked Up

    • Call Park Location Assignment

    • Music on Park

  • Hand Off to Room

  • Mobile Switch to Carrier

  • Delegation

  • Audio Intercom

  • Call Screening

  • Block Calls Without Caller ID

  • Block External Calls

  • Advanced Encryption

  • Call Queue Opt-Out Reason

  • Auto Delete Data After Retention Duration

    • Call Logs

    • Ad-Hoc Recordings

    • Auto Call Recordings

    • Voicemail

    • Videomail

    • SMS / MMS

    • After Retention Duration

      • Soft Delete Data

      • Permanently Delete Data

  • Set Caller ID Viewing Prefere

Zoom Phone Site Settings:

  • Routing Rules

  • Zoom Phone Local Survivability

  • Default Business Hours

  • Default Overflow for Business Hours

  • Default Overflow for Closed Hours

  • Default Holiday Hours

  • Default Overflow for Holiday Hours

  • AES-256 Encryption for Supported Devices

  • Audio Prompt Language

  • Default Audio Prompt

  • Hot Desking Session Timeout

  • Templates

  • Dial by Name Directory

  • Private Directory

  • Additional Outbound Caller ID for User and Common Area Phones

    • Call Queue Numbers (For Members)

    • Shared Line Group Numbers (For Members)

    • Auto Receptionist Numbers (All users and Common Area Phones)

    • Customized Numbers

  • Show Outbound Caller ID for Internal Calls

  • Desk Phone General Settings

    • Web Interface

    • Admin Password

  • Desk Phone Firmware Update Rules

Zoom Phone Site Emergency Services:

  • Route Emergency Calls to Public Safety Answering Point (PSAP)

    • For an Extension Without a Local Phone Number

      • Route Emergency Calls to PSAP

      • Don't Route Emergency Calls to PSAP

  • Route Emergency Calls to Internal Safety Response Team

    • To PSAP and Internal Safety Response Team Simultaneously

    • To Internal Safety Response Team First, then to PSAP After Max Holding Time

  • Nomadic Emergency Services

  • Emergency Address

  • Emergency Address Management

    • Allow User to Manage Own Emergency Address

  • Location Management

  • GPS Coordinates

  • Custom Call Handling for Emergency Service Numbers

Call Routing and Distribution Tools

The following sections outline various call routing tools available within the Zoom Phone PBX.

Auto Receptionists

An Auto Receptionist is a call routing feature designed to simplify call handling within the Zoom Phone system. Because an Auto Receptionist is automatically created and associated with every new Site, Auto Receptionists are commonly used as a first point of contact for most inbound callers and act as a virtual receptionist, performing roles like greeting callers with customizable, recorded messages, and providing them with options to reach their intended contact or department.

When configuring the Main Auto Receptionist associated with a Site (or a secondary Auto Receptionist), the admin should configure it with the features and routing logic best suited for their needs. For some customers, this may include connecting their Auto Receptionist with other call routing features (discussed in the following sections) like an Interactive Voice Response (IVR) menu or a Call Queue. For others, it may simply route to users or a voicemail inbox. Overall, there are many different ways to configure an Auto Receptionist, but which configuration is best for you will depend on your call routing goals and business needs.

Diagram of possible Auto Receptionists flows.

Settings available for an Auto Receptionist include:

Auto Receptionist can route to:
Customizable Auto Receptionist Settings:

  • Voicemail

  • Play a message, then disconnect

  • User

  • Zoom Room

  • Common Area Phone

  • Cisco/Poly Room

  • Auto Receptionist

  • Call Queue

  • Shared Line Group

  • Interactive Voice Response (IVR) Menu

  • External Contacts

  • Phone Number

  • Voicemail Access

  • Voicemail Transcription

  • Voicemail Notification by Email

  • SMS

  • SMS Templates

  • Call Screening

  • Block Calls Without Caller ID

  • Customizable Greeting Prompt

  • Business Hours

  • Holiday Hours

  • Time Zone

  • Communication Content Storage Location

  • Audio Language Prompt

  • Extension Number

  • Voicemail

  • Cost Center Assignment

Refer to Zoom's support center for more information on managing or changing Auto Receptionist settings.

Interactive Voice Response Systems (IVRs)

An Interactive Voice Response (IVR) system is a powerful call routing tool that routes callers through a menu of options using their keypad or voice commands. When paired with other call routing features like Auto Receptionists and Call Queues, an IVR can drastically simplify call routing for your business.

Once fully configured, an IVR offers a menu of options for callers to choose from, connecting them to the appropriate department, individual, Call Queue, shared line group, or Auto Receptionist, etc. based on their selection. This enhances efficiency by quickly connecting users to the right resource based on their response, and simultaneously reduces the need for manual call handling by a human agent.

However, for an IVR to work effectively, customers must provide a recording that instructs the user which dialpad key they must press to reach their intended destination, such as "Press 0 to reach the operator. Press 1 to reach sales."

Diagram of possible IVR flow.

To provide a functional perspective of IVRs, if an Auto Receptionist is the most common first point of contact for an inbound caller, an IVR is most likely the second most-common contact point, as it provides the underlying logic that routes a user to their intended destination. For your convenience, we've provided a functional example of how to pair an IVR with an Auto Receptionist further within this document.

Settings available for an IVR include:

  • Customizable IVR Greeting Audio Prompt

  • Timeout Options

Forward Calls to:
Leave Voicemail to:

  • User

  • Zoom Room

  • Common Area Phone

  • Cisco/Poly Room

  • Auto Receptionist

  • Call Queue

  • Shared Line Group

  • External Contact

  • Phone Number

  • Current Extension

  • User

  • Auto Receptionist

  • Call Queue

  • Shared Line Group

Refer to Zoom's support center for more information on creating an IVR.

Call Queues

A Call Queue is a call routing feature that efficiently manages incoming call volume by placing callers in a virtual waiting line until an agent can assist. Once the caller is in-queue, they can be instantly greeted with customizable messages and/or music until the next agent answers their call. For most businesses, Call Queues are a call routing destination and are used to connect callers to a specific department or group of users with a speciality, like sales, IT support, or customer service. Call Queues are typically not intended to forward calls to another call routing service, like an IVR or Auto Receptionist, except in circumstances of overflow or no pickup response.

Administrators can set up multiple queues for different departments or purposes, and assign agents to specific queues based on their expertise. Additionally, Call Queues support multiple options for ring order, including sequential, simultaneous, rotating, and more, offering organizations flexibility for handling inbound calls.

Diagram of possible Call Queue flows.

With the Power Pack add-on, Call Queues can also provide real-time and historical information for monitoring and reporting, allowing supervisors and agents to track call volume, wait times, and queue performance. With this data, organizations can optimize their customer service operations, reduce call abandonment rates, and promptly and effectively handle incoming calls.

Settings available for a Call Queue include:

Call Queue Settings
Customizable Policy Settings

  • Call Distribution

    • Simultaneous

    • Sequential

    • Rotating

    • Group Rotating

    • Longest idle

  • Overflow—Route to:

    • Voicemail

    • Play a message, then disconnect

    • User

    • Zoom Room

    • Common Area Phone

    • Cisco/Poly Room

    • Auto Receptionist

    • Call Queue

    • Shared Line Group

    • Interactive Voice Response (IVR) Menu

    • External Contacts

    • Phone Number

    • Disconnect

  • Customizable Greeting Prompt

  • Audio While Connecting

  • Music on Hold

  • Business Hours

  • Holiday Hours

  • Time Zone

  • Communication Content Storage Location

  • Audio Language Prompt

  • Extension Number

  • Voicemail

  • Cost Center Assignment

  • Receive Calls While on A Call

  • Max Wait Time

  • Wrap-up Time

  • Max Calls in Queue

  • Voicemail Access

  • Voicemail Transcription

  • Voicemail Notification by Email

  • Automatic Call Recording

  • Allow Ad-Hoc Call Recording

  • Call Queue Pickup Code

  • SMS

  • SMS Templates

  • Call Screening

  • Block Calls Without Caller ID

  • Call Queue Opt-Out Reason

  • Chat Channel

Refer to Zoom's support center for more information on managing a Call Queue or changing its settings.

Shared Line Groups

Shared Line Groups (SLGs) are a call routing feature that allow up to 10 users to collaboratively answer and manage incoming calls for up to 10 different phone numbers. These groups are ideal for teams, departments, or work groups that need to handle incoming calls collectively, without the additional layers of infrastructure, settings, or management associated with a Call Queue.

In an SLG, ringing is always simultaneous for all members, and any time an associated phone number is dialed, each group member's phone will ring. For instance, if an SLG has 10 associated phone numbers, any time any of the numbers are dialed, all active SLG user's phones will ring until the call is answered, overflowed, or disconnected.

Diagram of a Shared Line Group configuration.

Like a Call Queue, an SLG is often used as a call routing destination and is not intended to forward calls to another call routing service like an IVR or Auto Receptionist, except in circumstances of overflow or no pickup response.

Settings available for an Shared Line Group include:
Customizable Policy Settings:

  • Extension Number

  • Department Assignment

  • Cost Center Assignment

  • Audio Prompt Language

  • Business Hours

  • Holiday Hours

  • Timezone

  • Voicemail

  • PIN Code

  • Communications Content Storage Location

  • Allow members to prevent others from picking up a held call, and using whisper, barge, or take over (if configured)

  • Voicemail Access

  • Voicemail Transcription

  • Voicemail Notification by Email

  • Check Voicemails Over Phone

  • Call Screening

  • Block Calls Without Caller ID

Refer to Zoom's support center for more information on setting up or using shared line groups.

Note

If your business needs to support more than 10 users in a Shared Line Group at once, speak to your Zoom account team for additional options.

Additionally, a Shared Line Group should not be confused with a similar line-sharing function known as call delegation, sometimes also referred to as Shared Line Access.

Group Call Pickup

Group Call Pickup is a call distribution tool similar to a Shared Line Group (SLG). However, instead of ringing all users within a group immediately like an SLG, users will only receive a prompt to pick up the call if the dialed user does not answer the call within a specified amount of time.

For instance, if a user and member of a Group Call Pickup queue does not answer a direct call within 10 seconds, all other group members will receive a notification to accept or dismiss the call, helping prevent missed contact opportunities or call abandonment.

Diagram of Group Call Pickup flow.

Refer to Zoom's support center for more information on setting up and using Group Call Pickup.

Additional Call Routing Considerations

Call Routing Tools Comparison Table

Auto Receptionists, Call Queues, and Shared Line Groups provide a range of call routing functionalities for diverse environments, and knowing which call routing tool to use could hold significance for your organization. To help clarify these tools and their limitations, readers are encouraged to refer to Zoom's support center for a consolidated and simplified comparison of these three call routing methods.

Shared Line Groups and Call Queues Use Cases (Example)

Shared Line Groups and Call Queues share many similarities, and knowing which to use, or when to use one over the other, can be confusing at times. Put simply, a Shared Line Group is a simplified version of a Call Queue, but in an effort to help clarify the practical uses of each, the following table outlines some of the biggest key differences between the two, followed by an example use case:

Feature
Call Queue
Shared Line Group

Call Distribution

Simultaneous, Sequential, Rotating, Idle

Simultaneous

Waiting Queue

Queue Until Overflow or Max Wait Time

Overflow When Full

Reporting

Supported

Unsupported

Customizable Greeting Prompt

Supported

Unsupported

Hold Music

Supported

Unsupported

Wrap-Up Time

Supported

Unsupported

Example Use Case

The law firm Omzo, Omzo, & Omzo is configuring Zoom Phone for their business. Due to the large number of daily calls to their main phone number, they are trying to decide between a Shared Line Group and Call Queue.

With the SLG, multiple receptionists or administrative staff members can share the responsibility of answering incoming calls to the firm's main phone line. Together, they can collectively manage call volume during peak times, ensuring that callers are promptly assisted and that no calls are missed. Due to the relative simplicity of the SLG, callers will not receive a customized greeting prompt, hold music, or time spent in a queue. And if all staff within the SLG are occupied, incoming calls will immediately Overflow to the assigned destination, such as voicemail or another call routing tool.

Alternatively, with a Call Queue, there are multiple options for configuring how to handle calls. Users who call into the main line number can be greeted with a customized recording, hear hold music while they wait, and continue to wait in the queue for a designated amount of time until a staff member is available or until the Max Wait Time passes. For the staff, calls can be distributed with more variety, including simultaneous ringing, sequential ringing, rotating in a specific order, or ringing whoever has been idle the longest. Further, the Call Queue can be optimized over time, with provided wrap-up time for staff to complete note-taking or data entry in a customer relationship management (CRM) system, coupled with reporting that shows peak call time and average hold times throughout the day.

In this example, both an SLG and Call Queue are capable of meeting the firm's needs, but it is up to the firm to decide which of the two is best-aligned with their intended goals for their callers and business.

Tips on Building Call Routing Designs (An Example)

With a variety of call routing tools available, crafting a logical and efficient call routing design can be a challenging task for those new to the process. To help with this experience, consider the following tips as you plan and design call routing configurations for your business. As a bonus, we've also provided an example and reference diagram for a common Main Auto Receptionist that is used by many businesses, and is easily expanded upon:

  1. Auto Receptionists are an excellent starting point. If you are new to designing call routes for a business, an Auto Receptionist is almost always a safe place to start. Each Site automatically receives an Auto Receptionist, making it the ideal starting place; it also supports customized greetings, and it can naturally flow into an IVR, connecting users to their next or final destination.

  2. Interactive Voice Response Menus (IVRs) are your friend. An IVR offers users up to 12 different input options to connect to another call routing destination; this means users can probably get to their intended destination or department in a single button press. However, in some cases, it might make sense to use an IVR to route to another IVR, too. For instance, pressing 1 to route to customer support and then connecting to another IVR that can connect them to different kinds of technical support. Don't be afraid to use them to connect users to the right place.

  3. Draw it out in pencil or on a Zoom Whiteboard. Before you commit to actually building your Zoom Phone call routing flows, it can help to try and draw it out so you can see what you're building. This can also later serve as a guide to confirm that you're building your call routing flows correctly. Look at the following diagram that illustrates how a main Auto Receptionist can connect to an IVR, and use it as a beginning reference point for how you might want to build yours.

Example Call Routing Design.

Business Hours

Business Hours is a call management feature that lets admins and users set specific hours and days of the week for calls to adhere to "standard" handling procedures or follow alternate handling protocols, such as when the business is closed. Business hours are applicable to many features, including Call Queues, Shared Line Groups, Auto Receptionists, and Sites, and can also be defined on a user-specific level.

During a user's or tool's designated business hours, calls will be routed according to the defined rules, such as forwarding to available agents or playing custom messages. Outside of business hours, organizations can choose to route calls differently, such as sending them to voicemail, a Call Queue, an Auto Receptionist, or forwarding to an external number.

Refer to Zoom's support center for more information on configuring business hours for a Site; however, to edit Business Hours for a specific call routing feature, like a Call Queue or Auto Receptionist, locate and edit the specific call routing tool within the Zoom web portal.

Holiday Hours

Holiday Hours is a complementary feature to Business Hours that is designed to manage incoming calls during holidays or special occasions when business operations may be different from regular hours. Organizations can set up specific holiday schedules in advance, indicating when they will be closed or have limited availability. During these designated holiday hours, calls will be routed according to defined rules specific to the Holiday Hours configuration, such as forwarding to voicemail, playing custom messages, or routing to an external contact.

Short Messaging Service (SMS)

Zoom Phone supports Short Message Service (SMS) (i.e., text messages) and Multimedia Messaging Service (MMS) (i.e., photo messages) with the Zoom Phone Native service and BYOC plans for users with the necessary entitlements.

By default, all users on the same Zoom Phone account can send SMS/MMS messages to each other; however, to send an SMS to a phone number outside the Zoom Phone account (i.e., an external number), the business must meet 10 Digit Long Code (10DLC) compliance requirements. For more information on this process, refer to the 10DLC FAQ.

Refer to Zoom's support center for more information on configuring SMS for your account, how to use SMS, or activating BYOC numbers for SMS.

Common Area Phones

Common Area Phones are dedicated devices intended for shared use in common areas within an organization, such as lobbies, break rooms, or conference rooms. These phones provide basic calling capabilities for employees or visitors without personal calling plans or entitlements, and are typically configured with essential features like dialing and receiving calls, making them ideal for general use by anyone within the organization.

Refer to Zoom's support center for more information on managing Common Area Phones or changing Common Area Phone settings.

Zoom Phone for Zoom Rooms or Conference Rooms

Using Zoom Phone with Zoom Rooms or a supported third-party conference room system allows users to seamlessly transition between voice calls and video conferencing within the conference room environment. With this feature, Zoom Rooms and third-party conference rooms can reduce the amount of hardware devices required by making use of the microphones and speakers that are already present within the room.

Refer to Zoom's support center for more information on assigning a Zoom Phone license to a Zoom Room or third-party conference room, making a Zoom Phone call from a Zoom Room, or using Zoom Phone from third-party conference room devices.

Emergency Calling & Enhanced 911

Zoom Phone's 911 service operates differently from traditional emergency calling setups. With traditional emergency calling, a phone provider routes calls to a local emergency responder or Public Safety Answering Point (PSAP) based on the caller's telephone number. Alternatively, with Zoom Phone's enhanced 911 (E911) service, we take it a step further. With Zoom Phone, when a user calls 911, the service will automatically send the user's address (if they've provided it) and telephone number to the appropriate PSAP based on their current location, connecting users to emergency resources with the best available information.

Further, because Zoom Phone allows customers and their users to utilize the service wherever there's internet access and to acquire numbers not necessarily tied to their current location, Zoom Phone provides two extra features suited for modern workplaces: Nomadic Emergency Services and Emergency Call Routing. Each of these features are described in the following sections.

Nomadic Emergency Services

In today's hybrid working world, Nomadic Emergency Services provide the ability to dynamically detect and report a Zoom Phone user's location when making an emergency call.

Under normal circumstances, such as when a user makes an emergency call from within the office, the corresponding emergency address for the user's assigned Site or location (configured by an admin in the web portal) is sent to emergency responders. However, with Nomadic Emergency Services, whenever a user is identified at a location outside their office, they can define a new emergency address specific to their current location. Consequently, if a user makes an emergency call while working nomadically, like at home, a hotel, or coffee shop, Zoom Phone will automatically transmit the nomadic emergency address to emergency responders.

Refer to Zoom's support center for more information on setting up Nomadic Emergency Services and the Nomadic Emergency Services identification process.

Emergency Call Routing

With Emergency Call Routing customization, businesses can choose to route emergency calls to a public-safety answering point (PSAP) and/or an internal safety response team that handles emergencies. For companies spanning large geographical areas, like multi-building campuses, this capability aids on-site teams in swiftly addressing emergencies within their facilities, or collaborating with emergency responders to rapidly pinpoint the emergency location.

Alternatively, businesses can also disable emergency calling for phone users, which can be useful when phone users are not within the country associated with their phone number due to travel or are permanently located in another country.

Refer to Zoom's support center for more information on configuring routing for emergency calls.

Emergency Number Pools

For businesses that do not require assigning every user a dedicated phone number or calling plan, Emergency Number Pools maintain a list of dedicated emergency phone numbers available for their users.

With an Emergency Number Pool, when a Zoom Phone user without a dedicated phone number (i.e., extension-only) places an emergency call, a number from the pool will be chosen as the extension's temporary caller ID. This allows emergency responders to contact the user back, as they otherwise would not have access to the user's extension and would be unable to reach them. Consequently, for the next two hours, any additional incoming calls made to that caller ID will be directed to the original extension that made the emergency call.

Note

Customers may be required to purchase additional direct inward dial (DID) add-on licenses to support the emergency number pool.

Dedicated Numbers

Dedicated numbers enable extension-only users to make outbound emergency calls using a direct phone number belonging to a Call Queue or Auto Receptionist. Unlike Emergency Number Pools, dedicated numbers must be associated with a Call Queue or Auto Receptionist and cannot be waiting on standby.

With dedicated numbers, when an extension-only dials emergency services, the Call Queue or Auto Receptionist's phone number will be presented as the caller ID to the PSAP. Consequently, any returned calls from emergency services will be routed to the associated Call Queue or Auto Receptionist, and must route back to the user organically.

Warning

This method should only be used when a Call Queue or Auto Receptionist is the best method for handling emergency callbacks in your environment.

Emergency Calling with ZPLS

Maintaining emergency services connectivity during an internet outage or service-impacting event is critical for many businesses. To proactively address these scenarios, customers can maintain survivability connectivity with the Zoom Phone Local Survivability (ZPLS) service module, which leverages the platform and OS provided by Zoom Node to provide backup PSTN connectivity through an on-premises SBC with an integrated carrier.

For more information, refer to the section on Zoom Phone Local Survivability available later in this document.

Paging

Zoom Phone supports cloud paging with select supported devices, allowing authorized users to broadcast one-way announcements or alerts to supported devices across multiple locations. This feature is notably useful in environments like warehouses, schools, hospitals, retail stores, or large office buildings where instant communication and emergency notifications are essential to standard business operations.

Refer to Zoom's support center for more information on setting up cloud paging for your account.

Provisioning Templates

Provisioning Templates simplify the process of setting up and configuring IP desk phones within the Zoom Phone system. With Provisioning Templates, Zoom Phone admins can create custom settings for IP phones that can be applied to users from multiple levels, ranging from the entire account to individual or multiple Sites, a group of desk phones, or a single desk phone.

Refer to Zoom's support center for more information on configuring provisioning templates.

Note

This process is only recommended for admins who are familiar with provision template parameters. Admins take full responsibility for the outcomes of creating and assigning provisioning templates. Zoom does not provide support for provision template parameters.